Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
 OROSDI 
 CRITEO 

 
  

COMMERCIAL LEASE 
  

 

  
 - 1 -

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
			
	Article	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	1.	  	 LEASE - DESCRIPTION
	  	 	3	  
			
	2.	  	 TERM
	  	 	3	  
			
	3.	  	 ENTRY INTO EFFECT – EARLY AVAILABILITY
	  	 	4	  
			
	4.	  	 INTENDED USE
	  	 	5	  
			
	5.	  	 LEASE PAYMENT
	  	 	5	  
			
	6.	  	 LEASE PAYMENT INDEXATION
	  	 	6	  
			
	7.	  	 EXPENSES
	  	 	7	  
			
	8.	  	 RIE (Restaurant Interentreprises or Company Restaurant)
	  	 	9	  
			
	9.	  	 WARRANTY
	  	 	10	  
			
	10.	  	 LATE-PAYMENT PENALTIES
	  	 	12	  
			
	11.	  	 PENALTY CLAUSE
	  	 	13	  
			
	12.	  	 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OCCUPANCY
	  	 	13	  
			
	13.	  	 SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OCCUPANCY
	  	 	17	  
			
	14.	  	 INVENTORY OF FIXTURES
	  	 	18	  
			
	15.	  	 CONSTRUCTION – MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
	  	 	18	  
			
	16.	  	 RETURN OF THE LEASED PREMISES
	  	 	24	  
			
	17.	  	 ASSIGNMENT OF THE LEASEHOLD RIGHT
	  	 	25	  
			
	18.	  	 SUB-LEASE – DOMICILIATION – LEASE MANAGEMENT
	  	 	25	  
			
	19.	  	 INSURANCE
	  	 	27	  
			
	20.	  	 DESTRUCTION OF THE LEASED PREMISES
	  	 	30	  
			
	21.	  	 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH LESSEE OBLIGATIONS
	  	 	31	  
			
	22.	  	 TERMINATION PROVISION
	  	 	31	  
			
	23.	  	 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
	  	 	32	  
			
	24.	  	 SALE OF THE LEASED PREMISES
	  	 	33	  
			
	25.	  	 NO WAIVER
	  	 	33	  
			
	26.	  	 PRECEDENCE
	  	 	33	  
			
	27.	  	 FEES
	  	 	33	  
			
	28.	  	 CHOICE OF FORUM
	  	 	33	  
			
	29.	  	 ADDRESS FOR SERVICE – REGISTRATION – GENERAL PROVISIONS
	  	 	34	  

  
 - 2 -

 COMMERCIAL LEASE 
 By and between 
 Orosdi, a French partnership limited by shares
(société en commandite par actions) with stated capital of € 830,000, the principal office of which is located at 112 Avenue Kléber, Paris (75116), identified under Paris Trade and Companies Registry number 552
022 832, represented by its manager, Orosdi Management, a French single-shareholder limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée à associé unique) with stated capital of
€ 8,000, the principal office of which is located at 112 Avenue Kléber, Paris (75116), identified under Paris Trade and Companies Registry number 498 859 727, itself represented by Mrs. Catherine Simoni, duly
authorized for the purposes hereof pursuant to a power of attorney issued to her by Mr. Eric Sasson, in his capacity as manager (gérant) of the company, a copy of which is included in Appendix A, 

hereinafter referred to as “Lessor”, 
 Party of the first part, 
 and 

Criteo, a French corporation (société anonyme) with stated capital of € 362,628.40, whose principal office is
located at 8 Boulevard des Capucines, Paris (75009), identified under Paris Trade and Companies Registry number 484 786 249, represented by Mrs. Estelle Werth, duly authorized for the purposes hereof pursuant to a power of attorney
issued to her by Mr. Jean-Baptiste Rudelle, in his capacity as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Président Directeur Général), a copy of which is included in Appendix B, 

hereinafter referred to as “Lessee”, 
 Party of the second part, 
 Lessor and Lessee are hereinafter singularly referred to as a
“Party” and collectively as the “Parties”. 

  
 - 1 -

 RECITALS 

 

	A.	Lessor owns a building used primary for offices located at 32 Rue Blanche, Paris (75009), with nine levels (including an upper ground floor, a lower ground floor and a
basement) and a sub-basement parking lot (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”), which is undergoing major renovations the completion of which is scheduled for the end of January 2012 (without prejudice to the usual period to
release any qualifications related to said renovations). 

 On the 7th floor, the Building has a terrace and, in the basement, a company
restaurant (hereinafter referred to as the “RIE” (Restaurant Interentreprises), an auditorium and meeting rooms for the common use of all lessees. The conditions for the use of the RIE are described below in Article 8. The
conditions for the use of the auditorium and the meeting rooms by lessees are described in the Building’s Internal Regulations (as said term is defined below). The terrace on the 7th floor, which remains in principle freely accessible to all lessees, may be temporarily used for private functions as
provided for in the Internal Regulations. 
 In the sub-basement, the Building has a private parking lot which, given the
configuration of the Building, does not comply with April 1996 DTU Standard P 91-120. An annotated diagram of the parking spaces is included below in Appendix 1. 
 Lessor is currently obtaining an HQE (High Quality Environmental) operation certification. 
  

	B.	 The Parties met to conclude this commercial lease covering all office premises located on the lower ground floor and 4th, 5th and 6th floors of the Building and seventeen (17) parking spaces, all subject to the provisions of Articles L.145-1 to
L.145-60 and R.145-1 to R.145-33 of the French Commercial Code and Article 33 of Decree No. 53-960 of September 30, 1953, which has not yet been codified (and/or any other subsequent law) (hereinafter referred to as the
“Lease”). 

  

	C.	Any reference in the Lease to the “Recitals”, an “Article” or an “Appendix” must be interpreted as a reference to the
recitals, an article or appendix of the Lease. 

 The Lease, including the Recitals and Appendices, sets forth the
complete agreement of the Parties regarding the lease of the Leased Premises (as said term is defined below) and supersedes by operation of law and without formality any prior, written or verbal agreements directly or indirectly related thereto.

  
 - 2 -

 NOW, THEREFORE, IT HAS BEEN ACCEPTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS: 

 

	1.	LEASE – DESCRIPTION 

  

	1.1	 Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, which accepts, all the premises located on the lower ground floor and the 4th, 5th and 6th floors of the Building for use exclusively as commercial offices and seventeen (17) parking spaces located in the
sub-basement, as well as the related portion of the Building’s common areas, including the RIE, meeting rooms and auditorium located in the basement, as said premises are further described in the diagrams included in Appendix 1
(hereinafter referred to as the “Leased Premises”), as well as the Leased Premises such as they are and continue to be, to their full extent and with all appurtenances. 

A table of the useable surface area of the Building and the Leased Premises prepared by Cabinet D. Legrand, surveyors, is included below
in Appendix 1 for reference. 
  

	1.2	Any error in the description, composition or surface area of the Leased Premises (including that listed on the attached diagrams and tables, which do not bind the
person which prepared them) may not give rise to any recourse or claim by Lessee against Lessor. The Parties shall be bound by the composition and condition of the Leased Premises as they exist on the date hereof and Lessee represents that it
releases Lessor from providing a more detailed description as it is completely familiar with them and saw and visited them with the assistance of its technical advisors prior signing the Lease. 

 

	1.3	The Parties expressly agree that the Leased Premises form an indivisible whole. 

 

	1.4	Pursuant to Article L.125-5 of the French Environmental Code, a risk assessment prepared December 20, 2011 based on the information made available by the Paris
Prefect is included in Appendix 2 of the Lease and shows that the Leased Premises are located within the scope of an approved PPRn (Plans de prévention des risques naturels or Natural Risk Prevention Plan) which takes into
consideration the risk of land displacement (pre-Ludian gypsum zone). Lessor hereby informs Lessee that, since it has been the owner, the Building has not suffered any damage that resulted in an indemnity under Article L. 125-2 or Article L. 128-2
of the French Insurance Code. 

  

	1.5	In accordance with Articles L.134-1 et seq. and R.134-1 to R.134-5 of the French Construction and Housing Code, Lessor also provided an energy efficiency
assessment to Lessee, a copy of which is included in Appendix 3, prior to the signature of the Lease. 

  

	1.6	Lessee hereby formally acknowledges this information, affirms that it is satisfied therewith and that it will be personally responsible for said matters.

  

	2.	TERM 

  

	2.1	The Lease is granted and accepted for a term of nine (9) full and consecutive years beginning June 15, 2012 (hereinafter referred to as the “Effective
Date of the Lease”). 

  
 - 3 -

	2.2	As an express exception to Article L.145-4 of the French Commercial Code, Lessee waives the right to give notice upon expiration of the first three-year period; as a
result, the Lease will have a fixed term of six (6) years after the Effective Date of the Lease. 

  

	2.3	Lessee has the right to unilaterally terminate the Lease, initially upon expiration of the second three-year period, by giving Lessor at least six (6) months’
advance notice by non-judicial instrument and provided that it pays Lessor, within fifteen (15) business days after giving said notice, a termination indemnity equal to three (3) months of the net present value of the last lease
payment, excluding expenses and VAT. If said indemnity is not paid within the foregoing fifteen (15) business day period, the Parties hereby expressly and definitively agree that the effective date of the termination will be extended to the
expiration of the third three-year period of the Lease, notwithstanding any statement to the contrary included in said notice. 

  

	3.	ENTRY INTO EFFECT – EARLY AVAILABILITY 

  

	3.1	Provided that Lessee documents that it has taken out insurance policies covering both Building occupancy (Article 19.2) and completion of its outfitting (Article
15.1.4), Lessor will make the Leased Premises available to Lessee on March 15, 2012 (hereinafter referred to as the “Availability Date”) to allow Lessee to complete its outfitting. 

 

	3.2	The Leased Premises will be made available to Lessee in accordance with Article 1.1 in clean and generally operational condition. 

 

	3.3	From the Availability Date until the Effective Date of the Lease, the Lessee must comply with all Lease provisions, with the sole exception of the provisions of Article
12.1. 

  

	3.4	No lease payment will be owed by Lessee to Lessor during the period after the Availability Date and before the Effective Date of the Lease (i.e., from
March 15, 2012 until June 15, 2012). However, Lessee will be required to pay its portion of the expenses, insurance premiums and taxes specified in Article 7 beginning the Availability Date. 

 

	3.5	Lessee has been informed of Lessor’s intent to continue marketing the Building after the Availability Date and that third parties may have access to the
Building’s common areas during this period, provided that Lessee is not using the auditorium or meeting rooms. 

  

	3.6	 Lessee has also been informed of Lessor’s intent to organize a Building inauguration event prior to the Effective Date of the Lease, during which
third parties will have access to the Building’s common areas, including the terrace on the 7th floor, and agrees to take the steps necessary to not disrupt the organization and conduct of said event. Lessor will inform Lessee of the date of this event at least one (1) month in advance.

  
 - 4 -

	4.	INTENDED USE 

  

	4.1	Lessee will occupy the Leased Premises peacefully in accordance with Articles 1728 and 1729 of the French Civil Code, and agrees to use the Leased Premises only as
offices, and for no other purpose including, in particular, for industrial or artisanal production or as a residence. No merchandise may be stored on them or displayed for sale. 

 

	4.2	Lessee will be responsible for obtaining any authorizations which may be necessary for it to be present and conduct its activities on the Leased Premises. To comply
with the regulations applicable to it, Lessee must an complete all work necessary to conduct its activities on the Leased Premises at its sole expense, risk and peril throughout the term of the Lease, so that Lessor is not troubled in this regard.

  

	4.3	In general, Lessee must not conduct any activity that could jeopardize the use or purpose of the Leased Premises and may not, under any pretext, change, including
temporarily, said use, change the type of activity conducted on the Leased Premises or supplement this activity with related or additional activities without complying with the procedure specified for this purpose in Articles L.145-47 to L.145-55 of
the French Commercial Code. 

  

	4.4	The Lease does not grant Lessee any commercial exclusivity in the Building; Lessor reserves the right to lease other premises in the Building to any person whatsoever,
other than to direct competitors of Lessee (at the time they express their interest), the primary activity of which is personalized retargeting of internet advertising. 

 

	5.	LEASE PAYMENT 

  

	5.1	The Lease is granted and accepted for an annual lease payment, excluding VAT and expenses, of € 5,628,000 (five million, six hundred and twenty-eight thousand
Euros) payable quarterly in advance, no later than the first day of the first month of each quarter; the quarters will begin January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. 

 

	5.2	Any amounts owed by Lessee to Lessor under the Lease (such as lease payments, expenses, taxes, etc.) must be paid by wire transfer to the Lessor bank account identified
in Appendix 4. If Lessor bank domiciliation or bank account identification changes, Lessor agrees to give Lessee at least one (1) month’s notice of its new bank account prior to the next payment. 

 

	5.3	To the extent necessary, Lessor affirms that it has exercised the option provided for in Article 260-2 of the French General Tax Code, which is expressly accepted by
Lessee. As a result, Lessee hereby agrees to pay, over and above lease payments and expenses, VAT at the legal rate in effect (currently 19.60%). If for any reason whatsoever and, in particular, if regulations change and Lessor is subject to a form
of taxation other than VAT, Lessee hereby agrees to pay it. 

  

	5.4	As an exception, Lessor releases Lessee from making lease payments on any of the Leased Premises until June 14, 2013. However, Lessee shall owe Lessor its portion
of the expenses, insurance premiums and taxes listed in Article 7 after the Availability Date, i.e., beginning March 15, 2012. 

  
 - 5 -

	5.5	The first lease payment must be paid the first day of the first month of the quarter after the release period expires (i.e., April 1, 2013) on a pro-rated
basis for the period between the expiration date of the release period and the last day of the corresponding quarter. 

  

	5.6	If this Lease is renewed, the new lease payment will be based on the market value of the lease on the renewal date as determined in accordance with Article L. 145-33
and R.145-11 of the French Commercial Code. If the Parties fail to agree on the lease value of the Leased Premises on the Lease renewal date, it will be determined as specified in Articles R. 145-23 et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

  

	6.	LEASE PAYMENT INDEXATION 

  

	6.1	The Parties agree to index lease payments based on the tertiary activity lease payment index published quarterly by the INSEE (hereinafter referred to as
“ILAT” (indice des loyers des activités tertiaires). The Parties acknowledge that this index relates to the subject of the Lease and the activities of the Parties. 

 

	6.2	The lease payment will be so adjusted annually on the date anniversary of the Effective Date of the Lease based on the change between the base index (which, for the
first indexation, will be the most recent index published on the Effective Date of the Lease and, thereafter, the reference index for the prior indexation) and the reference index (which will be the index for the same quarter of the following
calendar year). 

  

	6.3	If the index is published late, the lease payment may be provisionally calculated based on the last index published. 

 

	6.4	As the change in lease payments is automatic, it will not be subject to notice and the fact that it was not immediately calculated will not affect the right of either
Party to claim subsequent retroactive application (without prejudice to the application of any statute of limitations). 

  

	6.5	When the index is published, Lessor must inform Lessee of any change in the lease payment based on the index and the Parties agree to immediately settle any amounts due
as a result of the application of the indexation clause. 

  

	6.6	If the ILAT is no longer published and no new index with a transition multiplier replaces it, or if said index is or becomes for any reason whatsoever inapplicable, the
foregoing index will be replaced by any new index which lawfully replaces it or, if there is none, by an equivalent index which is typical for office lease payment indexations selected by mutual agreement of the Parties to effect the annual lease
payment indexation provided for in this Article 6.1 based on the new index. The new index will apply throughout the remaining term of the Lease. If the new index itself becomes inapplicable, this Article 6.6 will again apply. The same principle will
apply to any replacement index. If the Parties cannot agree, this index will be determined by an expert appointed by the Parties selected from the list of those most frequently appointed as experts by the Paris District Court to value businesses
and/or commercial lease payments. 

  
 - 6 -

	6.7	If the Parties cannot agree on this expert, he will be appointed by the Presiding Judge of the Paris District Court in an order issued upon application by either Party.
The expenses and fees of the order and the expert will be shared equally by the Parties. In any event, the expert will have all authority as a joint agent of the Parties, and not in any manner as an arbitrator, and his decision will be final and
without recourse. 

  

	6.8	This clause constitutes contractual indexation and does not refer to the three-year legal revision provided for in 

	  	Articles L.145-37 and L.145-38 of the French Commercial Code. 

  

	6.9	If any whatsoever of the provisions of this Article 6 are declared null and void or inapplicable, this nullity will not affect the other provisions herein or the
principle of annual lease payment indexation. 

  

	7.	EXPENSES 

  

	7.1	Lessee agrees to pay Lessor or the person or company responsible for managing the Leased Premises on Lessor’s behalf (hereinafter referred to as the
“Building Manager”) the fees and expenses of any type owed by Lessor related directly or indirectly to the Leased Premises, including those related to the Building’s common areas and equipment prorata the leased surface
area of the Leased Premises compared to all leased office surface areas in the Building, including, in particular and without limitation: 

  

	 	a)	all taxes, contributions or similar items related to the Leased Premises, regardless of their name, basis or legal debtor and in, particular, property taxes, collection
fees (frais de rôle), the Greater Paris (Ile-de-France) annual tax on commercial premises, and all other taxes that may replace them or be instituted; 

 

	 	b)	the insurance premiums listed in Article 19.1; 

  

	 	c)	mandatory facilities inspection expenses, as well as expenses for the maintenance, servicing, replacement and readings of the Building’s common facilities and
equipment; 

  

	 	d)	heating and air conditioning expenses for the Building’s common areas (energy supply, maintenance, servicing, repairs, equipment replacement, etc.) and the cost to
replace any of the Building’s common heating or cooling facilities and equipment; 

  

	 	e)	for the Building’s common areas and equipment: the cost of any major or minor repairs and any replacements, without distinction (including those due to wear and
tear and a force majeure event), and safety work and/or work to comply with any law and/or regulation of any type whatsoever in particular related to safety, health, working conditions, energy efficiency and the environment, especially those
required by government authorities, with the sole exception of the major repairs specified in Article 606 of the French Civil Code which Lessor must pay; 

  
 - 7 -

	 	f)	maintenance and cleaning of green spaces; 

  

	 	g)	all fees and expenses of any manager appointed by Lessor for the technical, administrative and lease management of the Building and to manage lease payments
(hereinafter referred to as the “Building Administrator”); 

  

	 	h)	salaries and expenses of all personnel assigned to the Building; 

  

	 	i)	expenses and costs of any type required to optimize the Building’s energy efficiency in accordance with Article 12.8; 

 

	 	j)	if appropriate, the portion of the co-ownership expenses related to the Leased Premises (including managing agent (syndic) expenses and fees) if all or part of
the Building becomes subject to co-ownership; 

 Lessor will receive a lease payment net of all taxes,
contributions, fees and expenses whatsoever, with the sole exception of the cost of major repairs specified in Article 606 of the French Civil Code. 
 Lessor must also pay any taxes due based on the structure of its group (the 3% tax). 
 These amounts must be paid by Lessee for the entire Leased Premises and will be due as of the Availability Date. 
  

	7.2	All fees and expenses listed above must be paid as follows: 

  

	 	7.2.1	Lessee will pay a quarterly provision for expenses January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (with the exception of taxes that
will be reimbursed by Lessee upon presentation of supporting documentation for the portion related to the Leased Premises) by bank transfer; currently such provisions are subject to value added tax at the legal rate in effect when each lease payment
is made. Lessee must pay all duties or taxes of any type whatsoever (including any change in the VAT rate) which are due on said expenses and other payments provided for in the Lease. Taxes must be paid on the collection date designated by the Tax
Authorities. 

  

	 	7.2.2	This provision will be payable each year at the same time as the lease payment. It will be calculated by Lessor or the Building Manager based on an estimated budget
prepared based on the prior year budget. The applicable amount for each year will be submitted in advance by Lessor or the Building Manager to Lessee to allow it to anticipate the cost of the Leased Premises for the following year.

  

	 	7.2.3	 An annual settlement will take place based on actual expenses. If the estimated budget was insufficient, Lessee must pay Lessor or the Building
Manager, upon presentation of corresponding supporting documentation and within 

  
 - 8 -

	 	
fifteen (15) calendar days, any additional amounts necessary so that Lessor’s expenses for the Leased Premises which Lessee must pay are covered at all times. 

 

	 	7.2.4	If the Availability Date does not fall on the first day of a calendar quarter, the expense provision corresponding to the remaining portion of the quarter will be
calculated prorata and be payable on the Availability Date. 

  

	8.	RIE (Restaurant Interentreprises or Company Restaurant) 

 

	8.1	An RIE users association (hereinafter referred to as the “RIE Association”) will be formed after signature of the Lease to manage and finance the RIE
and its equipment. Lessor must make the premises occupied by the RIE and its equipment available to all RIE Association members pursuant to an availability agreement which must be concluded no later than the Effective Date of the Lease (hereinafter
referred to as the “Availability Agreement”). 

  

	8.2	Lessee agrees to join the Association on the Effective Date of the Lease and, to that end, to sign a membership document and agrees to comply with the provisions of its
articles of incorporation and by-laws, the Availability Agreement, and, in particular, the provisions related to RIE financing procedures (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “RIE Regulations”). A copy of the drafts of these
documents is included in Appendix 7. 

 Lessee must remain a member of the Association and comply with the
RIE Regulations for so long as it remains the lessee of the Leased Premises. 
  

	8.3	The RIE fee included in the lease payment only constitutes consideration for Lessee’s right to access the RIE and does not depend on actual RIE use by
Lessee’s employees or actual RIE operation. 

 Over and above the lease payment, Lessee must pay its portion
of RIE maintenance and operation expenses, including for maintenance of large equipment and personal property and provisions for their replacement in accordance with the RIE Regulations. All such expenses, including those related to fluids, lighting
or facilities maintenance or repair must be paid in accordance with the RIE Regulations at the same time as Building expenses. 
  

	8.4	In the event of the sub-lease or assignment of the leasehold right as provided for in Articles 17 and 18, Lessee must ensure that the sub-lessee or assignee becomes a
member of the Association. A copy of the membership agreement signed by the sub-lessee or assignee, as well as a copy of the Regulations and the Availability Agreement initialed thereby, must be submitted to Lessor. Lessee must jointly and severally
warrant compliance by the sub-lessee and its employees with all obligations set forth in this Article 8 and payment of the portion of expenses and any other amounts related to the RIE. 

 

	8.5	 If, for any reason whatsoever, the RIE financing systems related, in particular, to the (i) supply, maintenance and replacement of the personal
property in the restaurant, and dishes, equipment and cooking utensils, (ii) maintenance and repair of REI 

  
 - 9 -

	 	
equipment and facilities, or (iii) replacement of RIE equipment and the renovation or improvement of RIE premises, are not implemented, are terminated or no longer apply to Lessee, the
portion of the actual expenses corresponding related to the Leased Premises to said financing systems will be invoiced directly to Lessee. 

  

	9.	GUARANTEE 

  

	9.1	Independent Bank Guarantee 

  

	 	9.1.1	As soon as possible prior to the Availability Date and no later than the Effective Date of the Lease, Lessee must submit to Lessor an independent first-demand bank
guarantee within the meaning of Article 2321 of the French Civil Code issued by a major credit institution whose principal office is located in France (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantee”) in favor of Lessor and the
subsequent owners of the Leased Premises in accordance with the model included in Appendix 5. If the Leased Premises are sold, said owners will become the beneficiaries of said guarantee upon simple notice thereby to Lessee of the acquisition
of the Leased Premises. 

  

	 	9.1.2	The guarantee must be issued for an amount equal to twelve (12) months of lease payments, excluding VAT, i.e. € 5,628,000 (five million, six
hundred and twenty-eight-thousand Euros) (hereinafter referred to as the “Guaranteed Amount”), to secure payment of all amounts which Lessee may owe to Lessor under the Lease or for which it may liable due to Lessee’s actions,
in any capacity whatsoever, under the Lease (in particular, under Articles 16.4, 22.2 and 22.4). The Guaranteed Amount will be adjusted each year based on the lease payment due so that it remains equal to twelve (12) months of lease payment,
excluding VAT, at all times. 

  

	 	9.1.3	The Parties expressly agree that, if the Lessee fails to fulfill its financial obligations, Lessor will have the right to exercise the guarantee on one or more
occasions. 

 If the guarantee is exercised due to Lessee’s failure to fulfill its financial obligations, a
new independent first-demand payment guarantee in an amount equal to the amount called under the current guarantee issued by a credit institution whose principal office is located in France under the same terms and conditions (with the exception of
the amount) as the guarantee provided the date hereof must be provided to Lessor no later than eight (8) business days after the guarantee is called. Lessee agrees that Lessor will always be the beneficiary of a guarantee equal to twelve
(12) months of lease payments, excluding VAT and expenses, subject to application of the termination provision provided for in Article 22 (hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Provision”), that the guarantee provided for
in this Article 8 will be so supplemented, and that the Lease may only continue if payment of all amounts owed by Lessee under the Lease are guaranteed by one or more independent first-demand bank guarantees the total amount of which is equal to
twelve (12) months of lease payments, including VAT but excluding expenses. 

  
 - 10 -

 Lessor must inform Lessee of the exercise of the guarantee within three (3) business
days after said exercise. 
  

	 	9.1.4	If no payment incident involving any amount whatsoever owed by Lessee under the Lease (including any delay in payment of any amount when due) occurs during the first
three-year period of the initial Lease, the Parties may agree to reduce the Guaranteed Amount; this provision does not in any manner constitute an undertaking by Lessor in this regard and Lessor will remain free to grant or refuse said reduction.

  

	 	9.1.5	As an exception to Articles 9.1.2 and 9.1.3, if no payment incident involving any amount whatsoever owed by Lessee under the Lease (including any delay in payment of
any amount when due) occurs during the first two three-year periods of the initial Lease, the Guaranteed Amount will be reduced to six (6) months of lease payments, excluding VAT and expenses, upon the expiration of the second three-year period
of the initial Lease. 

  

	 	9.1.6	If the Lease is terminated due to Lessee’s failure to perform its undertakings or for any reason whatsoever attributable to Lessee, the guarantee may be exercised
by Lessor to cover its initial damages, without prejudice to any other recourse that Lessor may exercise against Lessee. 

  

	 	9.1.7	If the guarantee is not provided by the Effective Date of the Lease, Lessor will have the sole right to (i) retain the security deposit specified in Article 9.2
and continue performance of the Lease, or (ii) terminate the Lease in accordance with Article 22 and retain the security deposit specified in Article 9.2 as an indemnity. 

 

	9.2	Security Deposit 

  

	 	9.2.1	Pending provision of the guarantee, Lessee paid to Lessor on the date hereof, pending deposit, a security deposit equal to twelve (12) months of lease payments,
excluding VAT, i.e., € 5,628,000 (five million, six hundred and twenty-eight thousand Euros) to secure payment of lease payments, expenses and ancillary amounts, Lessee repairs, return of the Leased Premises in the agreed-upon
condition, and, in general, successful performance of all terms and conditions of the Lease, including those for which Lessor may be held liable due to Lessee’s acts, and any compensation and penalties owed by Lessee. 

 

	 	9.2.2	In no event will this security deposit bear interest in favor of Lessee. 

  

	 	9.2.3	In no event may Lessee offset all or part of lease payments, expenses or other amounts owed under the Lease against the security deposit. 

 

	 	9.2.4	The security deposit will be returned to Lessee: 

  

	 	•	 	 within fifteen (15) business days after the guarantee has been provided, or 

 

	 	•	 	 if the guarantee is not provided by the deadline specified in Article 9.1, within fifteen (15) business days after the final closure of the
expense accounts after the end of the Lease and when the keys are returned, after payment of all lease payments, expenses and any indemnities, in particular, those owed by Lessee if it leaves at the end of the Lease, which Lessee may owe Lessor.

  
 - 11 -

	 	9.2.5	With each lease payment adjustment, this security deposit will be reduced or increased so that it remains equal to twelve (12) months of lease payments, excluding
VAT and expenses. 

  

	 	9.2.6	If, for any reason whatsoever, the security deposit was used during the Lease to cover any amount due as lease payments, expenses or reimbursable taxes, Lessee must
supplement said deposit. If not, the Lease may be terminated as specified in Article 22. 

  

	 	9.2.7	In the event of the sale, transfer or contribution of the Building, the security deposit will be provided by Lessor to the new owner and Lessee waives any reimbursement
claim against the original Lessor after simple notice that the sale, transfer or contribution has taken place; said notice will constitute transfer of this personal debt to the new Building owner. 

 

	 	9.2.8	If Lessee becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings, Lessor may, by operation of law, offset the security deposit against any amounts owed as lease payments, late lease
payments, expenses, interest or penalties which are covered by a debt filing in accordance with applicable legal provisions: in such event, if the Lease is continued in accordance with the procedures specified in said legal provisions, the executor
or liquidator must pay or supplement the security deposit independently of any lease or expense payments owed as a result of the continuation of the Lease subsequent to initiation of bankruptcy proceedings. 

 

	10.	LATE-PAYMENT PENALTIES 

  

	10.1	Any payment of a lease payment or any other amount owed by Lessee to Lessor under the Lease that is not made when due will, by operation of law, bear interest beginning
fifteen (15) days after formal notice, without prejudice to any damages and the application of the Termination Provision, at the legal interest rate, plus four (4) percentage points, calculated prorata from when the payment is due
until the effective date of said payment, which will be due at the same time as the principal amount. 

 After the
third late payment of a lease payment or any other amount owed by Lessee to Lessor under the Lease which is noted by Lessor during the Lease, any subsequent payment which is not paid when due will, by operation of law, bear interest as specified
above, immediately and without any requirement for prior formal notice. 
  

	10.2	All payments after the due date will first be allocated to said penalties. 

 

	10.3	 Lessee will also owe all expenses related to disputes (in particular, all bailiff expenses) due to its late payment of any amount due under the Lease
or breach of any 

  
 - 12 -

	 	
obligation under the Lease, which will be in addition to all damages that Lessor may claim from Lessee (provided that Lessor’s request is not disputed by Lessee and overturned by a final
judicial decision or is not due to an error by the Building Administrator acknowledged by Lessor). 

  

	11.	PENALTY CLAUSE 

 If any
amount is not paid when due under the Lease, the amounts due will be increased 10% by operation of law, regardless of the late-payment interest provided for in Article 9, any damages and the application of the Termination Provision, fifteen
(15) days after prior formal notice which does not result in payment. 
 After the third late payment of any amount owed by
Lessee to Lessor under the Lease which is noted by Lessor during the Lease, any subsequent payment which is not paid when due will, by operation of law, result in the increase specified above, immediately and without any requirement for prior formal
notice. 
  

	12.	GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OCCUPANCY 

 The Lease, which is governed by applicable law, is granted and accepted under the following conditions, which Lessee must fulfill and complete without any indemnity or reduction in the lease payment,
subject to termination of the Lease if Lessor so elects. 
  

	12.1	Furnishings and Commercial Use 

Lessee must furnish the Leased Premises and constantly keep them furnished throughout the term of the Lease with furniture, personal
property and equipment in quantity and value sufficient to cover, at any time, payment of lease payments and expenses and the performance of the Lease terms and conditions. 
 Lessee must continually and normally use the Leased Premises. 
  

	12.2	Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations 

  

	 	12.2.1	Lessee must comply with all laws, regulations, orders and authorizations applicable to the Leased Premises, in particular and without limitation, with respect to
roadways, safety, security, health, the environment, energy efficiency and labor regulations so that Lessor is not troubled due to Lessee’s non-compliance with the foregoing provisions. 

 

	 	12.2.2	As a result, Lessee must, at its sole expense, comply with any requirement or injunction issued by any administrative authority and have all safety and compliance work
completed on the Leased Premises and any outfitting and equipment installed to comply with any new law and/or regulation, in particular, with respect to safety, health, working conditions, regulated facilities, energy efficiency and environmental
protection (with the exception of work falling under Article 606 of the French Civil Code, for which Lessor must pay) at its own expense. 

  
 - 13 -

	 	12.2.3	Whenever regulations so require, and at least once per year, Lessee must have its facilities, in particular, electrical and fire control facilities, inspected by an
approved entity and must modify them as required by the inspecting entity. Similarly, Lessee must periodically have safety inspections conducted on all technical facilities. Lessee must submit a copy of the inspection reports to Lessor. Lessee must
document, immediately upon Lessor’s request, the conclusion of all agreements necessary or appropriate for the technical management of the Leased Premises with qualified companies and compliance with the requirements of inspecting entities.

  

	 	12.2.4	Lessee must complete all compliance work for which it is responsible under this Article 12.2 as specified in Article 15.1. 

 

	 	12.2.5	Lessee must expressly comply with all safety provisions, rules and recommendations with respect to the Leased Premises and/or the Building included in the internal
regulations of the Building (the “Internal Regulations”), a copy of which was provided thereto and is included in Appendix 6, as well as any changes made thereto during the Lease or any renewals thereof.

 Lessee agrees to ensure that its employees and any persons whom it allows on the Leased Premises, e.g.,
customers, suppliers, agents, etc., comply with said obligations. 
 All provisions of the Internal Regulations may be amended
or supplemented at any time and said changes or additions will be binding on Lessee; Lessor will request Lessee’s informal opinion prior to any material change to the Internal Regulations or any change that might adversely affect the conditions
for using the Leased Premises and will ensure that they do not adversely affect Lessee’s conduct of its activities. 
  

	 	12.2.6	Lessor authorizes Lessee to use the image of the Leased Premises in its commercial communications (description on its website and commercial brochures, but in no other
form of advertising, in particular, any marketing campaign). This authorization is granted in principle subject to the rights of the Building architect with which Lessee must comply, including the obligation to specify the architect’s name when
using his work in any manner (© ADAGP – Franck Hammoutene Architect). 

 In any event, Lessee’s
commercial communications must not damage the reputation of the Building and/or Lessor or its group (to which any references are in principle prohibited and subject to Lessor’s prior consent) and, prior to distribution, Lessee must submit to
Lessor for consultation any draft which includes a visual of all or part of the Building. 
  

	12.3	Plaques – Signs – Antennas – Awnings 

  

	 	12.3.1	Lessee may not display any object in windows or on windowsills. It may not install plaques, signs, advertisements, notices or paintings on the doors, windows,
façades, windowsills, spandrels and piers or at the entrance to the Leased Premises. 

  
 - 14 -

	 	12.3.2	Lessee may not install any awnings, antennas or any item whatsoever that affect the exterior of the Building without Lessor’s prior, written authorization.

  

	 	12.3.3	However, Lessee may install a plaque or sign bearing its name and business at the entrance to the Leased Premises and on each landing, and, if appropriate, any
information required by government authorities, provided that its characteristics (size, colors, etc.) and location are approved by Lessor or the Building Manager in accordance with the requirements of the Internal Regulations.

  

	 	12.3.4	A sign will be installed by Lessor in the Building lobby. 

  

	12.4	Visiting the Leased Premises 

  

	 	12.4.1	Lessee must allow Lessor, any entity delegated thereby, its agents, architects and contractors to enter the Leased Premises to inspect them and ensure their condition
and the performance by Lessee of its maintenance and repair obligations and may maintain them at Lessee’s expense and risk if Lessee fails to fulfill its obligations under Article 15 fifteen (15) calendar days after formal notice
which does not result in a cure, except in an emergency. Lessee must ensure that a complete set of keys to the Leased Premises is constantly kept with the Building’s central security office, for which the office will be responsible, to allow
safety inspections. If these requirements are not met and an incident likely to have compensable consequences requires access to the Leased Premises, Lessor is expressly authorized to have the doors opened by a locksmith, the cost of which must be
reimbursed by Lessee. 

  

	 	12.4.2	Once notice has been given, for a minimum of the last six (6) months of the Lease or any renewal, and also if the Leased Premises are put up for sale (in whole or
in part), Lessee must allow Lessor’s representatives to inspect them and install notices or signs at any location that Lessor deems suitable. 

  

	 	12.4.3	Lessor, or third parties tasked or authorized thereby, may only inspect the Leased Premises on the dates and times agreed upon with Lessee and at least 48 hours’
notice must be given for inspections (except in emergencies). Inspections may only be made from Monday to Friday, during normal office hours (9:00 a.m.-6 p.m.), excluding public holidays, except in emergencies. 

 

	12.5	Disruptions 

  

	 	12.5.1	Lessee may not use equipment which relies on slow combustion or which produces harmful gases. Lessor may not in any manner be held liable for property damage or bodily
injury which may be caused by such equipment. Lessee may not use any equipment whatsoever that might be heard outside the Leased Premises or any electrical or other device that might disrupt any telecommunications whatsoever without installing
mechanisms on said equipment to avoid disturbing others. 

  
 - 15 -

	 	12.5.2	Lessee may not install motors, regardless of the energy source, without Lessor’s prior, written authorization, with the exception of normal office IT equipment
fitted with mechanisms necessary to avoid disturbing others. 

  

	 	12.5.3	Lessee must not disturb the peaceful enjoyment of neighbors and will be personally liable, at its risk, peril and expense so that Lessor is not troubled in this regard,
for any claims made by neighbors or third parties, in particular, for noise (including solid-borne noise), smells, heat, vibration or radiation, caused thereby or by equipment belonging thereto (or of which it has temporary possession for any reason
whatsoever), including if Lessor authorized the installation thereof. 

  

	12.6	Other Requirements 

  

	 	12.6.1	Lessee may not place any object in front of or near the Building or in any common area of the Building (except when moving into the Leased Premises and, in that case,
subject to standard precautions). 

  

	 	12.6.2	Lessee must allow cables, pipes and ducts which serve common equipment or other private premises to be installed, as well as purge valves, surge protectors, etc.,
related thereto, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 15.3.3. 

  

	 	12.6.3	Lessee must immediately notify Lessor of any damage to its property of which it becomes aware. 

 

	12.7	Floors, Loads and Doors 

  

	 	12.7.1	Lessee agrees to comply with the maximum authorized loads listed in the Internal Regulations and bear all consequences if Lessee exceeds these authorized loads so that
Lessor is not troubled in this regard. 

  

	 	12.7.2	No load may be placed on the façade walls or framework and Lessee must take all steps necessary to ensure that no goods or objects whatsoever lean against them.

  

	 	12.7.3	If Lessee fails to comply with these requirements, it must complete all cosmetic work deemed necessary thereby at its own expense and under Lessor’s control.

  

	12.8	Environmental Performance 

  

	 	12.8.1	The Parties affirm that they attach major importance to optimizing the Building in terms of environmental performance, including in terms of energy consumption, waste
management and recycling, and the use of the most environmentally friendly construction materials in the Building in accordance with Act No. 2009-967 of August 3, 2009 for the implementation of the Grenelle Environmental Forum, which
emphasizes the importance of the building and real property sector in greenhouse gas emissions. 

  
 - 16 -

	 	12.8.2	In this regard, an “Environmental” appendix (Appendix 8) is included; this appendix may be updated by the Parties if the laws applicable in this area change.

  

	 	12.8.3	Lessee agrees to cooperate with Lessor and exercise the necessary efforts to optimize the Building’s environmental quality to obtain the French “Commercial
Buildings Standard (NF Bâtiments tertiaires en exploitation – Démarche HQE) certification which Lessor is attempting to obtain. 

  

	13.	SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OCCUPANCY 

  

	13.1	Lessee will be liable for the consequences of any accidents whatsoever which may occur due to poor maintenance or improper use of the equipment and ancillary items
which are part of the facilities that Lessee must maintain. 

  

	13.2	Lessee may not bring dangerous materials, in particular, any explosive or especially inflammable product, into the Building. 

 

	13.3	Lessee may not request from the Lessor any indemnity or lease payment reduction for any interruption in Building services, including if said services are provided by
Lessor or its agents (provided that said interruption is not the direct consequence of a documented wrongful act by Lessor, e.g., failure to pay for the services in question), or for any accident or damage which could arise on the Leased
Premises due to malfunctions in drainage, water, electricity or central heating pipes and ducts. Lessee hereby waives filing any claims in this regard against Lessor. In this regard, Lessor agrees to exercise its best efforts to immediately restore,
or have restored, the operation of said facilities, fluids and services. The same shall apply in the event of a temporary cessation of, or reduction in, utilities such as water, electricity, air conditioning, heating (if centralized), etc.

  

	13.4	Lessee must arrange for its own telephone, fax, telex and other telecommunications services. Lessee must pay for its consumption of water, electricity and other fluids
based on meter readings, if any, and telephone, fax, telex and other telecommunications expenses. 

  

	13.5	If individual meters have been installed, Lessee must pay its corresponding portion based on readings of its meters or sub-meters, as well as expenses for the
installation, leasing, maintenance and reading of said meters. 

  

	13.6	In the event of expropriation for public utility, nothing may be claimed from Lessor; all Lessee rights must be exercised against the expropriating party.

  

	13.7	Lessee must pay when due its personal and property taxes, business taxes, including the corporate real estate tax (contribution  foncière des
entreprises or CFE) due on the Leased Premises and corporate value-added tax (cotisation sur la valeur ajoutée des entreprises or CVAE) which it owes and other taxes and contributions and must pay all municipal and police expenses
which lessees are normally required to pay, all so that Lessor is not troubled in this regard; Lessee must so document to Lessor, upon request, as well as prior to moving out. 

  
 - 17 -

	13.8	When it returns the keys, Lessee must document to Lessor that it has completed all steps necessary to notify the Tax Authorities that it is vacating the Leased Premises
at least one (1) month in advance so that Lessor is not troubled in this regard. 

  

	14.	INVENTORY OF FIXTURES 

  

	14.1	Lessee will take over the Leased Premises in the condition they are in on the Availability Date without requiring Lessor, at any time and for any reason whatsoever, to
complete any repair or improvement or reduce lease payments in this regard. Lessor will only be responsible for the major repairs listed in Article 606 of the French Civil Code. 

 

	14.2	An inventory of fixtures will be prepared jointly by the Parties on the date the Leased Premises are made available (hereinafter referred to as the “Initial
Condition”). This inventory of fixtures, which will include photographs, will be prepared in the presence of both Parties by a bailiff designated by Lessor, the expenses and fees of which will shared equally by the Parties.

  

	14.3	If, for any reason whatsoever, this inventory of fixtures is not prepared, in particular, if Lessee fails to appear, the Leased Premises will be deemed to have been
leased and made available to Lessee in perfect condition. 

  

	15.	CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS 

  

	15.1	Lessee Construction during the Term of the Lease or Renewals 

  

	 	15.1.1	Lessee may not install any item whatsoever which impedes access to the facilities necessary for the proper operation of the Leased Premises and the Building.

 Lessee will also be prohibited from completing any work that would prevent Lessor from obtaining and retaining
the HQE (High Quality Environmental) operating certification for the Building. 
 Any work involving reallocation of space,
demolition or piercing of walls, beams or floors and, in general, any major outfitting requiring an architectural firm or which affects the structure, safety or shell and core of the Leased Premises must be authorized by Lessor in advance and in
writing. 
 To obtain Lessor’s express, written approval when necessary, Lessee must submit complete documentation to
Lessor, including, in particular: 
  

	 	•	 	 specifications, 

  

	 	•	 	 a specific technical description of the planned work and equipment, along with related diagrams, 

 

	 	•	 	 an unqualified pre-construction report prepared by an approved architectural firm confirming compliance of the planned electrical, air removal and
ventilation facilities once dividing walls are installed, with 

  
 - 18 -

	 	 
applicable regulations, standards and unified technical document (document technique unifié or D.T.U.), in particular, the fire safety regulations and the French Labor Code,

  

	 	•	 	 a construction site and waste management plan which takes into consideration the disruption caused by Lessee’s work, safety measures (including by
a safety and health coordinator (coordinateur de la sécurité et de la protection de la santé or SPS) if necessary), in particular, those required by the French Labor Code, 

 

	 	•	 	 a program specifying the insurance policies to be taken out to complete said work, in particular the coverage type and amount,

  

	 	•	 	 a complete technical file regarding signage including, in particular, the size, technical characteristics and support system for the planned signage,

 (hereinafter referred to as the “Construction Documentation”). 

Upon presentation of the corresponding supporting documentation, Lessee must indemnify Lessor for all reasonable expenses and fees that
Lessor incurs to consult technical advisors (architects, architectural firms, etc.) as necessary to issue such an authorization. 
 Lessor’s authorization will not in any event render it liable or reduce Lessee’s liability, both between the Parties and with respect to third parties. 

 

	 	15.1.2	In any event, work of any type whatsoever must be completed at Lessee’s exclusive expense, risk and peril in accordance with standard practice and applicable laws
and regulations (in particular, regarding the materials used), and under the supervision of an architect or an engineering firm approved by Lessor, the fees of which solely for said supervision will be borne by Lessee, which will be fully liable for
the results thereof. 

 Lessee will be personally responsible for obtaining any administrative authorization
and/or filing any notification necessary to complete the work and must so document immediately upon Lessor’s request. 
 In
particular, if Lessee’s work must be reported in advance as provided for in Articles L. 421-4 and R. 421-9 et seq. of the French Urban Planning Code, Lessee must provide to Lessor a copy of (i) the express decision reached regarding
said prior notification or the certificate of non-objection described in partial Article R. 424-13 of the French Urban Planning Code, (ii) two reports prepared by bailiff at two (2) month intervals recording its notice displayed at the
site and at the mayor’s office in accordance with the provisions of Article R. 424-15 of the French Urban Planning Code, and (iii) a statement from the appropriate authorities confirming that compliance of said work compared to the
administrative authorizations obtained has not been disputed by the appropriate authorities as a result of the compliance check on the work provided for in Articles L. 461-1, L. 462-1 and L. 462-2 of the French Urban

  
 - 19 -

 
Planning Code or, if the appropriate authorities do not reply, a copy of the requests sent for that purpose in accordance with the provisions of Article R. 462-10 of the French Urban Planning
Code. 
 In general, Lessee must provide Lessor with a copy of any authorization obtained and any notice filed to complete its
outfitting work. Lessee must pay all taxes due based on said authorizations and notices, so that Lessor is not troubled in this regard. 
 The authorization given by Lessor for Lessee to carry out any initial outfitting works will in no manner constitute acceptance of any liability whatsoever of Lessor and/or any specialist who participates
in the review of the Construction Documentation, both between the Parties and with respect to third parties regarding, inter alia, the administrative or technical feasibility of said work. 

 

	 	15.1.3	If any of Lessee’s outfitting work whatsoever requires changes in the Building’s current structure duly accepted by Lessor as specified in Article 15.1.1,
Lessee agrees to have said work completed by the general contractor which was awarded the Building renovation contract, i.e., Bouygues Rénovation Privée or any other company approved by Lessor. 

 

	 	15.1.4	Lessee will assume all liability for said work and must cover all risks incurred, or have them covered, by insurance policies. Prior to beginning work, it agrees to
provide Lessor with a copy of: 

  

	 	(i)	an All Risks Construction Site insurance policy, with extensions to the principal’s (maitre d’ouvrage) civil liability and damages to current
structures, and 

  

	 	(ii)	a Construction Damage insurance policy with extensions to non-construction contractors (constructeur non-réalisateur or CNR), equipment, intangible damage
and damage to existing structures, if Lessee’s work falls under the insurance obligation provided for in Articles L.241-1, L.242-1 and L.242-2 of the French Insurance Code. 

Lessee must also document that all of its contractors and their sub-contractors have taken out, when work is undertaken, a 10-year civil
liability insurance policy in accordance with Act No. 78-12 of January 4, 1978 and its decrees, and a prime contractor liability policy. 
 Lessee will bear all financial consequences and any direct or indirect damages which may arise in connection with the work that it completes and will hold Lessor harmless for any damage that it may suffer
due to Lessee’s work, even if said work or contractors have been approved by Lessor. 
  

	 	15.1.5	Upon the completion of its work, Lessee must submit a report from an architectural firm to Lessor which certifies compliance of the work with applicable laws and
regulations, in particular, with respect to safety. The fees of the architectural firm will be borne by Lessee. 

  
 - 20 -

 Lessee must also invite Lessor in writing to visit and formally acknowledge that the work
completed complies (subject to minor changes which may be required as the work is completed) with the project initially submitted to it for approval. If the work doesn’t comply, the additional work or changes necessary, required by certified
letter, return receipt requested, from Lessor, must be completed within one (1) month. Lessee must provide Lessor with any documents and information necessary to create or update the subsequent work documentation. 

 

	 	15.1.6	All work, decorations, improvements, installations and construction whatsoever, including any that may be required under applicable laws or regulations, made by Lessee
after the Availability Date and during the Lease, will, at the end of occupancy, remain Lessor’s property, without indemnity and without prejudice to its right to require the Leased Premises to be returned, in whole or in part, to their Initial
Condition (as recorded in the initial inventory of fixtures described in Article 14) at Lessee’s expense, including for work expressly authorized by Lessor, unless Lessor has expressly waived Lessee’s obligation to restore the Leased
Premises to their original condition in the authorizations granted for said work; said waivers will only be express, written and granted on a case-by-case basis. In any event, Lessor may require Lessee to remove any partitioning, cabling or
outfitting at its expense. 

 When Lessee removes all or part of its work or outfitting on the Leased Premises
pursuant to the previous paragraph, it must complete all necessary cosmetic and restoration work so that the Leased Premises are fully returned after the work and outfitting are completed in perfect condition (or in good condition as provided for in
Article 16.1). 
  

	 	15.1.7	“End of occupancy” within the meaning of the previous paragraph means the date on which Lessee permanently vacates the Leased Premises, including if said date
is prior to the expiration of contractual Lease date or of any renewal, regardless of the reason for the early termination of the Lease (application of the Termination Provision in favor of Lessor, expropriation, loss of the leased property, etc.).
The Parties would like the transfer to take place automatically once Lessee permanently vacates the Leased Premises for any reason whatsoever. 

  

	 	15.1.8	As the outfitting works will only be acquired by Lessor when Lessee permanently vacates the Leased Premises, Lessor hereby acknowledges that said outfitting may not be
taken into consideration to determine the lease value for subsequent Lease renewals. 

  

	15.2	Maintenance, Repairs and Replacements 

  

	 	15.2.1	Throughout the term of the Lease, renewals, and occupancy, Lessee must maintain the entire Leased Premises and the outfitting, installations, improvements and
decorations completed thereby which constitute real property based on their use in a perfect state of maintenance, repair and replacement of any type whatsoever (including that due to wear and tear or a force majeure event), except that listed in
Article 606 of the French Civil Code, which shall be paid for by Lessor. Lessee must inform Lessor of any such work which has become necessary as soon as it becomes aware thereof. 

  
 - 21 -

	 	15.2.2	In accordance with Article 605 of the French Civil Code, such works will be paid for by Lessee if required due to poor maintenance, abnormal use or any reason caused by
Lessee. 

  

	 	15.2.3	Lessee will be liable for any deterioration or degradation to the Building’s common areas and outbuildings committed by Lessee or its employees.

  

	 	15.2.4	Lessee must, in particular, at its expense and under its responsibility, replace and/or maintain in perfect condition any locks, doors, windows, blinds, electrical
facilities, plumbing fixtures, sanitary, heating and gas equipment, plumbing, flooring, paint, etc. It must take any necessary precautions to avoid having any equipment, conduits and pipes freeze. 

 

	 	15.2.5	Lessee must have all of its facilities maintained and replaced, as required, under its complete responsibility and at its expense. 

 

	 	15.2.6	Lessee will only use duly qualified and experienced contractors and specialists. (Lessee must document that said contractors and specialists have taken out all
appropriate insurance policies). 

  

	 	15.2.7	Lessee will be responsible for any repairs that Lessor was required to make either due to Lessee’s failure to make the repairs it was required to make or due to
degradation caused by it, its employees or its visitors to the Leased Premises. 

  

	 	15.2.8	Lessee must install and re-install at its expense and on a date agreed upon with Lessor, except in an emergency, any casing, fitting, decoration, window, display
window, plaque or other item whatsoever which must be removed either to locate and repair leaks of any type, cracks in smoke or ventilation ducts, in particular, after fire or leaks, or, in general, to complete any works. 

 

	 	15.2.9	As major reconstruction was completed on the Building, Lessor is covered by the construction, good operation and 10-year warranties provided for in Articles 1792 to
1792-6 of the French Civil Code with respect to said reconstruction. Lessor agrees to exercise, at its expense, any recourse related to problems and defects covered by said warranties (Lessor alone will decide whether or not to exercise any such
recourse and does not provide any warranty as to the results thereof). To this end, Lessee must notify Lessor by any means of any problem or defect as soon as it becomes aware thereof throughout the term of the Lease, subject to being liable for any
worsening or damage due to its silence or delay; as a result, Lessor may not be held liable for any increase in the time necessary to make any repairs due to Lessee’s failure. 

Lessee may not object in any manner to the immediate exercise of said warranties and completion of any work necessary to repair the
problems covered by said warranties. In particular, it will allow any experts designated 

  
 - 22 -

 
by an insurance company and the contractors responsible for repairing the problems to access the Leased Premises as provided for in Article 15.3, without any recourse against Lessor. 

 

	15.3	Lessor and/or Third Party Construction 

  

	 	15.3.1	As an exception to Article 1724 of the French Civil Code, Lessee must allow any repairs or improvements, modifications or new construction which Lessor reserves the
right to complete, including if they do not benefit Lessee as provided for in Article 15.3.5, without indemnity from Lessor or a reduction in lease payments, and regardless of the degree of inconvenience or duration, including if it exceeds forty
(40) days. 

  

	 	15.3.2	This obligation to allow such work without compensation shall apply without distinction all work completed in or near the Building, including when they do not affect
the Premises Leased by the Lessee, regardless of the type and duration. 

  

	 	15.3.3	As an exception to Article 1723 of the French Civil Code, Lessee must allow Lessor, without indemnity therefrom, to make any changes that it deems necessary to the
Building’s common areas, provided that these changes do not adversely affect enjoyment of the Leased Premises. 

 Lessee acknowledges, in particular, that Lessor reserves the right to change the allocation of the Building’s common areas in any manner, in particular, to increase the surface area allocated to the
RIE instead of all or part of the area occupied by meeting rooms in order to increase RIE capacity, if necessary. 
  

	 	15.3.4	Lessee must pay for any changes to entry points, connections, replacement, meters or internal facilities that may be required by companies responsible for supplying or
maintaining any water, electricity or telecommunications supply whatsoever, or heating, air conditioning or other installation or service. Lessor will have also have the right to install, maintain, repair, replace or modify all cables, ducts and
connections of any type that may serve or cross the Leased Premises, without indemnity for Lessee, provided that said work does not suspend Lessee’s activities. 

 

	 	15.3.5	Lessor agrees to inform Lessee of the estimated timetable for the planned work on the Leased Premises and/or the Building’s common areas at least one
(1) month in advance (except in the event of an emergency or scheduled maintenance or repairs) and to take all precautions necessary so that said work causes as little disruption as possible to Lessee’s activities.

  

	 	15.3.6	Lessee must allow all work that may be completed on public roadways, near the Building, in the Building or in neighboring buildings, without recourse against Lessor.
Lessee must personally exercise any recourse against the government, contractors or neighbors, without troubling Lessor in this regard. 

  
 - 23 -

	16.	RETURN OF THE LEASED PREMISES 

  

	16.1	At the end of Lessee’s occupancy, Lessee must return the Leased Premises in their Initial Condition (subject to Lessor’s desire to retain construction and
outfitting completed by Lessee on the Leased Premises as specified in Article 15.1.6) and in perfect condition. 

 As an exception to the end of the previous paragraph, if Lessee leaves after the 9th year of the Lease or thereafter, Lessor agrees that the Leased Premises must be returned in a good state of general
maintenance (instead of in perfect condition). 
  

	16.2	Within six (6) months preceding its departure, an exit pre-inventory of fixtures listing any necessary repairs, cleaning, cosmetic work and replacement will be
prepared jointly by the architect or any other Lessor representative and Lessee (and possibly its architect) which will be paid for by Lessee under the Lease, which Lessee agrees to complete prior to its departure at its expense in accordance with
the provisions of Article 15. If the work listed in this exit pre-inventory of fixtures is not completed by the date provided for Lessee to return the keys, Lessor may have it completed by the contractors of its choice and claim the cost thereof
from Lessee over and above the penalties provided for in Article 16.4. 

  

	16.3	A joint exit inventory of fixtures will be prepared in Lessee’s presence (which must be duly notified) no later than the Lease expiration date after Lessee has
fully moved out and prior to returning the keys. If Lessee fails to appear at this meeting, the inventory will be prepared by a bailiff the expenses and fees of which will be paid for by Lessee. This exit inventory of fixtures will include a list of
the repairs for which Lessee is responsible under the Lease, in particular, the repairs listed in the exit pre-inventory of fixtures which have not been completed as of that date, as well as those which did not appear when the exit pre-inventory of
fixtures was prepared because the Leased Premises had not yet been fully emptied of all furniture, equipment and materials. 

  

	16.4	If Lessee has not completed the repairs, cleaning, cosmetic work and replacement to be completed prior to its departure in accordance with the provisions of the Lease
or it does not vacate the Leased Premises on the scheduled date (in particular, to complete any repairs), Lessee must, effective the Lease expiration date, pay Lessor a daily indemnity payable weekly in arrears equal to (i) 150% of the last
lease payment in effect on that date for the first month, then (ii) double the last lease payment after said initial one-month period, plus any expenses and value added tax, all calculated on a daily basis during the period necessary to repair
the Leased Premises or for the period between the date specified for Lessee to vacate the Leased Premises and the date Lessee actually does so, without prejudice to Lessor’s right to obtain compensation for the loss actually suffered, in
particular, due to the inability to re-lease the Leased Premises at their lease value when Lessee leaves. 

 The
amounts so owed by Lessee must be paid immediately upon request of Lessor or the Manager. 
  

	16.5	Lessee must give notice that it is moving out at least one (1) month in advance to allow Lessor to complete any administrative formalities.

  
 - 24 -

	16.6	Lessee must return the keys the day it moves out, even if said date is prior to the Lease expiration date, so that Lessor takes possession of the Leased Premises the
day after Lessee moves out, without Lessee claiming any whatsoever return of lease payments and/or provisions for expenses, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. 

 

	17.	ASSIGNMENT OF THE LEASEHOLD RIGHT 

  

	17.1	Lessee may not assign its Leasehold rights, in whole or in part, without Lessor’s prior, express, written consent. Lessor will have a maximum of one (1) month
after receipt of Lessee’s request by certified letter, return receipt requested, to indicate whether or not it approves said assignment. 

  

	17.2	Without, however, releasing Lessee from the requirement to request Lessor’s prior, written consent and comply with the provisions set forth below, Lessor may not
object to Lessee’s assignment of the Lease in full to the purchaser of its business or its company. 

  

	17.3	To be valid, any assignment must be covered in a notarized or private deed to which Lessor must consent through notice given at least fifteen (15) days in advance.
An exact copy or original of the assignment deed must be provided to Lessor at no cost. 

  

	17.4	In any event, Lessee will remain the joint and several guarantor of the assignee, but not any subsequent Lease assignees, for the payment of lease payments and expenses
and performance of the terms of the Lease until the expiration of the Lease. 

  

	17.5	No assignment may not completed if (i) any lease payments, ancillary amounts or taxes whatsoever are owed by Lessee which must, prior to any assignment, document
full payment of all taxes owed thereby for its use, and (ii) when the assignment deed was signed, the assignee did not provide to Lessor an independent guarantee in accordance with Article 9.1.1 to replace the guarantee provided by the
assignor. 

  

	17.6	In the event of the spin-off of Lessee, the companies created in said spin off will be jointly and severally liable for the successful performance of all Lessee
obligations under the Lease. No division of the Leased Premises among the companies created in the spin off may be required, as the Leased Premises are deemed indivisible. 

 

	17.7	As an exception to the provisions of this Article 16, the rights under this Lease may be freely assigned by Lessee, without Lessor’s prior approval, if Lessee
merges with another company and there is a universal asset transfer, provided that Lessee so informs Lessor of said transaction no later than three (3) months after its completion. 

 

	17.8	In the cases described in Articles 17.6 and 17.7, the Guarantee will be continued throughout the term of the Lease, unless the successors provide an identical guarantee
to Lessor with the same terms and conditions as the Guarantee issued by a credit institution whose principal office is located in France. 

  

	18.	SUB-LEASE – DOMICILIATION – LEASE MANAGEMENT 

  

	18.1	 Lessee may not sub-lease all or part of the Leased Premises or grant total or partial enjoyment thereof to any party whatsoever or in any form
whatsoever (including 

  
 - 25 -

	 	
through lease management), including temporarily, at no cost or at will, without Lessor’s prior written consent. However, Lessee may freely domicile any company in Lessee’s Group (as
this term is defined hereinafter) on the Leased Premises. 

  

	18.2	As an exception, Lessee is authorized to: 

  

	 	a)	partially sub-lease the Leased Premises as offices to a company in the group to which Lessee belongs, i.e., any company at least 50% of the equity and voting
rights of which is held directly or indirectly by Lessee (the “Lessee Group”), and 

  

	 	b)	partially sub-lease the Leased Premises to one or more third-party companies the corporate purpose of which does not include activities contrary to public order or good
morals within the meaning of Article 6 of the French Civil Code or that could damage the Building’s reputation, provided that at no time during the Lease may the total surface area sub-leased by Lessee pursuant to this paragraph exceed 33% of
the leased surface area in the Leased Premises, which may, on an exceptional basis, be increased to 50% if the sub-lessee of said additional surface area is a commercial partner of Lessee, and further provided that, during the first year of the
Lease, no sub-lease pursuant to this Article 18.2(b) may be granted by Lessee for a period which exceeds twenty-four (24) months, based on provisions which constitute exceptions to Article L.145-5 of the French Commercial Code.

 If the sub-lessee ceases to be included in Lessee’s Group, the sub-lease will expire by operation of law
one month after said event, unless the total surface area sub-leased by Lessee to third parties pursuant to Article 18.2(b) above does not exceed 33% (or 50%, as appropriate) of the leased surface area in the Leased Premises. 

 

	18.3	As the vacant surface area in the Building is being marketed, Lessee agrees to cooperate with Lessor and its agents to ensure that the steps taken by Lessor and its
agents for the partial sub-lease of the Leased Premises do not conflict with Lessor’s marketing of the Building. 

  

	18.4	This partial sub-lease authorization is only granted under the condition that the sub-lessee has no rights with respect to Lessor, in particular no renewal right with
respect thereto, as the premises covered by the principal lease form a contractually indivisible whole within the meaning of Articles L. 145-31 and L. 145-32 of the French Commercial Code. Lessee will be personally responsible for the
sub-lessee’s status when the Lease expires. 

  

	18.5	Lessee is released from compliance with the formalities of Article L.145-31 of the French Commercial Code. For each sub-lease, Lessee must nevertheless send Lessor a
copy of the signed sub-lease instrument one month after its signature, along with documents showing that said sub-lease was granted in accordance with the provisions of Article 18.2. 

  
 - 26 -

	18.6	All sub-leases must also meet the following requirements: 

  

	 	•	 	 the term of a sub-lease may not exceed that of the remaining Lease term; it will expire by operation of law and immediately if e for any reason
whatsoever the Lease ends prior to the expiration of its contractual term; 

  

	 	•	 	 all sub-lease agreements must include the express agreement between the Parties that the Leased Premises form an indivisible physical whole in the
joint intent of the Parties; the sub-lessee may not rely on any renewal right or any direct right against Lessor; second degree sub-leases are prohibited; 

 

	 	•	 	 the terms and conditions of the sub-lease agreement must be consistent with those set forth in the Lease; 

 

	 	•	 	 Lessee will continue to be solely liable to Lessor for payment of all lease payments and expenses and, in general, complete performance of Lease terms,
obligations and conditions; 

  

	 	•	 	 When Lessee leaves for any reason whatsoever, Lessee will be personally responsible for the eviction of its sub-lessee if the Lease ends for any reason
whatsoever and will pay any eviction indemnity or other amount which may be owed to the sub-lessee; 

  

	 	•	 	 the sub-lessee’s insurance policies must include a waiver against recourse thereby and by its insurer against Lessor, its employees, its agents,
the other lessees and their insurers, as well as a mutual recourse waiver between Lessee and the sub-lessee and their respective insurers. 

 For reciprocity and subject to said waiver, in the event of a claim covered by the guarantees listed in Article 19 of the Lease, Lessor, Lessee and their insurers waive any recourse they may be entitled
to exercise in the event of claim against any sub-lessee, personnel, agents or insurers, except in the event of gross negligence, fraud or lack of care by the sub-lessee. 

 

	18.7	All sub-lessees must be informed of this Article 18 and it must be included in all sub-lease agreements. 

 

	18.8	Any assignment, sub-lease or other agreement granted in violation of Articles 17 and 18 will result in the termination of the Lease if Lessor so elects.

  

	19.	INSURANCE 

  

	19.1	Lessor Insurance 

  

	 	19.1.1	Lessor must insure the financial consequences of the civil liability that it may incur as owner. 

 

	 	19.1.2	Lessor must insure the Building, as well as all outfitting and real estate facilities in the Building, against various risks, in particular, fire, lightning, explosion
and water damage, up to their new replacement cost as of the date of the claim. 

  
 - 27 -

	 	19.1.3	Lessor will also take out: 

  

	 	•	 	 as part of these policies, insurance covering “lease payment losses” for three years of lease payments and expert fees;

  

	 	•	 	 under the “Fire-Explosion” policy, a coverage extension covering indirect losses plus risk of storms, hurricanes, downpours, tornadoes,
cyclones, hail on roofs, smoke, falling aircraft or objects therefrom, ground vehicle impacts, riots, mass uprisings, terrorist acts, sabotage, vandalism, malicious acts, natural disasters or electrical damages. 

 

	 	19.1.4	Lessor reserves the right to insure all other reasonable risks. 

  

	 	19.1.5	All insurance related thereto will be subject to the terms, conditions, limits and exclusions of the policies taken out by Lessor. 

 

	 	19.1.6	Insurance premiums will be deemed lease expenses. Lessee agrees to reimburse the premiums for insurance taken out by Lessor for the aforementioned policies up to the
corresponding percentage of the Leased Premises. 

  

	 	19.1.7	Lessee must provide Lessor with all items necessary to assess risks and agrees to notify Lessor by certified letter of any basis for increased risk (fire, explosion,
water damage, etc.) which may be due to the creation, use or change of its activities on the Leased Premises; Lessor may only be deemed to have been informed of the existence of increased risk upon receipt of said letter. 

 

	19.2	Lessee Insurance 

  

	 	19.2.1	Lessee must ensure the risks specific to its activities. In particular, for the entire term of the Lease, it must take out: 

 

	 	•	 	 a Civil Liability insurance policy covering the financial consequences of the civil liability that it may incur due to bodily injury and tangible or
intangible damage to third parties, in particular, for all bodily injury or material damage caused directly or indirectly by work paid for by Lessee and for all harm that may be caused due to the occupancy of the Leased Premises, the existence or
use of its property, outfitting and facilities, or the acts of its employees; 

  

	 	•	 	 an insurance policy against risk of theft, fire and explosion covering its own property on the date of the claim, its general liability to occupants
(including neighbors and third parties), and an insurance policy covering the additional operational expenses to relocate after a claim; 

  

	 	•	 	 a Water Damage insurance policy covering its own property in a sufficient amount, with a coverage extension for the value when new, and its
occupant’s general liability to neighbors and third parties; 

  

	 	•	 	 the insurance required by Article 15.1.4 if Lessee undertakes construction on the Leased Premises. 

  
 - 28 -

	 	19.2.2	With respect to risk of fire, explosion, electrical damage and water damage covered by the insurance policies taken out by Lessor and Lessee as specified above, it is
agreed that: 

  

	 	•	 	 Lessee waives any recourse that it may have against Lessor, its officers or agents and other lessees and their insurers; it agrees to obtain the same
waiver from its insurers and any occupant and to indemnify Lessor for any direct or indirect consequences of any claims and judicial actions that its occupants, agents and/or insurers file or bring against Lessor, including all expenses and fees
that it may have to incur to assert its rights; 

  

	 	•	 	 for reciprocity, Lessor waives, and agrees to have the other participants described above waive, any recourse against Lessee, its insurers, all of its
occupants and agents, and their insurers. They agree to obtain the same waiver from its insurers. 

  

	 	19.2.3	Lessee must send Lessor a certified true copy of its policies or, if not, a coverage note or statement issued by an insurer prior to beginning operations.

  

	 	19.2.4	In addition, Lessee must be able to document the validity of its insurance policy and premium payments at any time. 

 

	 	19.2.5	If Lessee fails to take out the insurance policies listed above, or if they cover amounts deemed insufficient by Lessor, Lessor may insure said risks itself and Lessee
hereby agrees that it will reimburse the corresponding premiums upon request. 

  

	 	19.2.6	Further, Lessee will also sign a “Fire Prevention and Advice” contract with an entity specifically approved at a Plenary Fire Insurance Companies Meeting.

  

	19.3	Claims 

  

	 	19.3.1	As soon as it becomes aware thereof, and no later than eight (8) days thereafter, Lessee agrees to notify Lessor by certified letter, return receipt requested, of
all claims, damage or degradation to the Leased Premises, subject to being held personally liable for the damage the amount of which could not be duly claimed from the insurance company insuring the Leases Premises as a result of omission of or
delay in said notification. 

  

	 	19.3.2	Lessee also agrees to comply with any decision reached by Lessor to comply with technical changes legitimately requested or recommended by insurers.

  

	 	19.3.3	With two (2) days notice. Lessee must grant free access to the premises to Lessor’s insurers to allow them to correctly assess the risks to be covered.

  
 - 29 -

	19.4	Recourse 

  

	 	19.4.1	Lessee agrees to waive any liability recourse against Lessor, any agent of Lessor and their insurers for, in particular: 

 

	 	•	 	 damage and/or total or partial destruction of its personal property, equipment and, in general, all items belonging to it that it holds in any capacity
whatsoever, and the loss of use or any operational losses, including in the event of total or partial loss of its business, including damage caused to or losses suffered by the intangible assets of said business, including if said damage or
destruction was due to a construction defect or if it was caused by a watchman or other person for which Lessor might be civilly liable; 

  

	 	•	 	 theft, attempted theft, robbery or any criminal act of which Lessee may be victim on the Leased Premises and for which Lessor assumes no particular
oversight obligation; 

  

	 	•	 	 if the Leased Premises are destroyed in whole or in part or are expropriated; 

 

	 	•	 	 with respect to difficulties in use caused by third parties, regardless of their capacity (including other Building lessees), through an action or
otherwise and, in particular, in the event of nuisance, trouble, noise (including solid-borne noise), Lessee must act directly against them without involving the Lessor; Lessor must attempt to exercise any legal recourse that it has to terminate
said difficulties; 

  

	 	•	 	 damage caused to the Leased Premises in the event of problems, riots, strikes, civil war, and the resulting disruptions or operating losses;

  

	 	•	 	 all accidents or damage which could arise on the Leased Premises due, in particular, to the termination of, or irregularity in (to the extent they
exist), the provision of gas, water, electricity, sewage, ventilation, air conditioning, telephone or any other similar service, due to acts of the government which provides them, construction or repairs, freezing, or any other cause outside
Lessor’s control; Lessor is not required to inform Lessee of said interruptions. 

  

	20.	DESTRUCTION OF THE LEASED PREMISES 

  

	20.1	Total Destruction of the Leased Premises 

 If the Leased Premises are totally destroyed, the Lease will be terminated by operation of law, without indemnity from either Party, and without prejudice to the rights of either Party against the other
if the destruction was caused thereby, and subject to the reciprocal recourse waiver provided for in Article 19.4. 

  
 - 30 -

	20.2	Partial Destruction of the Leased Premises 

  

	 	20.2.1	If more than 35% of the declared saleable surface area of the Leased Premises is destroyed, each Party will have the right to: 

 

	 	•	 	 either terminate the Lease by operation of law without indemnity from either Party (without, nevertheless, undermining Lessor’s right to complete
repairs at the owner’s expense, risk and peril), if said partial destruction makes in impossible for Lessee to conduct its activities on the Leased Premises as a whole and if equivalent reconstruction or use of the Leased Premises is impossible
within six (6) months, provided that it so informs the other Party by certified letter, return receipt requested, 

  

	 	•	 	 or continue the Lease with a lease payment reduction in proportion to the surface area destroyed when partial use was lost; in this event, the Lease
will continue to cover all of the Leased Premises, 

 all without prejudice to the rights of either Party
against the other if the partial destruction is due to the actions of said other Party, subject to the reciprocal recourse waiver specified in Article 19.4. 
  

	 	20.2.2	If less than 35% of the declared saleable surface area of the Leased Premises is destroyed, the Lease will continue for all Leased Premises; Lessee will receive a lease
payment reduction in proportion to the surface area destroyed during the partial loss of use. 

  

	21.	FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH LESSEE OBLIGATIONS 

 If Lessee fails to fulfill its obligations, Lessor shall have the separate right, one (1) month after giving or serving simple notice either by certified letter, return receipt requested, or by
non-judicial instrument which does not result in performance, to have said obligation fulfilled by any company of its choice at Lessee’s expense, risk and peril and the expenses of said activity will be automatically added to the next lease
payment, independent of any damages or the exercise of the Termination Provision. 
  

	22.	TERMINATION PROVISION 

  

	22.1	If a payment is not made when due of (i) a single lease payment, (ii) other expenses and reimbursements which are payable at the same time as a lease payment,
(iii) any amounts ancillary thereto, (iv) any occupancy compensation that may be due for any reason whatsoever or if any whatsoever of the terms, obligations and conditions of the Lease are not fulfilled (with all terms, obligations and
conditions being of equal importance), and one (1) month after an order to pay or after notice to perform which does not result in a cure, and which includes a statement by Lessor of its intent to rely on this provision, the Lease will be
terminated by operation of law by Lessor by certified letter, return receipt requested, without any requirement to apply to a court. 

 If Lessee refuses to immediately vacate the Leased Premises, a simple, provisionally enforceable temporary injunction issued by the Presiding Judge of the District Court with jurisdiction over the
Building’s location, without a guarantee, notwithstanding any appeal will be sufficient to compel it to do so. 

  
 - 31 -

	22.2	As an exception to the foregoing, a breach of an obligation arising solely from the provisions of the environmental appendix (Appendix 8) will not grant a
termination right under the Termination Provision. 

  

	22.3	In the event of termination under the Termination Provision: 

 The lease payments and expenses paid in advance will remain Lessor’s property, without prejudice to all other Lessor rights and claims. 

Lessee will owe the occupancy indemnity specified in Article 16.4, by operation of law, from termination until Lessor’s resumption of
possession of the Leased Premises. 
 During the time necessary for re-leasing, Lessee will continue to pay lease payments and
expenses and all ancillary amounts for a maximum period of twelve (12) months after Lessor resumes possession of the Leased Premises. 
 Further, if a court decision is rendered against a Party, that Party must bear all expenses and court costs. 
 In any event, Lessee must comply with all provisions of the Lease related to the condition in which the Leased Premises are returned. 

Independently of this automatic termination and the provisions of Article 22.1, Lessor may claim from Lessee compensation for any loss
caused to Lessor by said early termination, in particular, to repair the Leased Premises. 
  

	22.4	In the event of Discontinued Legal Action after Termination of the Lease 

 If legal action or protective measures justifiably initiated by Lessor against Lessee as specified in this Article 22 are not followed by termination, Lessee must pay Lessor the late-payment interest and
surcharge specified in Articles 9 and 11 on the amounts for which the legal action or protective measures were initiated as a fixed penalty clause. 
  

	22.5	All amounts that may be owed by Lessee under this Article 22 will be deemed to be additions and ancillary to lease payments; the non-payment thereof may cause the
termination of the Lease as provided for above. 

  

	23.	RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL 

Lessor grants to Lessee throughout the initial term of the Lease a right of first refusal pursuant to which Lessor, as soon as it receives
notice from a lessee of office premises located in the Building, must notify Lessee by certified letter, return receipt requested, and offer to lease all or part of the surface area so vacated for market lease payments selected by Lessor to market
the surface area in question. 

  
 - 32 -

 Lessee will have thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the notice to exercise its
right of first refusal and notify Lessor of its decision whether or not to lease all of the surface area in question under the aforementioned conditions, or part of said surface area equal to at least an entire floor (or part of a floor if the
vacated surface area consists of part of a floor); Lessee’s silence after this period will constitute a waiver by Lessee of the exercise of its right of first refusal. 
 If Lessee waives its right of first refusal or remains silent, Lessor may lease the surface area in question to any lessee, subject to the lease payments, terms and conditions of its choice. 

 

	24.	SALE OF THE LEASED PREMISES 

 If, throughout the term of the Lease or any renewal, Lessor transfers the property, by any legal means, to any third party whatsoever, whether a natural person or a legal entity, as a result of said
transfer said person or entity will be automatically subrogated to all of Lessor’s rights and obligations under this Lease, both actively and passively, without said subrogation, which is hereby accepted by Lessee, resulting in a novation of
this Lease. Consequently, Lessee must continue to honor the Lease with respect to the new owner. 
  

	25.	NO WAIVER 

  

	25.1	No failure to enforce any provisions of the Lease, regardless of the frequency or term, may ever be deemed to be a change or deletion of said provision or to generate
any right whatsoever; Lessor may resume enforcement at any time without formality or notice. 

  

	25.2	Any change to the Lease provisions must be made in an amendment to the Lease. 

 

	26.	PRECEDENCE 

 In the event
of a contradiction between the provisions of the Lease and the Appendices, the provisions of the Lease will prevail. 
  

	27.	EXPENSES 

 Each Party will
solely bear the fees of its respective legal counsel or attorney hired to draft and negotiate the Lease. 
  

	28.	CHOICE OF FORUM 

 The
Parties agree that, for all disputes related to the Lease and any subsequent related actions, exclusive jurisdiction will be granted to the courts with jurisdiction over the Building’s location. 

  
 - 33 -

	29.	ADDRESS FOR SERVICE – REGISTRATION – GENERAL PROVISIONS 

  

	29.1	For the performance of the Lease, in particular, receipt of any non-judicial instruments or legal action, the Parties elect address for service at:

  

	 	•	 	 for Lessee: its principal office and, after the Availability Date, the Leased Premises, and 

 

	 	•	 	 for Lessor: its principal office. 

  

	29.2	The Lease may be registered by Lessee at its expense. 

  

	29.3	The Parties agree not to disclose any information related to the Lease in the form of an announcement in the professional press, with the exception of a press release
which must be approved by both Parties in advance. 

  

	29.4	The fact that any whatsoever of the provisions of the Lease are deemed to be null and void or not binding will not affect the validity or binding nature of its other
provisions. 

  

	29.5	The Parties expressly agree that the time periods specified in the Lease will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Articles 640 to 642 of the French Code
of Civil Procedure. 

  

					
	Signed in Paris	 		 	Signed in Paris
	January 20, 2012	 		 	January 20, 2012
	In two originals	 		 	In two originals
			
	 /s/ Catherine Simoni
	 		 	 /s/ Estelle Werth

	Lessor	 		 	Lessee
			
	Represented by Mrs. Catherine Simoni	 		 	Represented by Mrs. Estelle Werth
			
	[Stamp: Orosdi SCA	 		 	
	112 Avenue Kléber	 		 	
	75116 Paris	 		 	
	 Paris Trade and Companies Registry

number 552 022 832]
	 		 	

  
 - 34 -

 LIST OF APPENDICES 

 

			
	Appendix A:	  	Authority of Orosdi Management
	Appendix B:	  	Authority of Criteo
	Appendix 1:	  	Plans of the Leased Premises and table of useable surface areas
	Appendix 2:	  	Natural and technical hazards report
	Appendix 3:	  	Energy performance assessment
	Appendix 4:	  	Lessor’s bank details
	Appendix 5:	  	Bank Guarantee template
	Appendix 6:	  	Internal Regulations for the Building
	Appendix 7:	  	Regulations for the Inter-Company Restaurant
	Appendix 8:	  	Environmental Performance

  
 - 35 -

 APPENDIX A 
 Authority of Orosdi Management 

 OROSDI 
 Company limited by shares with capital of 13,280,000 Euros 
 Registered
office: 112 Avenue Kléber, 75016 Paris 
 552 022 832 RCS Paris 

AUTHORITY 
 I the
undersigned Mr Eric Sasson, residing at 60, rue Escudier, 92100 Boulogne-Billancourt, 
 Acting in the capacity of joint manager of OROSDI
MANAGEMENT, a single shareholder limited liability company with capital of 8,000 Euros with registered offices at 112 avenue Kléber 75016 Paris and identified under number 498 859 727 on the Paris Trade and Companies’ Register,

 The latter itself acting as manager of OROSDI, a company limited by shares with capital of 13,280,000 Euros Registered office: 112
Avenue Kléber 75016 Paris and identified under number 552 022 832 on the Paris Trade and Companies’ Register (the “Company”), 
 Hereby declares that it gives all necessary powers to Mrs Catherine Simoni to carry out the following for and on behalf of the Company: 

 

	•	 	 in the capacity of lessor, negotiating and signing the commercial lease contract and its appendices (the “Lease”) to be concluded
between Criteo, a public limited company with capital of 362,628.40 Euros with registered offices in Paris (75009) at 8, boulevard des Capucines, identified under number 484 786 249 on the Paris Trade and Companies’ Register, the latter
itself acting in the capacity of lessee, under the terms of which the Company will lease to Criteo the commercial office premises representing the entirety of the premises situated on the lower ground floor and the 4th, 5th and 6th floors of the Building located at 32 rue Blanche, Paris (75009) (the “Building”) and 17 parking
spaces in the 2nd basement of the building at an annual
rent of €5,628,000 excluding taxes and charges, free of rental charge until 14 June 2013; 

  

	•	 	 to this effect, signing all deeds, documents, letters and such like, sending all by recorded letter, serving all instruments and receiving all sums in
concluding the Lease contract; 

  

	•	 	 and in general doing all that is required for the conclusion, signature and implementation of the Lease. 

This delegation of authority remains valid up to an including 31 January 2012. 

 

			
	Paris,	  	Orosdi Management EURL
		  	Orosdi Management EURL
		  	112, avenue Kléber
		  	75116 Paris 727
		  	R.C.S. Paris 498 859 727
		
	9 January 2012	  	
	
	Mr Eric Sasson
	
	Joint Manager, OROSDI MANAGEMENT

 “Approved for the authority to negotiate and sign the Lease and in general doing all that is provided for under the
authority delegated”. 
 “Approved for the authority to negotiate and sign the Lease and in general doing all that is provided for
under the authority delegated”. 

 APPENDIX B 
 Authority of Criteo 

 

 
 EXPAND YOUR SEARCH 
 AUTHORITY 
 I the undersigned Mr Jean-Baptiste Rudelle, in my capacity as CEO of CRITEO, a
public limited company with capital, of 362,628.40 Euros with registered offices at 8 boulevard des Capucines, 75009 Paris, entered on the Paris Trade and Companies’ Register under number 484 786 249, 

Under discussions with THE CARLYLE GROUP and OROSDI concerning the plan to set up CRITEO at the premises at 32 rue Blanche, 75009 Paris, as described in
the appendix (the “Project”), 
 Hereby gives Ms Estelle Werth in her capacity as legal representative of CRITEO the authority to:

  

	•	 	 conduct all negotiations, discussions and procedures and make all decisions required for executing the Project, 

 

	•	 	 sign in my name and on behalf of CRITEO all deeds necessary for the execution of the Project, including offers of leases and/or the lease and various
appendixes thereto, and to check the guarantees provided; 

  

	•	 	 do all that is required in the interest of CRITEO for operations concerning the Project. 

Ms Estelle Werth may not sub-delegate the exercise of the authority given to her by this document. 

This authority comes into effect on the date of signature and will remain in force until 30 January 2012. 

Paris, 10 January 2012 
 Encs: appendix

 CRITEO SA – 8 boulevard des Capucines 75009 Paris, France – Tel: +33 (0)1 40 40 22
90 – Fax: +33 (0)1 44 54 30 89 
 SA with capital of €362,628.40 – Paris RCS 484 786 249 

Appendix 
 Conditions of the Lease 
 Annual rent: 5,628,000 Euros excluding tax and charges

 Disposal: 15 March 2012 
 Date
when lease comes into effect: 15 June 2012 
 Free rental period: from the disposal date to 15 June 2013 

If the contract is terminated at 6 years: termination payment of 3 times the most recent discounted rent excluding tax and charges 

A deposit of 12 months’ rent excluding tax to be paid to the Lessor, which may take the form of a security deposit or a bank guarantee payable on
first demand. The guarantee will be reduced to 6 months’ rent excluding tax at the end of the sixth year, subject to there being no payment issues during those six years. 
 Sub-letting: 100% of the surface areas for Group companies and 33% for outside companies, increased to 50% in exceptional circumstances if the sub-lessee of the surface areas is a commercial partner of
the Lessee. 

 CRITEO SA – 8 boulevard des Capucines 75009 Paris, France – Tel: +33 (0)1 40 40 22
90 – Fax: +33 (0)1 44 54 30 89 
 SA with capital of €362,628.40 – RCS Paris 484 786 249 

APPENDIX 1 

Plans of the Leased Premises and table of useable surface areas 

 /// Private Leased Premises 
 LOWER GROUND FLOOR 
  
 

 

 LEVEL 4 
 /// Private Leased Premises 
 Void to soakaway 

 
 

 

 LEVEL 5 
 /// Private Leased Premises 
  
 

 

 LEVEL 6 
 /// Private Leased Premises 
  
 

 

 Leased spaces 
 PARKING SPACES 
  
 

 

					
		  	Paris, 4 January 2012	  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
			
	75009 PARIS	  		  	
	F32 to 38, rue Blanche	  		  	

  

																																															
	 SUMMARY OF USEABLE, HABITABLE AND ANCILLARY
SURFACE AREAS
 (in m2)

	  	 	USEABLE SURFACE AREAS	 	TOTAL	 	HABITABLE SURFACE
AREAS	 	TOTAL	 	ANCILLARY SURFACE AREAS
	 	 	Auditorium	 	Offices
Archives	 	Misc.
areas	 	Cafeteria
area	 	Lobby	 	Stair
landings	 	Service
cupboards	 	Toilet
facilities	 	Cycle
store	 	 	Apartments	 	 	Lift
landings	 	Stair
landings	 	Service
cupboards	 	Car
parking	 	Balconies
Terraces	 	Roofing
Plant
rooms
	 Building
	 	 Level
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	T1	 	T2	 	T3	 	T4-Facing	 	T4-Right	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	R-4	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R-3	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R-2	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R-1	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	Lower ground floor	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	 A
	 	Upper ground floor	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+1	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+2	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+3	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+4	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+5	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+6	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+7	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	TOTAL	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	Lower ground floor	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	Ground floor	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	 B
	 	R+1	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+2	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+3	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+4	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+5	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	TOTAL	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	Ground floor	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+1	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	 C
	 	R+2	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+3	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+4	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	R+5	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 	TOTAL	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	 TOTALS
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	(1)	Partially measured premises 

IMPORTANT 

Surface areas were calculated from a measurement of the premises pursuant to article R.111-2 of the Code de la Construction et de
l’Habitation [French Construction and Housing Code] and in accordance with the attached definition, with the exception of the definition of the terrace/plant room boundary on R+7, for which the surfaces areas were plotted by our office on
19 April from computer files supplied by Franck Hammoutène Architects on 23 December 2009. 

 DEFINITION OF THE USEABLE SURFACE AREA 

The useable surface area is the floor surface measured at a height of 1 metre above the floor or false floor, minus the surfaces occupied by walls,
including insulation and fixed partitions provided for in the plans, posts, steps, stairwells (flights of stairs and half landings), ducts, lift shafts and freight elevators. 
 The surface area consisting of parking areas, vehicle access ways, terraces, loggias, balconies, service cupboards and plant rooms allocated solely for the operation of the building and areas of the
building under 1.8 metres in height is not taken into account. 
 The useable surface areas includes the surface area occupied by mobile
partitions, equipment belonging to the premises (sanitary fittings, sinks and basins etc.), items of decoration, cupboards in or protruding from the walls or proper partition. 
 The useable surface area also includes the surface area of all lobbies, regardless of the zones served (infrastructure and superstructure), security doors, (spaces between two doors designed to form a gap
between the vehicle parking area and pedestrian walkways giving access to stairs and lifts), door apertures (including for lifts) and window apertures. 
 The useable surface area also includes the surface area of the window ledges and convectors, fan coils and PACs where the height of such ledges and convectors is less than 1 metre above the floor.

 D 32340/C 85696 
  

 
  

			
	 ORDER OF PROFESSIONAL SURVEYORS

 
 D. LEGRAND E.T.P

P. FOUQUART branch

33, rue du Dr Finlay – 75015 PARIS
 Tel: 01 40 59 80 80
  
 Registration no: 3783
	  	

 APPENDIX 2 
 Natural and Technological Hazards Report 

			
	Ministry for Ecology, Sustainable Development, Transport and Housing	  	 Natural and technological hazards report

	  	in application of articles L125-5 and R125-26 of the French Environmental Code

  

	 	1.	This hazard report is based on information provided by Prefectoral Order 

 

							
	No: 2006-45-1	  	date: 14/2/2006	  	updated: 15/04/2008	  	

 Location of the property (built or to be built) 

 

	 	2.	Address                commune        
        post code 

 32-38 Rue Blanche 

75009 PARIS AI register no: 8 
  

	 	3.	Location of the building with regard to one or more predictable natural risk prevention plans [PPRn] 

 

							
	The building is located within the scope of a prescribed PPRn	  	yes	  	no x	  	
				
	The building is located within the scope of a PPRn applied in advance	  	yes	  	no x	  	
				
	The building is located within the scope of an approved PPRn	  	yes x	  	no	  	

 The natural risks taken into consideration are related to: 

 

					
	Flooding	  	Flash flooding	  	Rise in ground water
	Avalanche	  	Landslide x	  	Drought
	Earthquake	  	Cyclone	  	Volcano
	Forest fire	  	other pre-Ludian gypsum	  	

  

	 	4.	Location of the building with regard to a technological risk prevention plan [PPRt] 

 

							
	The building is located within the scope of an approved PPRt	  	yes	  	no x	  	
				
	The building is located within the scope of a prescribed* PPRt	  	yes    	  	no x	  	

 The technological risks taken into consideration are related to: 

Thermal effect            Effect of
overpressure            Toxic effect 
  

	 	5.	Location of the building with regard to regulatory zoning to take account of earthquakes In application of articles R563-4 and D563-8-1 of the French
environmental code 

  

													
	The building is located in an area of	  	seismic activity	  	strong
zone 5	  	average
zone 4	  	moderate
zone 3	  	low
zone 2	  	very low
zone 1X

 Attachments 
  

	 	6.	Location 

 Extracts of
documents and reference files for locating the building with regard to the hazards taken into consideration 
 Prefectoral Order

 Sector risk plan 
 Vendor/lessor – buyer/tenant 
  

	 	7.	Vendor – Lessor            Surname First
name            OROSDI 

  

	 	8.	Buyer – Tenant              Surname First
name            CRITEO 

	 	  	Strike out as
appropriate                                       
     ESTELLE WERTH (not legible) 

  

					
		 		 	(Traduction du timbre)
			
		 		 	ORDER OF PROFESSIONAL SURVEYORS
			
		 		 	Gexpertise Conseil
			
		 		 	6,rue de (illegible)
			
		 		 	92310 SEVRES
			
		 		 	Tel. 01 46 26 14 23 – Fax 01 41 14 53 14
			
		 		 	SIRET 401 194 illegible 86 0036
			
		 		 	Registration no: 23101
			
		 		 	APE7112A

  

	 	9.	Date                          
      SEVRES                                20/12/2011

 This natural and technological hazards report is based on information (illegible) by the
Prefect of the Département. 
 If not adhered to, the buyer or tenant may rescind the contract or request a reduction in
price from the 
 judge. [V of article 125-5 of the French Environmental Code] 

WHO IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE NATURAL AND TECHNOLOGICAL RISK REPORT AND HOW ARE THEY TO DO IT? 

FOR PROPERTY TRANSACTIONS AS AN APPENDIX TO ALL TYPES OF WRITTEN TENANCY AGREEMENT, RESERVATION OF A PROPERTY TO BE BUILT IN THE FUTURE,
PROVISIONAL SALE AGREEMENT OR DEED FOR OR CONFIRMING THE SALE OF A PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN BUILT OR THAT IS TO YET BE BUILT 
 Who are the
persons affected? 
  

	•	 	 Under the terms of articles L 125-5 and R 125-23 to 27 of the French environmental code, buyers and tenants of a property of any kind need to
be informed by the vendor or lessor, whether or not a property professional, of the existence of hazards to which the property is exposed. 

 A hazard report based on the information provided by the Prefect of the department to the mayor of the commune where the property is located is to be provided as an appendix to any type of written
tenancy agreement, reservation of a property to be built in the future, provisional sale agreement or deed for or confirming the sale of a property that has been built or that is yet to be built. 

What is the field of application of the requirement? 
  

	•	 	 This requirement to require information applies to all communes listed by Order of the Prefect of the department for property that has been
built or that is yet to be built located: 

  

	 	1.	Within the scope of exposure to the hazards contained in a technological hazards plan approved by the Prefect. 

 

	 	2.	Within a zone exposed to the hazards contained in a predictable natural hazard prevention plan approved by the Prefect or of which certain provisions have been made
immediately enforceable in application of the French environmental code (article L. 562-2). 

  

	 	3.	Within the scope under assessment as part of developing a technological hazard prevention plan or a predictable natural hazard prevention plan prescribed by the
Prefect; 

  

	 	4.	In earthquake zones 2, 3, 4 and 5 referred to in articles R563-4 and D563-8-1 of the French environmental code. 

NB: the term property applies to any individual or collective construction, plot, parcel or contiguous series of parcels of land belonging
to the same owner or group of co-owners. 
 Where can reference documents be consulted? 

 

	 	•	 	 For each individual commune, the Prefect for the department determines: 

 

	 	•	 	 the list of predictable natural hazards and technological hazards to be taken into consideration 

 

	 	•	 	 the list of documents that the vendor or lessor may refer to 

 

	 	•	 	 For each individual commune, the Prefectoral order includes the following appendices: 

 

	 	1.	one or more extracts from documents defining the zones in the commune that are exposed to the risks under consideration; 

 

	 	2.	an information sheet stating the nature and, where possible, level of hazards in each zone and areas covered by the natural or technological risk prevention plan and
earthquake zones 2, 3, 4 and 5. 

  

	 	•	 	 The Prefect sends a copy of the order to the mayor of each commune affected and the Chambre départementaire des notaires.

  

	 	•	 	 The order is displayed in the mayor’s office in each commune and published in the State register of administrative acts in the département.

  

	 	•	 	 Notification of the publication of the order is published in a newspaper circulated in the département. 

 

	 	•	 	 Orders are updated: 

  

	 	•	 	 when a Prefectoral order comes into effect rendering immediately enforceable or approving certain provisions of a predictable natural hazard plan or
approving a technological risk prevention plan or revising any such plans; 

  

	 	•	 	 where new information brought to the attention of the Prefect change the assessment of seismic activity in the area and the nature or level of risk to
which all or part of the commune in the plans is exposed. 

  

	 	•	 	 The documents referred to above may be consulted at the mayor’s office in the commune in question and at the Prefecture and sub-Prefectures of the
department where the property for sale or lease is located. Some may be accessed on line on the website of the Prefecture of the department. 

 Who produces the hazard report? 
  

	 	•	 	 The hazard report is produced by the vendor or lessor, and possibly with the help of a professional involved in the sale or lease of the property.

  

	 	•	 	 The report must be produced within at least six months prior to the conclusion of any type of written tenancy agreement, reservation of a property to
be built in the future, provisional sale agreement or deed for or confirming the sale of a property that has been built or that is yet to be built to which it is appended. 

 

	 	•	 	 It is valid for the entire duration of contract and any renewal thereof. For a joint lease, it is supplied to each signatory when they first enter the
premises. As required, it is updated if a joint tenant postpones their entry to the premises. 

 What
information needs to be included? 
  

	 	•	 	 The hazard report refers to seismic activity and the natural or technological hazards taken into account in prevention plan(s) and to which the
property is exposed. The report is accompanied by extracts from reference documents for locating the property with regard to such hazards. 

 How is the hazard report to be completed? 
  

	 	•	 	 Simply refer to the property, the information in the Prefectoral order and reference documents: situation with regard to the prevention plan(s), nature
of the risk incurred and seismic activity for the area. 

 Requirement to provide information on damage arising from a natural or technological
disaster 
  

	 	•	 	 For communes where a state of natural or technological disaster has been declared, and if an insurance claim has been made with regard to the property,
a statement of any known claim(s) paid is to be appended to the contract. No specific printed document applies. 

 Retention of the hazard report 
  

	 	•	 	 The vendor or lessor must retain a copy of the hazard report dated and stamped by the buyer or tenant so that it is possible to prove that it was
indeed submitted when the sales or lease contract to which it belongs was signed. 

 For further
information, go to www.prime.net 
 Ministry of Ecology, Sustainable Development, Transport and Housing – Arche
Nord 925055 La Défense cedex 
 Switchboard: + 33 1 40 81 21 22 

http://www.developpement-durable.gouv.fr 

 (MAP) 
 Pre-Ludian gypsum 
 CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE MARAIS 

CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE 7TH ARRONDISSEMENT 

 PARIS PREFECTURE 
 Department of Planning, Housing and Public Works 
 Prefectoral order
n°2008-105-2 
 Amending Prefectoral Order n° 2006-45-1 of 14 February 2006 designating Paris as a commune
exposed to major technological and natural hazards determining the procedure for informing buyers and tenants of properties located in Paris with regard to the above hazards 
 The Prefect for the Île-de-France 
 region, Prefect of Paris, 

Commander of the Legion of Honour 
 Having regard to the General code of the territorial authorities; 
 Having regard
to the environmental code, notably articles L.125-5 and R.125-23 to R. 125-7; 
 Having regard to Prefectoral order n°
2006-45-1 of 14 February 2006 designating Paris as a commune exposed to major technological and natural hazards determining the procedure for informing buyers and tenants of properties located in Paris with regard to the above hazards;

 Having regard to Prefectoral order n° 2007-109-1 of 19 April 2007 approving the revised plan for the prevention of
the risk of flooding in the département of Paris; 
 At the proposal of the Director of planning, housing and public
works, 
 ORDERS AS FOLLOWS: 
 Article 1: 
 Article 1-1 of order n° 2006-45-1 of 14 February 2006 is
amended as follows: 
 “Art. 1-1: The flood risk is the subject of a revised flood risk prevention plan (PPRI), approved
by Prefectoral order n° 2007-109-1 of 19 April 2007.” 
 Article 2: 

Article 3 of the same order is amended as follows: 
 “art. 2: Certain documents in the information file appended to the Order have been partially amended.” 
 Article 3: 
 Article 4 of the same order is amended as follows: 

“Art.3: The file and reference documents referred to in artîcle 2 of the Order may be consulted: 

At the Paris Town Hall - direction de l’urbanisme -accueil du public- 17 boulevard Merland, 

Paris 4ème;

 in the Mayor’s office of each arrondissement; 

at the Préfecture de Paris - direction de 1’urbanisme, du logement et de l’équipement pôle environnement
et patrimoine, 50, avenue Daumesnil, Paris 12ème. » 
 Article 4: 

This order will be issued to the Mayor of Paris. It will be displayed in the Mayor’s office of every arrondissement in Paris for a
period of a month from when it is received by the Directors General of the Mayor’s offices for each arrondissement. 
 A
copy of the order and its appendices will be sent to the Chambre départementale des notaires de Paris. 
 Notification
of the order and procedure for consultation thereof will be given in the local press. 
 Article 5: 

Any appeal against the order must be made to the administrative court in Paris within two months of its publication in the register of
administrative acts of the Prefecture of Paris and the Prefecture of Police. 
 Article 6: 

The Prefect, Secretary General of the Prefecture of Paris, Prefect of Police, Regional Environment Director, the Regional Director of
industry, research and the environment and the Mayor of Paris are respectively charged with the execution of the order, which will be published in the register of administrative acts of the Prefecture of Paris and the Prefecture of Police,
accessible on the web site of the Prefecture of Paris: www.paris.pref.gouv.fr. 
 Paris, 14 April 2008 

PP 
 The
Prefect, Secretary General of the Prefecture of Paris 
 Michel LALANDE

 

  
 REGISTER OF
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTS NUMBER 7 TER OF 15 APRIL 2008 

 
 INFORMATION FILE ON MAJOR RISKS TO WHICH THE COMMUNE OF PARIS IS EXPOSED

 Partially amended and appended to Prefectoral Order n° 2008- 105-2 in amendment of Prefectoral Order n° 2006-45-1 of
14 February 2006 designating Paris as a commune exposed to major technological and natural hazards determining the procedure for informing buyers and tenants of properties located in Paris with regard to the above hazards 

Published in the register of administrative acts of 15/04/2008 

To be appended to my Order of 14 April 2008 
 The Prefect, Secretary, General of the Prefecture of Paris Michel LALANDE 
 I)
The list of hazards recorded in the commune of Paris 
 The major risks recorded for Paris are: 

Flood risk, being the subject a revised flood risk prevention plan (PPRI), approved by Prefectoral order n° 2007-109-1 of
19 April 2007. 
 Risks of the presence of former quarries in basements and zones of pre-Ludian gypsum. These risks,
determined by the Orders of 26 January 1966, 19 March 1991 and 25 February 1977, are managed by the City quarry inspectors.

 There is no technological risk prevention plan for Paris. Furthermore, the
département of Paris is not affected by seismic risk as defined by the amended Decree n° 91-461 of 14 May 1991 relating to seismic risk. 
 II) Summaries of risks recorded 
 Summary 1: relating to flood risk 

Summary 2: relating to the risk related to former quarry and gypsum zones 

III) Cartography 
 The document cartographic document (A3 format) includes the perimeters of zones exposed to the risk of quarries, pre-Ludian gypsum and floods. 

IV) Reference documents relating to natural risks 
 Reference documents relating to natural risks 
 Referred to in I to which the
communes are exposed are: 
 The revised flood risk prevention plan (PPRI), approved by Prefectoral order n° 2007-109-1 of
19 April 2007. 
 the arrondissement map showing the perimeters of zones exposed to the risk of quarries, pre-Ludian
gypsum and floods. 
 V) Orders relating to the declaration of a natural disaster published between 1982 and 2006. 

( see table below) 
 Changes to the documents are shown in italics 

 

  
 2 

REGISTER OF ADMINISTRATIVE ACTS NUMBER 7 TER OF 15 APRIL 2008 

									
	 Commune
	  	 Events
	  	 Date event
began
	  	 Date event
ended
	  	 Date order
published

					
	Paris (arrondissements: 12, 13 and 14)	  	Floods and mud slides	  	05/06/1983	  	06/06/1983	  	03/08/1983
					
	Paris (arrondissements: 12, 13 and 14)	  	 Floods and mud slides
 Hailstorm/storm
	  	05/06/1983	  	06/06/1983	  	10/09/1983
					
	 Paris (arrondissements: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10,11,12,13,

14,15,18,19,20)
	  	Floods and mud slides	  	27/06/1990	  	27/06/1990	  	07/12/1990
					
	Paris	  	Floods and mud slides	  	31/05/1992	  	01/06/1992	  	20/10/1992
					
	Paris (arrondissements: 6, 7 and 16)	  	Floods and mud slides	  	25/05/1992	  	25/05/1992	  	24/12/1992
					
	Paris 20th arrondissement	  	Floods and mud slides	  	29/04/1993	  	30/04/1993	  	28/09/1993
					
	Paris	  	Floods and mud slides	  	18/07/1994	  	19/07/1994	  	06/12/1994
					
	Paris	  	Floods and mud slides	  	30/05/1999	  	30/05/1999	  	21/07/1999
					
	Paris	  	 Floods and mud slides
 Earth movement
	  	25/12/1999	  	29/12/1999	  	29/12/1999
					
	Paris	  	Floods and mud slides	  	06/07/2001	  	07/07/2001	  	06/08/2001
					
	Paris	  	Floods and mud slides	  	31/05/2003	  	31/05/2003	  	03/10/2003
					
	 Paris 20th arrondissement
	  	 Landslides and differential

settlement
	  	01/07/2003	  	30/09/2003	  	2/03/2006
					
	 Paris (arrondissements: 8 and 16)
	  	Floods and mud slides	  	23/06/2005	  	23/06/2005	  	11/04/2006

  
 3 

REGISTER OF ADMINISTRATIVE ACTS NUMBER 7 TER OF 15 APRIL 2008 

			
	SUMMARY 1: relating to flood risk
		
	 River features
	  	The Seine is a river in a plain. Its water catchment area is approximately 100,000 square km (about one 1/5th of the surface area of France). It has major rivers flowing into it:
the Marne, the Yonne, the Aube and the Oise.
		
		  	Its flow comes from rainfall, the natural draining of the water table and maintaining low water at major reservoirs upstream of Paris.
		
	 Flood risk
	  	 Flooding from rivers in the Seine basin can occur from November up to the month of May. They are slow and powerful floods after long and
regular periods of rain across extended catchment areas. Submersion can last for a period of weeks, and even several months in localised areas in exceptional circumstances.

 
 However, in spite of the construction of holding reservoirs upstream of Paris, the
purpose of which is to reduce flood risk and maintain water levels, floods on the Seine remain a major risk, especially in terms of violent floods every 100 years. It is to be noted that the dykes in Paris will have no effect for floods of this
magnitude.

		
	 Details of risk
	  	 Flood waves generated at the head of the catchment area of the Seine take 3 to 4 days for the Yonne and 6 to 8 days for the Seine and
the Marne to reach the Paris conurbation. The rise in the water is slow and can generally be planned for, as the catchment area has a flood warning system. Some measures can thus be taken with regard to the population.

 
 A major flood like the one in 1910 can have disastrous consequences for the
population and economic activity, given the urban density and the extreme length of the flooding periods. Around 124,000 persons would experience flooding and have no electricity, 162,000 would have their cellars flooded (and no electricity) and
499,000 would have no electricity in Paris, making a total of 785,000 persons affected. The cost of direct and indirect damage is estimated at over 10 billion Euros for the Île-de-France region cut off, including 0.6 to 1.8 billion in damage
to residential buildings.
  
 The biggest flood on record in Paris occurred in
February 1658: it reached 8.96m on the tide mark at the Pont d’Austerlitz, which is 34cm higher than the one in 1910 used as the reference for producing a flood risk prevention plan. The height of the water resulting from a flood of this kind
exceeds 2 metres in some areas of the City.

		
	 Actions taken to reduce risk
	  	 The flood risk prevention plan (PPRI) is an obligation in the public interest and is attached to the PLU. It identifies the zones at
risk of flooding, regulates new planning projects based on the estimated risk and comparing variables/issues, defines prevention, protection and safeguarding measures that have to be taken and can also be applied to existing situations to reduce the
vulnerability of property. There are the following regulated zones for the PPRI for Paris:
  

•        Red zone: where the main flow occurs in a period of
flooding
  

•        Green zone: zones where floods may spread

 

•        Light blue zone: urbanised, susceptible to flooding at a
submersion level of under 1m
  

•        Dark blue zone: Light blue zone: urbanised, susceptible to
flooding at a submersion level of over 1m
  
 The PPRI for Paris requires
public service companies, care establishments, cultural and administrative establishments to implement measures for reducing vulnerability.

		
	 Bodies to contact for additional information
	  	At the Prefecture of Paris la direction de l’urbanisme et de l’équipement, pôle environnement et patrimoine, 50, avenue Daumesnil Paris 12th
		
	 Sources
	  	Schéma directeur de l’aménagement et gestion des eaux (SDAGE), approved 29 June 1995 and Schéma directeur de prévision des crues du bassin
Seine-Normandie – draft of April 2005.

  
 4 

REGISTER OF ADMINISTRATIVE ACTS 
 NUMBER 7 TER OF 15 APRIL 2008 

			
	SUMMARY 2: relating to risks connected with the presence of former quarries and areas of pre-Ludian gypsum
		
	 Features of Paris sub-soil
	  	 The Paris sub-soil contains an abundance of certain useful substances such as rough limestone (building stone), gypsum (plaster
manufacture) and chalk. Limestone and gypsum were extracted from Antiquity until the 19th century from open-cast or underground quarries.
  
 The gypsum in certain geological layers is soluble in water and the flow of underground water courses may have dissolved quantities of gypsum and give way to underground cavities called solution
pockets.

		
	 Risks caused by the presence of former quarries and pre-Ludian gypsum
	  	Former quarries and solution pocket type cavities may cause quite severe earth movement.
		
	 Detail of the risks
	  	 Earth movements due to underground quarries and cavities may be:

 

•      Slow and continuous: a progressive deformation that can occur as
a collapse, settling (reduction in volume of certain soils affected by loads applied and water circulation) or land slips. Collapses are not very deep and can measure from a few cm to several m. This can cause the foundations to move. If these are
not to the right dimensions, they cannot bear the wright of the building uniformly, causing cracking.
  

•      Rapid and discontinuous: they take the form of subsidence
(instantaneous vertical shift of the surface of the soil through severe rupture of pre-existing underground cavities – natural or artificial – forming a roughly cylindrical/tubular sinkhole.

		
	 Location of risk zones connected with pre-Ludian gypsum and former quarries
	  	 In Paris, zones of abandoned quarries are known about and often mapped.
 There are records of rough limestone quarries in arrondissements 5
th, 6 th, 12 th,
13 th, 14 th, 15 th and 16 th (770 hectares mined) and gypsum quarries in the 10th, 18th, 19th and 20th arrondissements (65 hectares mined)
  

With regard to gypsum solution pockets, they are localised and changing in origin. It is therefore not possible to map them in advance. A zone of solution
risk has been defined based on the geology of the soils and recorded incidents. The zone covers part of the
9th, 10th, 17th, 18th and 19th arrondissements.

		
	 Actions taken to reduce the risk
	  	In the Paris area, risk perimeters have been defined by Prefectoral Order under article R. 111-3 (now abrogated) of the French planning code. These risk perimeters are not used as
the risk prevention plan (PPR).
		
	 Bodies to contact for additional information
	  	General Inspection of Quarries (3, avenue du Colonel Henri Rol-Tanguy – formerly 1, place Denfert-Rochereau – 70514 Paris) is the department of the City of Paris in charge
of risk management.
		
	 Source
	  	General Inspection of Quarries (IGC)

  
 5 

REGISTER OF ADMINISTRATIVE ACTS 
 NUMBER 7 TER OF 15 APRIL 2008 

			
	MAP	  	
		
	  
  
 DOCUMENT FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES
	  	 (illegible)
 Cartographic document relating to the
 Information for Buyers and Tenants

on Major Natural Hazards (IAL)
  

MAP

Scale: 1:15,000
 Perimeter of quarry zones
 Perimeter of pre-Ludian gypsum zones

Revised flood risk prevention plan
 (illegible)
  

	

	  

 Key 
 Revised
flood risk prevention plan (Prefectoral Order of 19 April 2007) 
 Dark blue zone (included in the hazard): submersion level greater than 1m

 Hashed dark blue zone (see comment) 

Light blue (included in the hazard) 
 Hashed
light blue zone (see comment) 
 Red zone: high flow 
 Green zone: extended flooding area 
 Zone containing pockets of pre-Ludian gypsum 

(Inter-Prefectoral Order of 25 February 1977) 
 Zone containing former quarries 
 (Inter-Prefectoral Order of 19 March 1991) 

Borders of arrondissements 
 Comment: Hashed
sectors of the PPRI 
 The hashed sectors correspond to parts of plots or locations included in the perimeter of potential flood zones, in
application of the precautionary approach explained on page 21 of the service report. 
 This is the complement of the plot in the dark blue
zone and the location in the light blue zone, outside the estimated extent of the hazard. 

 APPENDIX 3 
 Energy Performance Assessment 

							
	 Diagnostic

Environnement
 Prévention
	 	
                    Energy performance
assessment
  

                    – Tertiary Sector
(NEW)

		
	 Plot No: 112665
 Valid 10 years from: 22/12/2011
 Type of building: whole building

Type of activity: Offices
 Year of construction: < 1948
 Habitable surface area: 21,882 m2

Address: 32-38 rue BLANCHE 75009 PARIS

 
	  	 Date: 22/12/2011

Assessor: Mr. BERTHEREAU / Société DEP Certification issued by the SQI on 20/08/2007
 9, rue Edmond Michelet 93360 Neuilly plaisance
 Insurance policy: ALLIANZ IARD N°
100234/43370182
 Tel: 0 820 000 723

Signature:
  

	Owner:	 		  	Owner of shared installations (if applicable):
		
	 Name: OROSDI
	  	 Name:

	  
 Annual energy consumption by
type
  
 Obtained by the Th-C-E method, version dated 19 July
2006, average energy price index as at 15/08/2010

  

											
	 	  	
Final energy consumption
	  	Primary energy consumption	 	  	Annual energy
expenditure (incl tax)	 
	 	  	 detail per energy and usage in kWhEF
	  	detail of usage in kWhPE	 	  	 	 
	 Heating
	  	 Electricity: 173087 kWhef

Heating system: 193,656 kWhef
	  	 	640,219 kWhpe	  	  	€	29,337	  
	 Domestic hot water
	  	Heating system: 28,884 kWhef	  	 	28,884 kWhpe	  	  	€	1,603	  
	 Cooling
	  	Electricity: 126,259 kWhef	  	 	325,749 kWhpe	  	  	€	13,560	  
	 Lighting
	  	Electricity: 310,724 kWhef	  	 	801,669 kWhpe	  	  	€	33,372	  
	 Auxiliary services
	  	Electricity: 192,562 kWhef	  	 	496,809 kWhpe	  	  	€	20,681	  
		  		  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 
	 TOTAL
	  	 	2,293,330 kWhpe	  	  	€	98,554	  
		  		  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 

  

			
	 Energy consumption
 (primary)
 For heating, production of domestic hot water, cooling, lighting and
auxiliary services, home electricity production has been deducted
	  	 Greenhouse gas emissions
 (GGE)
 For heating, production of domestic hot water, cooling, lighting and
auxiliary services

 

 
 Registered offices: 9, rue Edmond Michelet – ZA Fontaine du Vaisseau – 93360
NEUILLY PLAISANCE 
 Indigo N° 0 820 000 723        Indigo N° FAX 0 820 821 102

 S.A.S. with capital of €41,040 - Bobigny RCS B 384 546 529 - APE Code 742 C - VAT Code: FR 72 384 546 529 -
www.dep-environnement.fr 

  

			
	Page 1 of 4	  	Form.PE008 / Validity index 02 /Revision date: 17.02.09

					
	 Energy performance assessment – tertiary sector (NW)

 
 Description of accommodation and facilities

 

	 Plot
	  	 Heating
	  	 Domestic hot water

			
	 Walls:
  
 Poured concrete insulated from the outside
  
 Poured concrete insulated from the inside
  
 Stone wall insulated from the inside
  
 Isofaçade 35
	  	 Heating system:
  

Electric heating
  
 Heating network
	  	Domestic hot water system:  
 Electric water heater – less than
5 years old

			
	Roof:	  	Heating units:	  	Lighting system:
			
	Concrete slab roof terrace - insulated	  	 Split and multi-split
  

Direct electric other
	  	
			
	Joinery:	  	Cooling system:	  	Ventilation system:
			
	Double-glazed windows	  	Electric/thermodynamic	  	Cross flow with exchanger
			
	 •     15mm + air gap

 
 •     Wooden
frames
	  		  	
			
	 Low floor:
  
 Concrete slab roof terrace – insulated on the outside
  
 Concrete slab roof terrace – insulated on the plant room, unheated
	  	 Cooling units:
  

Fan coil units
  
 Airflow network
	  	
			
	Renewable energy 	  	Quantity of renewable energy	  	0 
kWhPE/m2/year
			
	Type of equipment present using renewable energy	  		  	

 

 Reason for an assessment 

 

	 	•	 	 To inform the occupant or buyer; 

  

	 	•	 	 To compare various premises against each other; 

  

	 	•	 	 To encourage work to be done to improve energy efficiency and contribute towards reducing greenhouse gas emissions. 

Final and primary energy 
 Final
energy is the energy that you use at home (gas, electricity, domestic fuel oil and wood etc.). To provide you with this energy, it has been necessary to extract, distribute, store and produce it, and therefore expend more energy than you ultimately
use. Primary energy is the total amount of all such energy consumed.

 Variations in calculation conventions and energy prices 

When calculating energy consumption and costs, values are used that change to an appreciable degree over time. The wording “price of energy as
at...” means on the date of the order in force when the assessment is carried out. It reflects the average price of energy recorded nationally by the Observatoire de l’Energie. 
 Renewable energy 
 This is shown separately on this page. The only estimates are for
quantities of renewable energy produced by permanently installed systems. 
 Differences between types of Energy Performance Assessment
(EPA) 
 Contrary to an EPA relating to the sale of a property, which includes all billed energy consumption, the construction EPA only
includes consumption for heating, domestic hot water, cooling, lighting and auxiliary services. 

 

  

			
	Page 2 of 4	  	 Form.PE008 / Validity index 02 /Revision date:
17.02.09        

 Energy performance assessment – tertiary sector (NEW) 

GUIDE TO GOOD PRACTICE 
 In
addition to improving your premises (see next page), there are many cost-effective ways of saving energy and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. These measures relate to heating, domestic hot water, comfortable conditions in summer and lighting.

 Energy manager 
  

	•	 	 Introduce an energy strategy to suit your company. 

  

			
	Page 3 of 4	  	Form.PE008 / Validity index 02 /Revision date: 17.02.09        

 Energy performance assessment — tertiary sector (NEW) 

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVING ENERGY EFFICIENCY 
 The following table presents a number of measures aimed at reducing your energy consumption. Please consider them - they could be beneficial to you. 

 

			
	Improvement measures	  	Comments
		
	Nil	  	

 This report was produced by a person whose skills have been certified by: SQI - Les Quadrants - 3 avenue du Centre -
Guyancourt - 78182 SAINT QUENTIN EN YVELINES CEDEX 
 COMMENTS: 
 Work is to be carried out by a qualified professional. 
 Further energy information is available
at: http: //www.ademe.fr/particuliers/ PIE/liste_eie.asp 
 You can benefit from a tax credit if you reduce the purchase cost of supplies
- think about it! www.impots.qouv.fr 
 For further information, please go to: www.ademe.fr or www.logement.gouv.fr 

  
 Page 4 of 4

 APPENDIX 4 
 Lessor’s Bank Details 
  

									
	Branch code	  	Sort code	  	Account no	  	RIB key	  	
					
	#####	  	#####	  	###########	  	##	  	
		
	IBAN #### ### #### #### #### #### ###	  	
				
	Swiftbic: ########	  		  		  	
				
	Domiciliation	  	Currency	  		  	
				
	ING BELGIUM S.A., SUCC. FRANCE	  	EURO	  		  	
				
	Account holder	  		  		  	

 OROSDI 

 APPENDIX 5 
 Bank Guarantee Template 

 Template 
 INDEPENDENT GUARANTEE PAYABLE ON SIGHT 
 Date: [—] 

  
 - 1 -

 INDEPENDENT GUARANTEE PAYABLE ON SIGHT 

The undersigned “[—]’’, company
[—] with capital of [—] Euros, with registered offices at [—], identified under number [—] of the [—] Trade and Companies’ Register (subsequently referred to as the “Guarantor” or the “Bank”),

 Represented by [—] acting in their capacity as
[—], duly authorised for the purposes of this document, 
 WHEREAS: 

Under the terms of a private deed dated [—](subsequently referred to as the “Lease”),
OROSDI, [—] (subsequently referred to as the “Beneficiary” or the “Lessor”) has leased to CRITEO,
[—] (subsequently referred to as the “Client” or the “Lessee”) various premises, the principal use of which is as commercial offices and parking spaces, forming
part of a building in Paris (75009) at 32 rue Blanche (subsequently referred to as the “Premises”). 
 The Lease has been
concluded and accepted for a period of [—] ([—]) years from [—] according to the procedures
of the Lease, subject to various charges and conditions and at an annual rent of [—] Euros ([—] Euros) excluding charges and taxes. 

Under the terms of the Lease, the Lessee has undertaken to provide the Lessor with a bank guarantee payable on sight guaranteeing to it the payment of a
maximum amount before adjustment of [—]Euros ([—]Euros). 
 Thus, the Guarantor has accepted and granted the guarantee (subsequently referred to as the “Independent Guarantee”) to the Beneficiary under the terms and conditions of this document.

 The Guarantor hereby declares and acknowledges that the above is provided for explanatory purposes only, and may in no way affect the
independent nature of the Independent Guarantee. 

  
 - 2 -

 IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS: 

 

	1.	INDEPENDENT AND UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT 

  

	1.1	The Bank hereby undertakes unconditionally and irrevocably to pay to the Beneficiary at its first request made in accordance with the procedures established in article
3.1 above, any amount requested by the Beneficiary up to a maximum of [—]Euros ([—] Euros), as adjusted in compliance with the stipulations of
article 1.3 below (subsequently referred to as the “Maximum Guaranteed Amount”). 

  

	1.2	The Independent Guarantee is subject to article 2321 of the French Civil Code. 

 The Independent Guarantee may be called upon by the Beneficiary on one or more occasions. Each payment by the Bank under this document will automatically reduce the Maximum Guaranteed Amount by the same
amount. 
  

	1.3	The Maximum Guaranteed Amount will be adjusted annually based on the index of rents for tertiary activity published quarterly by the INSEE (subsequently referred to as
the “ILAT”) and adjusted accordingly on each anniversary date according to the variation against the base index (for the first adjustment will based on the index for the [—]
quarter [—], and after that the reference index for the indexation) and the reference index (which will be the index for the same quarter of the following calendar year ). 

 

	2.	DURATION 

 The Independent
Guarantee will come into effect from [—]. It is granted up to and including [15 July 2023]. Beyond this date, the Beneficiary may no longer use the Independent Guarantee. 

 

	3.	CALLING IN THE GUARANTEE - PAYMENT 

  

	3.1	Notification of the Guarantor by the Beneficiary 

 The Beneficiary may bring this commitment to bear at any time by notifying the Guarantor by recorded letter with acknowledgement of receipt, by hand-delivered letter against receipt or by extra-judicial
document, at the following address: 
 Bank [—] 

Each request written by the Beneficiary must be drafted in accordance with the terms of the letter attached in Appendix 1.

  
 - 3 -

	3.2	Payment by the Guarantor 

  

	3.2.1	The Bank undertakes to pay all amounts called upon in accordance with article 1 above (up to the Maximum Guaranteed Amount) within five (5) working days in France
from receipt of the written request from the Beneficiary. 

  

	3.2.2	Any amount due from the Bank under the Independent Guarantee will automatically attract interest from the date when it is due for payment until it is actually paid and
this will be at the legal rate of interest applicable for the year in question plus four hundred basis points. 

  

	3.2.3	The amounts called upon by the Beneficiary will be paid by the Bank in full without applying any deduction, charge or levy whatsoever. 

 

	4.	NATURE OF THE UNDERTAKING BY THE BANK 

  

	4.1	Independent nature 

  

	4.1.1	The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that, pursuant to the provisions of article 2321 of the French Civil Code, the payment obligation entered into in this undertaking is
unconditional, irrevocable and independent, and is strictly separate from and independent of the Lease or any other legal relationship, notably those existing between the Beneficiary and the Client, the Guarantor and the Client or the Guarantor and
the Beneficiary. As a consequence, the Guarantor undertakes not to invoke such relationships in order to refuse to fulfil its obligations under the terms of the Independent Guarantee. 

 

	4.1.2	The Bank is prohibited from (i) making any kind of exception or refusal with regard to the Beneficiary whatsoever, particularly if the Client should object to
making the payment requested by the Beneficiary either partially or in full, or if any of the obligations entered into by the Client were to be cancelled, resolved or terminated or could not be fulfilled for any reason whatsoever
(ii) postponing the fulfilment of its undertaking for any reason whatsoever, including issuing a deadline or moratorium in favour of the Client. 

  

	4.1.3	The Bank therefore undertakes to fulfil its payment obligations under the Independent Guarantee such that none of the events, circumstances or provisions stated below
may be given as reasons for any delay in meetings its obligations or constitute a reason for exemption, discharge or release from them. This includes but is not limited to: any modification of the Lease, any change to the financial, legal or other
situation of the Client or Beneficiary, any refusal or objection, or introduction of any legal or other type of procedure, by any person or entity (including the Client) with a view to preventing, delaying, impeding or blocking any payment under the
terms of this document. 

  
 - 4 -

	4.2	Transferability 

 By express
agreement with the Bank, if there is a transfer or ownership of the Premises, notably a sale or transfer to a new legal person that might succeed the Beneficiary through a merger, spin-off or full or partial asset contribution or other transaction,
the on sight guarantee will continue to be in force and automatically benefit the new owner of the Premises. 
  

	5.	FULFILMENT OF OBLIGATIONS BY THE BANK 

 No delay, abstention or omission by the Beneficiary in terms of exercising any right, power or recourse under the terms of this document will constitute a waiver thereof, nor will it release the Bank from
its obligations arising from this document. 
  

	6.	CHARGES 

 Under no
circumstances may the Bank invoke any charges or expenses to reduce its payments under the Independent Guarantee. 
 Any payment
made by the Guarantor to the Beneficiary under this Independent Guarantee will be net and without any deduction for taxes, levies, taxes, costs, charges, fees, commissions, deductions or withholdings of any kind future or present imposed by
whomsoever. 
  

	7.	ELECTION OF DOMICILE - NOTIFICATION 

 For the execution of this document, the Bank hereby elects domicile at its registered offices given at the head of this document. 

 

	8.	APPLICABLE LAW - ATTRIBUTION OF JURISDICTION 

 The Independent Guarantee is governed by French law. Any dispute relating to the Independent Guarantee, notably any dispute relating to its performance, non-performance or interpretation, will come under
the sole jurisdiction of the Paris Court of Appeal. 
 Place [—] 

Date [—] 
 For the Guarantor 

  
 - 5 -

 Appendix 1: 
 Letter in request of the Independent Guarantee 
 “We refer to the independent
Guarantee (the “Independent Guarantee”) that [—] (the “Bank”) granted to
[—] (the “Beneficiary”) on [—] under the number [—] at the request of [—] (the “Client”). 

In execution of the Independent Guarantee, we hereby request the Bank to pay [—]
Euros ([—] Euros) directly into our bank account at [—] - IBAN
[—] - within [—] ([—]) working days of receipt of
this request in accordance with the guarantee referred to above. 
 We would draw your attention to the fact that, under the terms and
conditions of the Independent Guarantee, any delay in payment will automatically attract interest at the legal rate of interest plus four hundred basis points from the date payment is due until it is actually paid. 

Place [—] 
 Date [—] 

  
 - 6 -

 APPENDIX 6 
 Internal Regulations of the Building 

 32BLANCHE 
             PARIS 
 INTERNAL REGULATIONS 
  
 

 
  
 

                         

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 1/23

 CONTENTS 

 

									
	 CONTENTS
	  	 	2	  
	1 - GENERAL	  	 	4	  
	2 - USE OF THE PRIVATE AREAS	  	 	5	  
		 	2.1 - Occupation	  	 	5	  
		 	2.2 - Harmonious appearance	  	 	5	  
		 	2.3 - Modifications - works	  	 	7	  
		 	2.4 - Security	  	 	8	  
		 	2.5 - Peaceful enjoyment	  	 	9	  
		 	2.6 - Maintenance	  	 	10	  
	3 - USE OF THE COMMON AREAS	  	 	10	  
		 	3.1 - General	  	 	10	  
	4 - ORGANISATION OF ACCESS AND WALKWAYS AT THE PROPERTY	  	 	12	  
		 	4.1 - Pedestrians	  	 	12	  
		 	4.2 - Vehicles	  	 	13	  
		 	4.3 - Cycles	  	 	14	  
		 	4.4 - Deliveries	  	 	15	  
		 	4.5 - Moving in - Moving out	  	 	15	  
		 	4.6 - Security - Controlled Access	  	 	16	  
		 	4.7 - Access to the passageway around the internal courtyard	  	 	16	  
	5 - ORGANISATION AND OPERATION OF SERVICES	  	 	16	  
		 	5.1 General organisation and management	  	 	16	  
		 	5.2 - Security - G	  	 	16	  
		 	5.3 - Reception - Lobby	  	 	17	  
		 	5.4 - Cleaning	  	 	18	  
		 	5.5 - Handling and removal of waste	  	 	18	  
		 	5.6 - Electricity	  	 	18	  
		 	5.7 - Mail	  	 	19	  
		 	5.8 - Maintenance of technical installations	  	 	19	  
	6 - CATERING	  	 	20	  
	7 - BOOKING AND USE OF THE AUDITORIUM ET AND MEETING ROOMS	  	 	20	  
	8 - USE OF TERRACE R+7	  	 	20	  
	9 - ACCESS TO GREEN SPACES AND TERRACES	  	 	21	  
	10 - CERTIFICATION UNDER NF BATIMENTS TERTIAIRES EN EXPLOITATION - DEMARCHE HQE	  	 	21	  
	11 - SUB-LETTING	  	 	22	  

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 2/23

 PREAMBLE 
 These Internal Regulations govern the 32 BLANCHE building (subsequently referred to as “32 BLANCHE” or “The Property”) located at 32-36 Rue Blanche 75009 PARIS, being the property of
OROSDI, subsequently referred to as “The Lessor”. 
 It comprises: 12 levels, which are used as follows: 

 

	 	•	 	 Six office levels above ground, including meeting rooms, a major proportion being located around an internal courtyard. 

 

	 	•	 	 A landscaped terrace accessible from R+7. 

  

	 	•	 	 Two Ground Floors (upper and lower) with entrance lobbies, offices and cycle stores. 

 

	 	•	 	 Basement 1 with an auditorium, offices, meeting rooms, archive space, inter-company restaurant, cafeteria, kitchen and delivery bay.

  

	 	•	 	 Basement 2 with 51 parking spaces and plant rooms. 

  

	 	•	 	 R-3 and R-4 used as Archive spaces. 

  

	 	•	 	 The main entrance is at 32-34 Rue Blanche, with an entrance and exit for cars via 36 Rue Blanche. 

 

	 	•	 	 Central courtyard containing a structure called “mantilla”. 

 No part of the Property is designed for public access in the sense of articles R.123-1 et seq. of the Code de la construction et de l’habitation [French construction and housing code].

 The purpose of the Internal Regulations is to: 
  

	 	•	 	 determine the rights and obligations of tenants occupying the various premises comprising the 32 BLANCHE building, relating to both property for their
sole private use and common property. 

  

	 	•	 	 inform occupants of their responsibilities in respect of current laws and regulations. 

 

	 	•	 	 govern neighbourly relations with the aim of preventing any kind of dispute. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 3/23

 The provisions of these Internal Regulations may be changed via a circular issued by the Lessor or their
representative for reasons relating to the operational facilities and/or security; they may also be adjusted in terms of the nature and/or location of the Premises Leased by a Lessee. 
 The Lessor has taken steps to obtain “HQE Construction” [French high environmental quality accreditation for construction] and “HQE Exploitation” [French high environmental quality
accreditation for operations] certifications. 
 All clauses of the Internal Regulations apply to Lessees, provided that they do not deviate
from the obligations arising from the leases or current laws and regulations. 
 In case of conflict with provisions of the lease, the
lease takes precedence. 
 1 - GENERAL 
 Lessees will have liability with regard to any occupant of the Property and the Lessor for any disturbance, fault, negligence or breach of the provisions of the Internal Regulations that might be directly
or indirectly attributable to them, their representatives, visitors, clients or occupants of the Leased Premises, and for any loss caused by their own fault or negligence or that of their representatives or a thing or person for which they are
legally responsible. 
 Lessees are therefore required to ensure that the persons designated above adhere to the requirements of these Internal
Regulations, whilst not being released from their own responsibilities. 
 No tolerance may become an acquired right, even over the passage of
time. 
 The Lessor may not be held liable for any theft, illegal or criminal act committed in the Property. 

Should anyone wish to make a complaint about anything relating to the good order or peaceful enjoyment of the Property or, in general, adherence to the
requirements of the Internal Regulations, must submit it to the Lessor or its representative in writing, verbal or anonymous complaints or suggestions not being admissible. 
 Please also note that the Property is classified under the Code du Travail [French employment code]. This means that Lessees and occupants are required to abide by security regulations drawn up and issued
to Lessees by the Lessor’s designated Representative. 

  

					
	32 rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 4/23

 2 – USE OF THE PRIVATE AREAS 
 These are areas of the premises for which tenants have the right of exclusive use and enjoyment. 

They cover all that is included within premises and assigned for the sole use of the tenant. 
 However, this includes but is not limited to the following exclusions: 
  

	 	•	 	 The entire ventilation, air conditioning and heating system 

 

	 	•	 	 All vertical conduits 

  

	 	•	 	 All structural elements 

  

	 	•	 	 Elements of the façade 

  

	 	•	 	 Fire alarm system 

  

	 	•	 	 The terraces of the building 

  

	 	•	 	 Landings 

  

	 	•	 	 Common walk ways 

 With
regard to the premises that are the subject of the lease (the “Leased Premises”), each Lessee will have the right of use and enjoyment thereof as if it belonged to them, provided that they respect public order, do not disturb the other
occupants of the Property and comply with the following stipulations: 
 2.1 - Occupation 

The main use of the Leased Premises is as offices, with their ancillary facilities and parking spaces. 

Due to the planning regulations, no authorisation will be given for change of use. 
 2.2 - Harmonious appearance 
 2.2.1 General 

No parts of areas that are private but that also affect the smooth running of the Property may be changed without prior permission from the Lessor.

 No signage, satellite dish or advertising may be located outside the private areas without the Lessor’s permission. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 5/23

 Lessees may not undertake anything that might change the external aspect of or be visible from the outside
of the Property. 
 No items may be displayed in the windows, roof terrace or similar locations, or put up in the Leased Premises if it can be
seen from the outside. 
 No items or waste may be thrown in the moat. 
 2.2.2. Lessor signage 
 Any signage that might be put up in lobbies, lift landing areas and,
in general terms, in any of the common areas of the Property or visible from them (such as parking space signs, for example) must be authorised by the Lessor, must follow the instructions issued by the Architect of the Building and are to be paid
for by the Lessee. 
 Lobby: 
 A
sign will be put up in the lobby in accordance with the instructions issued by the Architect of the Building and on consultation with the Lessees. 
 The presence of the various Lessees will be indicated on the main information panel provided for the purpose. 
 Signage will be put up and replaced by the building manager and this will be paid for by the individual Lessee. 
 Floor landings: 
 Signage will be put up on floor landings in accordance with the
instructions issued by the Architect of the Building and on consultation with the Lessees. 
 Any disorder or damage caused by work carried out
by the Lessees will be made good by the Lessor and paid for by the Lessee. 
 2.2.3 Toilet facilities 

The Lessees will pay for the “small fittings” in the toilet facilities. These are to be selected from the range dictated by the Architect of the
Building. The toilet facilities have been decorated in a specific way, and all must be kept in keeping. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 6/23

 2.2.4 Persons with reduced mobility and handicapped persons 

The Lessees undertake to respect all regulations relating to handicapped persons. 
 2.3 - Modifications – works 
 The conditions for carrying out refurbishment work
and work during the lease are specified in the Lease. 
 Unless expressly authorized by the Lessor in writing, the Lessee may not carry out any
work involving demolition, construction, drilling, change of distribution or installations and, in general terms, any work involving changes or improvement to the leased premises. 
 Any connection or connection cable work to any conduits or networks requires authorization from the Lessor. 
 For any Refurbishment Work carried out by the Lessee, including refurbishing and partitioning of areas, an authorisation request (to be completed by the Lessee) is to be submitted to the Lessor or their
Representative for approval. 
 Such Refurbishment Work may not modify security installations for people and property in the Property without
approval from the Lessor and is subject to the modifications being approved by an inspection company. 
 The Lessee is required to use service
providers approved by the Lessor and the Architect of the Property with regard to any work that might affect the common areas or the operation of common facilities. 
 In all cases, the Lessee will be responsible for the consequences of any work that they might have carried out, including the costs and consequences of any work that they have ordered, and must compensate
all other parties for any detrimental consequences and costs arising from the said work. Any work that has been approved by the Lessor and that might cause inconvenience or annoyance to any other Lessees of the Property is to be carried out from
Monday to Friday before 7am or after 7pm, at weekends or on public holidays, unless agreed otherwise with the building manager. In all cases, work will be carried out in such a way as to minimize the effect on the other Lessees and the running of
the Property. 
 Any work involving disturbance to the BMS and fire detection systems must be carried out by service providers approved by the
Lessor. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 7/23

 Any work rendering graphic images on BMS monitoring units obsolete will mean that such images will need to
be updated by the Lessee at their expense. 
 Where any authorization is requested, any expenditure incurred in processing it (architect’s
fees, inspections, procedures of any kind etc) will be the responsibility of the applicant, even if the Lessor does not give the requested authorization. 
 Any repair or maintenance work to fittings in the toilet facilities and any other kind of work carried out in the toilet facilities will be the sole responsibility of the Lessee. 

The Lessee will supply consumables and replace any light bulbs. 
 2.4 - Security 
 No flammable, combustible, explosive or harmful
substances or materials may be brought into or stored in the Leased Premises, and the Lessee will be held responsible for any costs or consequences arising from removal or storage thereof, including injury or damage for which any natural or legal
person might claim damages. 
 No object weighing more than the maximum load-bearing capacity of the floors may be placed or stored, so as not
to compromise the solidity of the said floors or walls or damage or crack the ceilings. The Lessee is to keep to the various maximum load capacities attached to the Internal Regulations. 
 Equipment may not be stored on balcony terraces 
 No exceptionally heavy safe, machine or other
object may be installed without written approval from the Lessor beforehand, and this may be subject to structural reinforcements paid for by the Lessee concerned and in line with instructions from the Lessor, engineers and technicians. The Lessor
may require that everything is taken back to its original state at the end of the lease. 
 All safety instructions and obligations required by
law apply to the Lessee and any of their occupants, with specific reference to refurbishment of the leased premises. 
 The Lessee shall adhere
to the existing sub-divisions. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 8/23

 Likewise, if an alarm is given requiring the evacuation of all or part of the Property, the Lessees must
allow people to evacuate the building via the Leased Premises. All emergency exits and fire fighter access points must remain accessible so that the premises can be evacuated quickly and to facilitate access to emergency teams. 

Where regulations require the installation of fire doors in the wall or partition wall between premises leased to different Lessees, the Lessor will pay
for the installation of the fire doors. 
 Where regulations require it, the Lessee will install and/or replace the fire extinguishers in the
private areas of the Leased Premises at their own expense. 
 In premises where it is possible to access emergency exit stairs, access to these
stairs is to be kept unobstructed at all times according to the same conditions described above. 
 Total cooperation is required from the
Lessees for evacuation exercises. 
 Existing taps, tap fittings and pipe connections in the Leased Premises are to be kept in good working
order and repaired immediately to prevent leaks and any other type of inconvenience. 
 If there is a leak in the water pipes in the Leased
Premises, the occupant shall pay for the necessary repairs and restoration work to damaged premises. 
 2.5 – Peaceful
enjoyment 
 Under no circumstances may the Lessee cause the slightest disturbance to the peaceful enjoyment of the premises, day or
night, due to noise, vibrations, odours, heat, radiation or any other cause. 
 The orderliness, cleanliness, hygiene and security of the
Property are to be respected and maintained at all times. 
 It is specifically prohibited to carry out any mechanical, draining or cleaning
operations in the parking spaces work. Breakdown operations (lasting less than an hour and carried out by a professional) only are allowed. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 9/23

 The Lessee may not identify or use an image of the Property in their advertising or promotional campaigns
without obtaining permission from the Lessor beforehand and, where appropriate, from the Architect of the Building. Where an image of the Property is used, the name of the Architect of the Building is to be given in the form of the following credit:

 “© ADAGP - FRANCK HAMMOUTENE ARCHITECTE” 
 The sale of any items is prohibited. 
 No animals are allowed except for guide dogs. 

2.6 - Maintenance 
 Without any
claim to compensation, the Lessees must allow access via the Leased Premises for any common or private equipment and for the purposes of any work, inspection or maintenance visits for installations and/or facilities located in the premises, subject
to 48 hours’ notice, which will not apply in an emergency. 
 The Lessor and any companies duly mandated by it will have free access to the
premises for checking on its condition, confirming that the pipework and taps are in good working order and locating the origin of any leaks or infiltrations 
 The maintenance conditions for the Leased Premises are given in the Lease of each individual Lessor. 
 As a general rule, the maintenance of technical installations in the Leased Premises is carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Lease of each individual Lessor. 

3 – USE OF THE COMMON AREAS 

3.1 - General 
 The
clauses and stipulations of the Internal Regulations apply to all of the Lessees and form part of the contractual obligations; without limitation, they include all that is necessary or useful for their application. 

The Lessor reserves the right to inspect and use the common areas of the Property as it deems necessary in the best interests of the Lessees in general,
and may issue, modify or amend the statutes and regulations applicable to the Property and its occupants 
 !as it deems necessary for managing
the Property. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 10/23

 For their peaceful enjoyment of the Leased Premises, each Lessee has free use of the common areas of the
Property for their fit purpose, provided that they do not infringe on the rights of other occupants and subject to the Internal Regulations and stipulations below. 
 Employees of the Lessee are not authorized to remain permanently in the common areas of the Property or access roof terraces housing technical plant that are not accessible from the building. Lessees may
not invite any persons, or do so under such conditions, where one of them might impede the use and peaceful enjoyment of the common areas of the Property. 
 It is not permitted for anyone, even temporarily, to obstruct the common areas, leave anything there or use them for their own personal use outside their usual purpose. All emergency exits and fire
fighter access points are to remain accessible so that the premises can be evacuated quickly and to facilitate access to emergency teams. 

Lifts are to be used in compliance with the usual provisions and the regulations in force. 
 No aspects contributing to the harmonious whole of the Property may be changed without express written permission from the Lessor beforehand. 
 As a general rule, occupants are to comply with any obligations that are currently in force, that may currently be in force or that might be in force in future with regard to the Property, whether they be
based on an agreement, legal, civil or administrative requirement. They are also required to observe and implement hygiene, municipal, police and highway regulations. 
 Pursuant to article L3511 -7 of the French Public Health Code, smoking is prohibited within the building. 
 In the interests of everyone, each Lessee is to ensure that their personnel observe strict adherence to this regulation. 
 No items of any kind may be left in any of the upper common areas or parking areas. The Lessor may have any undesirable item removed without notice (including, where applicable, any unused, abandoned or
neglected vehicle), and the offending party will pay any costs incurred. 
 3.2 - Aerials 

Terrestrial aerials and satellite dishes may not be installed. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 11/23

 3.3 – Exterior lighting 
 The exterior lighting is part of the architectural fabric of the building and its operation must therefore remain consistent with this. 
 It is for this reason that the Lessor reserves the right to have it switched on or not during the day and/or evening according to a timetable that Lessees will adhere to, and the Lessees may not make any
complaint with regard to such decisions. 
 4 - ORGANISATION OF ACCESS AND WALKWAYS AT THE PROPERTY 

4.1- Pedestrians 
 The main
entrance is at 32-34 rue Blanche. There are two secondary entrances at 38 rue Blanche and 45 rue La Bruyère. 
 The Lessor can provide no
guarantee that the two secondary entrances will be permanent, and may remove them from service without any requirement to give any explanation to the Lessees. 
  

	•	 	 32-34 rue Blanche entrance: 

 Access for Lessees, their personnel and visitors is via the main entrance lobby at 32-34 rue Blanche. 
  

	•	 	 38 rue Blanche entrance: 

 Access is via a right of way through the porch way at 38 rue Blanche, the neighbouring property that is mainly residential. 
 The porch way of the residential building has a right of way for the office building for the following types of access: 
  

	 	•	 	 Emergency exit for offices 

  

	 	•	 	 Cycle and pedestrian access to offices 

 Lessees must strictly observe requirements for peace and security with regard to the neighbouring area when they cross it. 
  

	•	 	 45 rue La Bruyère entrance: 

 Access is via a passage leased by the Lessors on the ground floor of the neighbouring building. 
 Parking is strictly prohibited in front of this entrance. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 12/23

 Peaceful enjoyment and security of the neighbouring area are to be respected when they cross it. 

4.2 - Vehicles 
 Access 
 Vehicular access is via the entrance to the car park located at 36 rue Blanche.

 Lessees are required to observe the maximum vehicle height, which is approximately 2 metres. 

According to the stipulations of their lease, each Lessee has allocated parking spaces in the basement. Access to the ground floor of the building is via
a specific separate lift. 
 Parking 
 Parking is prohibited in the car park access and walk ways and the delivery bay. 
 Parking spaces
are numbered for Lessees to identify the spaces leased to them. Lessees, their personnel and visitors may only use the spaces leased to them. 

Vehicles are to be parked so that they do not obstruct the access way or neighbouring space. 
 General Regulations 
 Drivers of vehicles are required to adhere to the regulations
of the French highway code and any regulations enforced by the Prefect of Police concerning car traffic in the City of Paris, signs in the parking area and any instructions provided on panels on access routes and roadways. 

Vehicles are prohibited from travelling at faster than walking pace. Reversing is only permitted when moving into or out of a parking
space. If a vehicle breaks down, the driver of the vehicle must request breakdown assistance as soon as possible, and any costs incurred are to be paid by the driver of the vehicle in all instances. 

Once the vehicle has been parked, the driver is required to stop the engine as soon as the manoeuvre is complete, and on leaving, they must leave the
engine idling only for the period of time strictly necessary for the manoeuvre. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 13/23

 Within the above-ground and basement parking areas, the owner of the vehicle is responsible for any damage
caused by them and/or their vehicle. 
 The driver of the vehicle is required to declare any damage or accident that they might have caused to
the site Manager immediately. 
 Under no circumstances can the Lessor be considered or presumed to be the caretaker or custodian of parked
vehicles. 
 As a consequence, the Lessor may not be held liable for the theft of a vehicle or any items that might be inside it. 

Users of the parking spaces are therefore required to take every precaution in this respect and, in particular, to lock their vehicle and take out the
necessary insurance. 
 It is not permitted to close off parking spaces, even if this is with just a chain. 

No maintenance or repair work may be carried out there, and any vehicle leaking oil will be removed. 

Users of the parking spaces are required to comply with the instructions of the personnel appointed to manage the parking area. 

Any vehicles parked incorrectly (on another space, on the roadways or on prohibited spaces in general) will, have a notice attached to the windscreen on
the first occasion. If it happens again, a request for the removal of the vehicle will be made with the competent authorities. 

Unregistered vehicles are not permitted and the maximum number of consecutive days of parking without moving is 10 (ten) days, unless
special authorization has been given and the Security Post at the Building has been notified. 
 There is 24-hour parking for service vehicles
and the Security Post at the Building is to be notified. 
 LPG vehicles may not park if they are not fitted with a safety valve. 

4.3 - Cycles 
 Cycles may be
stored in the common areas provided for the purpose. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 14/23

 4.4 - Deliveries 
 Delivery vehicles have access via the delivery bay, access to which is via the car park access ramp. 
 Special deliveries lasting more than three hours and/or of a volume exceeding 15m3 are to be scheduled with the site Manager and carried out before 7am or after 7pm Monday to Friday, on weekends or
public holidays, unless agreed otherwise with the Manager. 
 Delivery vehicles may only park in the area provided for the purpose and only for
the amount of time required to unload and up to a maximum of 30 minutes. 
 Goods may not be stored or displayed in the common areas, even for a
short period. 
 Goods are to be received by the relevant Lessee. 
 4.5 – Moving in – Moving out 
 With regard to moving
into and moving out of the building, Lessees are required to give the Lessor or its representative at least 48 hours’ notice and to comply with any special instructions issued by the latter and respect availability (i.e. prior booking by
another Lessee). 
 Moving in or out is to take place before 7am or after 7pm Monday to Friday, on weekends or public holidays unless agreed
otherwise with the Manager. 
 For moving in, moving out and deliveries, packaging may not be left in the way in the Property: the Lessee is
required to ensure that a service provider of their choice recovers any items that are in the way. 
 Lessees are required to take all
appropriate steps to ensure that nothing in the common areas is damaged. Lifts and any areas of the common areas used are to be protected. An inventory of fixtures is to be taken before and after moving out. The Lessees shall pay any costs arising
from the inventory. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 15/23

 4.6 - Security – Controlled access 

Controlled access, supplemented by an intruder detection system and video surveillance, monitors access to the Property and the two underground parking
areas. 
 4.7 – Access to the passageway around the internal courtyard 

Access to the passageway around the internal courtyard is not permitted to Lessees. This area is for site maintenance teams only. 

5 - ORGANISATION AND OPERATION OF SERVICES 
 5.1- General organisation and management 
 Property management is entrusted to a
representative of the Lessor, who will: 
  

	 	•	 	 arrange for personnel and service providers. 

  

	 	•	 	 ensure that service providers fulfil their commitments at all times. 

 

	 	•	 	 ensure that Lessees fulfil their obligations 

  

	 	•	 	 manage the operating budget for the general common charges. 

 The Lessor reserves the right to make any changes to the general organisation of the Property, particularly to conditions of access in an emergency or where installations are shut down for maintenance
purposes. 
 5.2 - Security-Caretaker Services 
 Minimum security and caretaker services are provided by fire safety officers. 
 The provisions
below concerning site access and security day and night may be changed and/or supplemented by the Lessor without the requirements to change these Internal Regulations, the only other requirement being for the Lessor to notify tenants and users in
advance. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 16/23

 The Lessees have 24-hour access to the site, provided that they adhere to the provisions below. 

5.2.1. Day-time security 
 The entrance
to the main entrance lobby at 32-34 rue Blanche is open from 8am. 
 All entrances have a video surveillance camera. 

The site is equipped with cameras linked to a central computer that start recording if they detect movement or an alarm goes off. Only the service
provider holding the caretaker contract and the site manager have access to the recorded images. 
 5.2.2. Night-time security

 The entrance to the main entrance lobby at 32-34 rue Blanche is closed from 8pm. 
 The following procedure will be applied to visitors for access to the Property outside the opening hours given above: 
  

	 	•	 	 Visitors are to present themselves to the security guard occupying the Security Post at 32 rue Blanche via the video door phone. The security guard
then checks that the person is expected before letting them in to the building. 

 The Lessees have 24/7 access to the site
via their own means of access. 
 There is no access via the secondary entrances (38 rue Blanche and 45 rue La Bruyère) outside day-time
hours. 
 5.3 - Reception - Lobby 
 A service provider is on hand to receive visitors between 8am and 8pm. 
 The opening times and
system in place may be changed by the Lessor, the only other requirement being for the Lessor to notify tenants and users in advance. 
 The
receptionists speak French and English. 
 Their main task is to receive visitors, record their details on the system in place, provide them
with badges and/or give them access in return for ID and inform the Company concerned of their presence. In any case, the procedures for receiving “visitors” will comply primarily with the common procedures of the building (visitor
expected during opening hours, visitor expected outside opening hours, unexpected visitor, etc.) and secondarily according to feasibility and the specific procedure of each tenant approved by the Lessor. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 17/23

 Couriers will be received directly by the Lessees in their own reception area in the Private Areas.

 5.4 - Cleaning 
 The common
areas of the Property are cleaned by a service provider chosen by the Lessor following a tendering procedure. 
 The Lessors are required to
give free access to the intermediary terraces and gardens to the service providers in question so that they can clean the outside of the windows and for cleaning operations in general. 
 In all cases, personnel from the cleaning companies appointed by the Lessors will work solely between the hours given below: 
 5.5 – Handling and removal of waste 
 Under a special contract with the cleaning
company. 
 A waste removal system will be implemented and the Lessee will be required to adhere to instructions for sorting and separating
waste. 
 The service provider in charge of cleaning the common areas will also be in charge of compacting and bringing the bins in and out.

 With regard to the removal of large items of waste (destruction of archives, furniture for example) the Lessor will be in charge of this and
nothing may be left outside the Leased Premises, the common areas of the building or on the public highway. 
 No storage of waste or building
waste is permitted in the delivery bay. This must be taken straight to the bins provided for the purpose. The provision of bins and authorisation from the street services remain the responsibility of the Lessees and/or their works manager.

 5.6 - Electricity 
 It
is prohibited to connect up to the lighting or water supply points in the common areas for any reason whatsoever. 
 During planned preventive
maintenance operations on elements of the electricity distribution (MV/LV transformer, MV cells), the Lessees are required to take steps to prevent any failure of the electricity supply, subject to a minimum notice period of 10 days, which does not
apply in an emergency. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 18/23

 5.7 - Mail 
 Unless specific personnel are appointed to sort the mail for each tenant, each Lessee is required to agree a contract with the postal service at their own expense for early delivery of mail so that the
mail arrives pre-sorted via CEDEX code or pre-sorted service contract. 
 Reception of recorded mail and parcels 

Unless specific personnel are appointed to sort the mail and receive/take details for registered mail, a specialist agent from the postal service notifies
the persons(s) authorised by the Lessees to receive registered mail. The Receptionists of the building will not receive it. 
 Postage

 The Lessees will frank their own letters and parcels. 
 5.8 - Maintenance of technical installations 
 Technical maintenance in the common
areas is carried out by the maintenance team under the direction of the site manager or specialist service providers, under contract. It includes the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 operation of air conditioning and heating systems, 

  

	 	•	 	 distribution of fluids, 

  

	 	•	 	 lift maintenance, 

  

	 	•	 	 maintenance of security systems for the Property, 

  

	 	•	 	 maintenance of plumbing, parking and access equipment. 

 Only persons duly appointed by each Lessee are authorised to request work to be carried out on technical equipment. 
 An on-line tool called FM UP for processing requests may be implemented for the building. The web address, log-on passwords and user manual will be supplied to the Lessees. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 19/23

 6- CATERING 
 The Property has an inter-company restaurant and cafeteria on the ground floor to which tenants of the building have access for their personnel and visitors. 

These services are managed by an Association and delivered by a specialist Catering Company controlled by a service provider. 

The financial conditions and other procedures are stated in the catering service agreement and the statutes of the Association formed. 

7— BOOKING AND USE OF THE AUDITORIUM AND MEETING ROOMS 
 The building has an auditorium and meeting rooms in the basement and these are common areas. 

These areas are for private use by the Lessors only on a shared basis. 
 Each Lessee will have an allocation of a certain number of hours per year (from 1 January to 31 December) pro rata to the amount of surface area they have leased in the building. 

The management and booking system will be implemented by the building manager and are based on a booking schedule – a maximum of 48 consecutive
hours, renewable once. 
 Management services (tidying up after use, drinks) may be entrusted to a service provider designated by the Lessor or
their representative and invoiced to Lessees directly pro rata to their use of the areas concerned. 
 Each Lessee will remain responsible for
any damage arising from their use of these areas. They must pay for any associated repairs and the Lessor may not be held liable. 
 The Lessor
declines all responsibility for any problems with the planning and organisation relating to the use of the space. 
 8 – USE OF THE
TERRACE ON R+7 
 The terrace on R+7 is an area shared by the Occupants of the building. It is a shared facility. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 20/23

 The terrace can be made available temporarily for private use by each Lessee, and they will have a number of
days allocated to them pro rata to the surface area they have leased in the building. 
 Private use of the terrace is on a half-day basis and
may not exceed 48 consecutive hours. 
 Lessees may not have private use of the terrace on national festival days, religious or national
holidays. 
 Each Lessee will pay for the cost of using the terrace (arranging cocktails, providing equipment) directly themselves. Each Lessee
will remain responsible for any damage arising from their temporary private use. They must pay for any associated repairs and the Lessor may not be held liable. 
 The Lessor declines all responsibility for any problems with the planning and organisation relating to the use of the space. 
 9 –ACCESS TO GREEN SPACES AND TERRACES 
 It is strictly prohibited to damage the green
spaces or terraces with common or private access. 
 No furniture may be put on terraces with private access, and no equipment may be placed
along the external walls without permission from the Lessor or their representative beforehand. If a refusal is issued, neither the Lessor nor their representative is required to give a specific reason. Any plans are required to be in harmony with
the architectural design of the site. 
 The Lessees are required to give access to terraces in the common areas to service providers charged
with their maintenance. The Lessor will inform the Lessees of the dates when the service providers are due to carry out work and will ensure that anywhere used for access by the service providers is cleaned. 

10 – CERTIFICATION UNDER NF BATIMENTS TERTIAIRES EN EXPLOITATION - DEMARCHE HQE 

The Lessor has opted to apply for “NF Bâtiments Tertiaires en Exploitation - Démarche HQE” certification. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 21/23

 The Lessee undertakes to cooperate with the Lessor and make every effort to ensure optimum environmental
quality for the building in line with commitment to “NF Bâtiments tertiaires en exploitation – Démarche HQE” certification entered into by the Lessor. 

The Lessor may abandon the HQE certification procedure at any time without having to give a reason to the Lessees. 

11 – SUB-LETTING 
 Should the
Lessor allow the Lessee to sub-let part of the Leased Premises, the provisions of the Internal Regulations for the Property will apply to the sub-lessee, it being considered that any requirements and obligations imposed on the Lessees and not
contrary to the clauses of the main lease shall be imposed on the sub-lessee. 
 A copy of the Internal Regulations and any related circular is
to be initialled and signed by each sub-lessee and attached to the sub-letting contract. 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 22/23

 APPENDICES 
  

	 	•	 	 Plan of the maximum loads for basement 4 on the 1st floor – 28 10 2011 – Atelier d’Architecture Franck Hammoutene

  

	 	•	 	 Plan of the maximum loads for PH + l on PH + 7 – 07 10 2011 – Atelier d’Architecture Franck Hammoutene 

 

	 	•	 	 Design principles for facade of the building 

  

	 	•	 	 Design principles for information screen in the entrance area 

 

	 	•	 	 Design principles for direction signs on main floor landings 

 

	 	•	 	 Design principles for sanitary fittings 

  

					
	32 Rue Blanche – 75009 Paris	  	Internal Regulations	  	Page 23/23

 APPENDIX 7 
 Regulations of the Inter-Company Restaurant 
 (a) Agreement on provision and use of
premises 
 (b) Statutes of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association 
 (c) Internal Regulations of the Inter-Company Restaurant 

 (a) Agreement on provision and use of premises 

  
 - 1 -

 AGREEMENT ON PROVISION AND USE OF 

PREMISES FOR THE INTER-COMPANY 
 RESTAURANT AT 32 RUE BLANCHE 
 BY AND BETWEEN 

OROSDI SCA. a French société en commandite par actions (limited partnership) with a capital of €830,000 having its
registered offices at 112 Avenue Kléber, 75116 Paris and registered with the Paris Trade and Companies’ Register under number 552 022 832, represented by its manager Orosdi Management SARL, a French société à
responsabilité limitée à associé unique (single-shareholder limited liability company) with a capital of €8,000 having its registered offices at 112 Avenue Kléber, 75116 Paris and registered with the Paris
Trade and Companies’ Register under number 498 859 727, which in turn is represented by [—], 
 (hereinafter referred to as the “Owner”) of the first part 
 AND 

The companies belonging to the “Inter-Company Restaurant Association”, having its registered office at [—] and registered with the [—] Prefecture under number [—], represented for this purpose by [—] in its capacity as duly mandated representative of the companies belonging to the abovementioned Association, which mandated representative is in turn represented by [—], 
 (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Members of the Association”)
of the second part 
 THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE AS FOLLOWS 
 CLAUSE 1 - PURPOSE 
 The purpose of this Agreement is to establish the terms and
conditions on which the Owner makes available to the Members of the Association the premises and equipment forming the property located at 32 Rue Blanche, 75009 Paris of which it is the owner (hereinafter referred to as the
“Property”), free of charge, in order for said members to operate an inter-company restaurant. The inter-company restaurant consists of premises, installations, equipment and furniture as per inventory, description and plans
attached hereto in Appendix 1 (hereinafter together referred to as the “Premises”). 
 The Premises are situated on
floor R-1 (first basement) of the Property, and comprise a rubbish area, a kitchen, recesses, a distribution area, a dining area and an area that could accommodate a cafeteria and a laundromat. 

The Members of the Association declare that they are perfectly familiar with the location and equipment of the inter-company restaurant, having visited
it, and that they accept it “as is”, which means, without exception or reservation, as per the inventory attached hereto as Appendix 2. 

 CLAUSE 2 - DURATION 
 This Agreement is entered into for an indefinite duration from the date on which the inter-company restaurant of the Property is made available. 
 It may be terminated, subject to three months’ prior notice, in the following cases: 
  

	 	•	 	 Dissolution of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association under the terms of which the Members of the Association have organised the management of the
inter-company restaurant; 

  

	 	•	 	 The Property’s becoming totally vacant; 

  

	 	•	 	 Non-compliance by the Members of the Association with their substantive obligations. 

CLAUSE 3 - USE 
 The Members of
the Association expressly undertake to use the Premises exclusively as a company restaurant. 
 The Owner undertakes not to change the
abovementioned use of the Premises except in the case of judicial or regulatory imperative. 
 The Owner may freely decide to increase the area
of the restaurant by adding to it the area of one or more adjacent meeting rooms (common parts of the Property) in order to increase the overall capacity of the Inter-Company Restaurant. 
 The Members of the Association undertake to accept any such additional provision without the possibility of raising any objections with the Owner. 
 CLAUSE 4 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 This Agreement is entered into on the following
terms and conditions, with which the Members of the Association undertake to comply on pain of any loss or damages and even of termination of the Agreement if the Owner sees fit. 

 

	 	1.	The Members of the Association shall exercise all reasonable care in watching over and maintaining the Premises. To this end the Owner shall provide copies of all
maintenance contracts in force for the Premises to the company mandated to represent the Members of the Association as designated in the statutes of the Association 

 

	 	2.	The Owner authorises the Members of the Association to accommodate, within the limits imposed by the available space, diners of companies that are lessees or otherwise
occupying the premises situated in the Property, and also diners of outside companies that are neither lessees nor sub-lessees of premises situated in the Property but which have signed a membership form joining the Association in accordance with
Article 7.4 of the statutes of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association. 

 It is expressly stipulated, as an
essential and decisive condition for the Owner, without which the Owner would not have entered into this Agreement, that access to the inter-company 

 
restaurant must be reserved as a priority to diners of Members of the Association that are lessees or that hold other occupancy rights in the Property and who work there, and that in any case the
number of diners of Members of the Association who would be considered as third parties in the meaning of the order of 21 March 2001 published on 30 March 2001 in the Bulletin Officiel des Impôts (Official Tax Gazette) (BOI 3
A-5-01) concerning the VAT rules applicable to business canteens (or such new order or regulation as might replace it) must remain marginal, in order to retain the benefit of VAT at the reduced rate of 5.5% for the other diners, in accordance with
current legislation deriving from Decree 2001-237 of 20 March 2001 and such regulation as might amend or replace it. 
  

	 	3.	The Members of the Association undertake not to do anything that might disturb neighbours’ quiet enjoyment. 

 

	 	4.	The Members of the Association undertake to pay all municipal, police and refuse collection charges, and to comply with all hygiene and other regulations.

  

	 	5.	The Members of the Association undertake not to place anything in the passageways or common parts or the passages leading to them. 

 

	 	6.	The Members of the Association expressly undertake to comply with all the clauses and stipulations of this Agreement, as well as with the Owner’s recommendations
aimed at ensuring normal use, and to ensure that they are complied with by their personnel and/or all persons for whom they are responsible or with whom they have dealings (suppliers, etc.) 

 

	 	7.	The Members of the Association undertake to reimburse to the Lessor or the person or company responsible for managing the Leased Premises on the Lessor’s behalf
(hereinafter referred to as the “Property Manager”) all charges and expenses of whatsoever nature charged to the Lessor and relating directly or indirectly to the Premises, including in particular, but without limitation:

  

	 	•	 	 all taxes, rates, contributions or other similar charges relating to the Premises, whatever they may be called, irrespective of their basis for
calculation and regardless of who is legally responsible for them, and in particular property tax, registry expenses and the annual tax on commercial properties payable in Ile-de-France (the Greater Paris Region), as well as all such other taxes as
might replace them or be created in the future; 

  

	 	•	 	 insurance premiums; 

  

	 	•	 	 the cost of mandatory checks on the installations, as well as maintenance, upkeep and the replacement of installations and equipment;

  

	 	•	 	 heating and air conditioning expenses (power supply, upkeep, repairs and replacement of units), as well as the cost of any replacement of the equipment
and installations necessary for the generation of calories and negative calories; 

  

	 	•	 	 the cost of all repairs, whether major or minor, and all replacements, without distinction (including those due to dilapidation or an event of force
majeure) and all work carried out in the interests of safety or to comply with any regulations and/or legislation of whatsoever nature, particularly in the fields of health and safety, working conditions, energy and environmental performance, and
especially those prescribed by the competent administrations, with the sole exception of the major repairs defined in Article 606 of the French Civil Code, which shall be for the Lessor’s account; 

 

	 	•	 	 upkeep and cleaning of green spaces; 

  

	 	•	 	 all fees and expenses of any manager designated by the Lessor to run the technical, administrative and tenancy management of the Property and to handle
rentals; 

	 	•	 	 the salaries and related charges concerning all personnel assigned to the Property; 

 

	 	•	 	 Expenses and costs of whatsoever nature imposed in the context of optimising the Property’s energy performance. 

The abovementioned charges and expenses shall be reimbursed in the following manner: 

Each Member of the Association shall pay a quarterly provision on 1 January, 1 April, 1 July and 1 October of each
year, by bank transfer, it being specified that these provisions are currently subject to value added tax at the legal rate in force at the time of each rental due date, each Member of the Association being obliged to bear all such charges, rates or
taxes of whatsoever nature (including any change in the VAT rate) as might be applied to said charges. 
 This provision shall be
payable every year at the same time as the rental, the amount of the provision being calculated by the Owner or the Property Manager based on the forecast budget. The Owner or the Property Manager shall inform the Association of the amount
applicable for each year. 
 The annual regularisation shall be carried out in accordance with the nature of the actual expenses,
it being stipulated that in the event that the forecast budget should prove insufficient, each Member of the Association shall pay to the Owner or to the Property Manager, upon first demand and against presentation of the relevant evidence, all such
additional provisions as may be necessary to ensure that the Owner’s expenses in respect of the Premises are covered at all times. 
  

	 	8.	The Members of the Association shall be responsible for the upkeep and renewal of the existing equipment, installations and furniture so as to ensure that they are kept
permanently in a condition allowing the catering company to prepare meals in proper conditions, unless the catering company itself agrees to take responsibility for part of these expenses. 

In order to ensure renewal of the equipment, installations and furniture referred to in Appendix 1, the Owner shall receive from
the Members of the Association a provision in the flat amount of €0.42 (forty-two euro cents) excluding tax per meal, with an annual minimum of [To be determined ([TBD] euros)/excluding tax per right of access. The amount of this
provision shall be payable by Members of the Association in the manner described in Article 9 of the statutes of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association. 
 This flat amount shall be indexed annually in the manner described in Article 9 of the statutes of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association. 

The sums paid to the Owner by way of this provision shall be retained by the Owner in an account identified as and called
“Inter-Company Restaurant Renovation Fund”. They shall be disbursed in accordance with the needs of the restaurant so as to ensure the same level of performance, supply and standing as provided by the Owner. 

The procedure for deciding on and financing renovation of equipment is established as follows: 

 

	 	•	 	 Each year the Members of the Association shall send the Owner a request for subsidy corresponding to the presentation of an annual renovation programme
for equipment and material based on the initial inventory shown in Appendix 1, the equipment renewed during the year and the forecast renewals presented in an updated multi-year plan. 

	 	•	 	 After verifying the technical and financial consistency of the requests made by the Members of the Association, the Owner shall give written
confirmation of its agreement to all or part of the request, giving reasons in the event of rejection. 

 The
Owner shall then proceed to pay the corresponding subsidy to the Members of the Association within the limit of the available provisions. 
 The invoice corresponding to this provision shall be sent by the Owner to the company mandated by the Members of the Association and designated in the statutes of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association,
said mandated company being responsible for sending each Member of the Association an invoice for its proportional part depending on the number of meals served to its personnel during the previous six months. 

In the event that the Owner should sell the Property, the sums collected in respect of this provision and not yet disbursed shall be
transferred ipso jure to the new acquirer, who must apply them to financing the renovation of equipment and furniture. 

In the event that this system of financing should be brought to an end for whatever reason, renewal costs for said equipment and furniture
shall be invoiced directly to the Members of the Association for their actual amount, once the sums actually received by the Owner by way of this provision have been exhausted. 

 

	 	9.	The Owner confirms that the Premises will be covered, at its initiative, by one or more insurance policies against fire, lightning, explosion, water damage, electrical
damage and all other means of destruction, notably concerted acts of terrorism or sabotage, natural disasters and all such other risks as are generally insured. 

 This insurance shall also cover recourse by neighbours and third parties against the Owner and any joint ownership associations or owners’ associations as a result of material damage arising from
fire, explosion or water damage or attributable to the Owner’s premises, and Owner’s civil liability pursuant to Articles 1382, 1383, 1384 and 1386 of the French Civil Code. 

The policies shall include a clause whereby the Owner and its insurance company renounce any recourse against Members of the Association
and their respective insurance companies, and against the operator of the inter-company restaurant and its insurance company. They shall be subscribed for the new value of the premises plus any loss of profits arising from the total or partial loss
of rentals, for a minimum period of two years. 
 Upon request, the Owner shall provide Members of the Association with proof of
insurance showing the insurance policies that it has taken out in the above terms. 
  

	 	9.	As regards work to be carried out by Members of the Association on the premises, the abovementioned waivers of recourse by the Owner shall apply to Members of the
Association only over and above the cover provided in the contractor’s all-risk and civil liability policies that must be subscribed by the Members of the Association. These waivers of recourse shall not apply to businesses, architects or
technicians, who must provide proof to the Owner, before starting any work, of civil liability insurance covering the work. 

 Unless otherwise stipulated, such policies must guarantee the Owner’s recourse for any
bodily injury for a minimum amount of €3,000,000 and for all material or intangible damage for a minimum amount of €1,500,000. 
  

	 	10.	The Members of the Association must insure or arrange the insurance of, and maintain insured against fire, theft, water damage, short circuits and all other generally
insured risks throughout the duration of the Agreement on the occupancy of the Premises, the objects, furniture, equipment and goods belonging to and decorating them, neighbours’ recourse, and civil liability vis-à-vis any third parties,
notably that arising from accidental bodily injury occurring on the Premises or for which Members of the Association might be held responsible, pay the premiums and other charges promptly and in full, and provide proof thereof to the Owner whenever
so requested. 

 As regards civil liability, it is understood that: 

 

	 	•	 	 Bodily harm must be covered for a minimum amount of €6,000,000. 

 

	 	•	 	 Material and intangible damage must be covered for a minimum amount of €1,500,000 per accident, this figure being subject to adjustment in
line with any changes in current rules. 

  

	 	•	 	 In the event of Members of the Association failing to take out such insurance policies or to cause them to be taken out, and/or to pay the premiums
thereon, the Owner reserves the right to do so in their stead. In such case, the Members of the Association undertake to reimburse all sums paid by the Owner in this respect, and to pay, ipso jure and without formal notice, interest from the
day on which these sums are paid by the Owner. 

  

	 	•	 	 The policy must include a waiver by the insurance company of any recourse against the Owner, any joint ownership Association or owner’s
Association and the Owner’s insurance company for the portion of loss or damage for which the Owner might in any way be responsible. 

  

	 	•	 	 The Members of the Association and their insurance companies must expressly waive any recourse and action whatsoever against the Owner and its insurers
and any joint ownership associations or owners’ associations in respect of the destruction of their equipment, furniture, objects and goods arising from their being deprived of the use of the premises. New Members of the Association shall
undertake to obtain from the operator of the inter-company restaurant the same waiver of recourse. 

  

	 	•	 	 In the event that the activity carried on by the Members of the Association should entail extra insurance premiums, either for Members of the
Association or for co-tenants or neighbours, the Members of the Association shall be obliged both to indemnify the Owner for the amount of the extra premium paid and also to guarantee it against any claims from other co-owners or co-tenants or
neighbours. 

  

	 	11.	Insurance policies subscribed by Members of the Association must provide that they cannot be cancelled until 15 days after notification by the insurers of the Members
of the Association to the Owner. 

  

	 	12.	The Members of the Association renounce all recourse against the Owner, and in particular: 

 

	 	•	 	 In the event of any of the Property’s common items of equipment being out of service, even for prolonged periods, for reasons beyond the
Owner’s control; 

  

	 	•	 	 In the event of damage, fire, water damage, damp or any other circumstance affecting the Premises and the equipment included therein;

	 	•	 	 In the event of theft or other criminal acts committed in the Premises or in the common parts of the Property, the Owner itself assuming no obligation
of surveillance. 

  

	 	•	 	 In the event of abnormal acts by other occupants of the Property, their personnel or their suppliers. 

 

	 	•	 	 In the event of interruption for reasons beyond the Owner’s control of the supply of water, gas or electricity or in the operation of automatic
fire extinguisher networks or heating, and also in the event of automatic extinguishers going off without due reason. 

 The Members of the Association also renounce any right they might have to claim from the Owner in the event of material or intangible damage, indemnification for being deprived of use as a result of the
total or partial cessation of the activity of the inter-company restaurant. 
 CLAUSE 5 - PARTICULAR CONDITIONS 

 

	 	1.	The Owner hereby authorises the Members of the Association to make the Premises, installations, materials, equipment and furniture available to the provider of the
catering services who will be designated to operate the inter-company restaurant. A copy of the catering service provision agreement entered into with the Members of the Association must be provided to the Owner within eight (8) days of
signing. 

 It is forbidden for Members of the Association to grant the use, in any form whatsoever (notably by
means of a sub-lease) of all or part of the Premises, installations, materials, equipment and furniture referred to in Article 1 above to any other person, natural or legal. 

 

	 	2.	The Members of the Association shall be responsible for their own affairs as regards the tax regulations concerning the benefit of reduced-rate VAT.

 CLAUSE 7 – CHOICE OF DOMICILE 
 For the execution of this Agreement and all acts arising from it, the Owner chooses its domicile as its registered office, and the Members of the Association choose that of the registered office of the
company mandated to represent them. 
 CLAUSE 8 - COMPETENCE AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES 

For the execution of this Agreement and all acts arising from it, the parties by common accord assign competence to the competent tribunals of the place
where the restaurant is situated. 
 CLAUSE 9 – NO WAIVER 
 The Owner’s forbearing to enforce any of the conditions of this Agreement, regardless of the frequency or duration of such forbearance, may not in any case be considered as an amendment or
cancellation of such conditions, the Owner being entitled to discontinue such forbearance at any time without formality and without prior notice. 

 List of Appendices 
  

			
	Appendix 1	  	Plan of the premises and inventory of equipment and furniture
	Appendix 2	  	Initial inventory

 

 
  

			
	PROFESSIONAL KITCHENS	  	
	 STUDIES - INSTALLATIONS - REPAIRS
	  	14 Rue de la Perdrix
		  	Lot 102
		  	P.O. Box 41057 Villepinte
	 Tel. 01 48 69 18 11
	  	95913 Roissy Charles de Gaulle
	 Fax01 48 79 30 45
	  	

  

									
		  	

	  	SUMMARY	  	

	  	

  

			
	 •     COOLING UNIT
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     DRAINING BOARD 500X500
	  	ACO
	 •     FLOOR DRAIN
	  	ACO
	 •     COLD ROOM: TTL200 EXPERT
	  	GFF
	 •     SHELVES
	  	FERMOD
	 •     BROOM CUPBOARD
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     GA HAND WASH-BASIN
	  	TOURNUS
	 •     DUAL SINK
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     CHEF’S TABLE
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     GN1/1 10-LEVEL COMBI STEAMER
	  	FRIMA
	 •     GLASS-CERAMIC RADIANT HOBS, PL-VITRO RAD
	  	ROSINOX
	 •     NEUTRAL MODULE 400RF
	  	ROSINOX
	 •     SWING FRYING PAN SBM50E RF
	  	ROSINOX
	 •     DRAINING BOARD 1000X500
	  	ACO
	 •     EXTRACTOR COWL FLUSH WITH WALL
	  	ALVENE
	 •     POS. COLD CPBD 1 DOOR GN650TNE + GN14 1
	  	OTNE FIMAR
	 •     3-DOOR PIZZA CHEF
	  	FIMAR
	 •     WORKTOP FLUSH WITH WALL
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     WALL CUPBOARD WITH TRAY GN1/3
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     KNIFE CUPBOARD FOR 10 TO 20 KNIVES
	  	HUPFER
	 •     DUAL SINK
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     SHELF RACK WITH BARS
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     NEUTRAL CHEST OF DRAWERS WITH SLIDING DOORS
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     ICE-CUBE MACHINE
	  	HOSHIZAKI
	 •     SORTING TABLE WITH WASTE DISPOSAL UNIT
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     DISHWASHER IN-TABLE WITH SINK AND SPRAY
	  	BENARD INOX

			
	 •     OPTIMA HT PLUS DISHWASHER WITH HOOD
	  	DIHR
	 •     DISHWASHER OUT-TABLE
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     WALL SHELF RACK
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     CUPBOARD FOR MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS
	  	BENARD INOX
	 •     HOT CUPBOARDS
	  	INOXYFORM
	 •     POSITIVE COLD CUPBOARD
	  	INOXYFORM
	 •     AUTOMATIC COFFEE MACHINE
	  	WM F
	 •     OPTIMA 400 FRONT-LOAD DISHWASHER
	  	DIHR

 Sarl (French private limited company) with a capital of €7,622.45 registered with the Bobigny Trade &
Companies’ Register under number B 343 297 859 - SIRET 343 297 859 00039-APE (economic activity code) 518N 

 (b) Statutes of the Inter-Company Restaurant Association 

  
 - 1 -

 32 BLANCHE BUILDING 

STATUTES 

OF THE INTER-COMPANY 
 RESTAURANT ASSOCIATION OF THE 32 BLANCHE BUILDING 
 75009 PARIS

 32 Blanche Inter-Company Restaurant Association — Statutes 

 CONTENTS 

 

					
	 CHAPTER I - DEFINITIONS
	  	 	4	  
	 CHAPTER II - FORM - NAME - PURPOSE - REGISTERED OFFICE - DURATION
	  	 	4	  
	 ARTICLE 1- FORM
	  	 	4	  
	 ARTICLE 2 - NAME
	  	 	4	  
	 ARTICLE 3 - PURPOSE
	  	 	5	  
	 ARTICLE 4 - REGISTERED OFFICE
	  	 	6	  
	 ARTICLE 5 - DURATION
	  	 	6	  
	 CHAPTER III - CAPACITY - JOINING - ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP FEE - SHARING OF EXPENSES, CHARGES AND OBLIGATIONS - CESSATION OF
MEMBERSHIP
	  	 	6	  
	 ARTICLE 6 - DINING CAPACITY OF THE INTER-COMPANY RESTAURANT - MEMBERS’ ACCESS RIGHTS
	  	 	6	  
	 6.1. - Initial Dining Capacity - Increases to the Dining Capacity
	  	 	6	  
	 ARTICLE 7 - JOINING
	  	 	7	  
	 7.1. - Notification
	  	 	7	  
	 7.2. - Ex Officio Members
	  	 	7	  
	 7.3. - Tenant Members
	  	 	8	  
	 7.4. - External Members
	  	 	8	  
	 ARTICLE 8 - ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP FEE
	  	 	9	  
	 ARTICLE 9 - SHARING OF EXPENSES, CHARGES AND OBLIGATIONS
	  	 	9	  
	 ARTICLE 10 - CESSATION OF MEMBERSHIP
	  	 	10	  
	 CHAPTER IV - FUNCTIONING OF THE INTER-COMPANY RESTAURANT
	  	 	11	  
	 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE
	  	 	11	  
	 ARTICLE 12 - INTERNAL REGULATIONS - CATERING SERVICES PROVISION AGREEMENT - USERS’ COMMITTEE
	  	 	12	  
	 12.1. - Internal regulations
	  	 	12	  
	 12.2. - Agreement for the provision of catering services
	  	 	12	  
	 12.3. - Users’ committee
	  	 	13	  
	 CHAPTER V - RESOURCES - EXPENSES - ACCOUNTING
	  	 	14	  
	 ARTICLE 13 - RESOURCES
	  	 	14	  
	 ARTICLE 14 - EXPENSES
	  	 	14	  
	 ARTICLE 15 - ACCOUNTING
	  	 	15	  
	 CHAPTER VI - BOARD OF DIRECTORS - CHAIRMAN - SECRETARY - TREASURER
	  	 	15	  
	 ARTICLE 16 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
	  	 	15	  
	 16.1 - Composition of the Board of Directors
	  	 	15	  
	 16.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors
	  	 	16	  
	 16.3 - Workings of the Board of Directors
	  	 	16	  
	 ARTICLE 17 - CHAIRMAN
	  	 	18	  
	 17.1 - Nomination of the Chairman
	  	 	18	  
	 17.2 - Powers of the Chairman
	  	 	18	  
	 17.3 - Workings of the Chairman’s office
	  	 	19	  
	 ARTICLE 18 - TREASURER
	  	 	19	  
	 CHAPTER VII - ORDINARY AND EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLIES
	  	 	19	  
	 ARTICLE 19 - WORKING PRINCIPLES OF ORDINARY AND EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLIES
	  	 	19	  

					
	 19.1 - Calling of ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies
	  	 	19	  
	 19.2 - Composition of ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies
	  	 	20	  
	 19.3 - Conduct of ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies
	  	 	20	  
	 19.4 - Quorum for ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies
	  	 	20	  
	 19.5 - Votes in ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies
	  	 	21	  
	 19.6 - Minutes of ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies
	  	 	21	  
	 19.7 - Nature of powers of the ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies.
	  	 	22	  
	 ARTICLE 20 - ORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLY
	  	 	22	  
	 20.1 - Competences of the Ordinary General Assembly
	  	 	22	  
	 20.2 - Holding of ordinary general assemblies
	  	 	22	  
	 20.3 - Quorum for Ordinary General Assembly
	  	 	22	  
	 20.4 - Votes at Ordinary General Assembly
	  	 	23	  
	 ARTICLE 21 - EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLY
	  	 	23	  
	 21.1 - Competence of the Extraordinary General Assembly
	  	 	23	  
	 21.2 - Conduct of the Extraordinary General Assembly
	  	 	23	  
	 21.3 - Quorum for Extraordinary General Assembly
	  	 	23	  
	 21.4 - Votes at Extraordinary General Assembly
	  	 	23	  
	 CHAPTER VIII - AMENDMENT TO STATUTES - DISSOLUTION OF THE ASSOCIATION - LEGAL FORMALITIES - DISPUTES
	  	 	24	  
	 ARTICLE 22 - AMENDMENT TO STATUTES
	  	 	24	  
	 ARTICLE 23 - DISSOLUTION
	  	 	24	  
	 ARTICLE 24 - PUBLICATION AND DECLARATION
	  	 	25	  
	 ARTICLE 25 - DISPUTES
	  	 	25	  

 CHAPTER I. - DEFINITIONS 
 The words and expressions starting with a capital letter correspond to the following definitions: 

Dining Capacity: the total number of Access Rights to the Inter-Company Restaurant. 
 Access Rights: the number of meals per day that may be consumed by the personnel of an Active Member. 
 Building: the office building known as 32 Blanche, located at 32/34 Rue Blanche, Paris 75009. 

Active Members: Tenant Members and External Members 
 Ex Officio Member(s): the Owner(s) of the Building 
 External Members: all natural or legal
persons having Access Rights to the inter-company restaurant without being tenants or occupants of the Building by virtue of a lease or occupancy agreement. 
 Tenant Members: all tenants and occupants of the Building by virtue of a lease or an occupancy agreement giving them the right to use offices in the Building and giving them Access Rights to the
inter-company restaurant. 
 Inter-Company Restaurant: the Building’s inter-company restaurant and cafeteria. 

CHAPTER II - FORM - NAME - PURPOSE – REGISTERED OFFICE - DURATION 
 ARTICLE 1- FORM 
 A declared Association is hereby created, consisting of the undersigned
parties and such natural or legal persons as shall subscribe to these statutes and shall meet the conditions established hereinafter, such Association to be governed by the law of 1 July 1901 and the decree of 16 August 1901 as amended or
complemented by other legislation in force, and by these statutes. 
 ARTICLE 2 - NAME 

The name of the Association is “Association pour la gestion du restaurant interentreprises de l’immeuble 32 Blanche” (Association
for the management of the inter-company restaurant of the 32 Blanche building). 
 ARTICLE 3 - PURPOSE 

The purpose of the Association, which is a not-for-profit organisation with purely social aims, is: 

 

	•	 	 fitting out, managing and administering the inter-company restaurant, directly or indirectly; 

 

	•	 	 implementing appropriate means for the achievement of this purpose. 

 To this end it shall: 
  

	•	 	 enter, in its own name, into a catering service provision agreement with an external provider; 

 

	•	 	 maintain and renew the basic furniture to be provided initially by the Owner-lessor of the Building; 

	•	 	 procure, maintain and renew the rest of the furniture of the inter-company restaurant, the crockery, equipment and kitchen utensils;

  

	•	 	 collect from its members such sums as will allow the kitchen equipment provided by the lessor to be maintained, serviced and renewed;

  

	•	 	 distribute among its members the charges relating to its functioning and the achievement of its purpose; 

 

	•	 	 establish the policy for the use and functioning of the inter-company restaurant, and in particular oversee compliance with the provisions of these
statutes, the internal regulations and the catering service provision agreement, as well as settling any difficulties relating to the Inter-Company Restaurant; 

 

	•	 	 take out all necessary insurance policies. 

 It may also in particular: 
  

	•	 	 enter into such agreements as may be necessary to the normal and regular functioning of the intercompany restaurant and, more generally, to the
carrying on of the Association’s activity; 

  

	•	 	 hold such ad hoc meetings as may be requested by one or more of its members; 

 

	•	 	 and, more generally, carry out any and all such transactions as are linked, directly or indirectly, to the functioning of the inter-company restaurant
and are conducive to the provision of restaurant services to the personnel of members of the Association. 

 The Association
must ensure that the inter-company restaurant meets the necessary conditions to qualify for the tax advantages applicable to the proper functioning of inter-company restaurants, notably the advantage of VAT at the reduced rate of 5.5% in accordance
with current legislation deriving from Decree 2001-237 of 20 March 2001 and such regulations as might amend or replace it. 
 ARTICLE 4
– REGISTERED OFFICE 
 The Association’s registered office is established as the Building, 32/34 Rue Blanche, Paris 75009.

 It may be transferred to any other place in the same département by decision of the Board of Directors, and to any other place
in another département by resolution of the Extraordinary General Assembly. 
 ARTICLE 5 - DURATION 

The Association is established for an indeterminate duration, which may not however exceed 99 years. 

 CHAPTER III – DINING CAPACITY – JOINING - ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP FEE - SHARING OF EXPENSES, CHARGES
AND OBLIGATIONS - CESSATION OF MEMBERSHIP 
 ARTICLE 6 - DINING CAPACITY OF THE INTER-COMPANY RESTAURANT - MEMBERS’ ACCESS RIGHTS

 6.1 - Initial Dining Capacity – Increases to Dining Capacity 
 The Initial Dining Capacity of the inter-company restaurant is [TBD depending on the choices of catering concepts currently being finalised with the lessee] Access Rights. It is shared out
in full among the various Tenant Members in proportion to their rented office space relative to the total office space of the Building as such areas are defined in the rental agreements. 
 If the physical capacity of the inter-company restaurant so permits, the Ex Officio Member(s) may decide to increase the Dining Capacity of the Inter-Company Restaurant by any means, notably by
reorganising the inter-company restaurant, creating supplementary services, etc. 
 In the event that the Dining Capacity is increased as a
result of a material modification to the premises or the equipment of the inter-company restaurant, the additional Access Rights created shall be distributed among the Active Members only, in proportion to the Access Rights that they already hold.

 In all cases of an increase in the Dining Capacity, the Ex Officio Member(s) must give advance notice to the Association, which may object to
it only on legitimate grounds and following a resolution of the Extraordinary General Assembly passed by a majority of two thirds of the votes cast by Tenant Members present or duly represented. 

In particular, the Owner of the Property reserves the right to increase the capacity of the inter-company restaurant at any time by incorporating
adjacent meeting rooms in order to expand the dining area and laundry of the restaurant. 
 The Active Members hereby accept such a possible
change by the Ex Officio Members. 
 ARTICLE 7 - JOINING 
 The Association shall be composed of Ex Officio Members, Tenant Members and External Members, natural and legal persons, it being established that a single person may be a member in more than one capacity
at the same time. 
 7.1 - Notification  
 The acquisition or loss of the status of member shall be valid vis-à-vis the Association only after it has been notified by the parties of the act or decision which, as the case may be, brings
about, attests to or demonstrates such acquisition or loss of the status of member. 
 Such notification must include: 

 

	 	•	 	 an indication of the premises concerned, the rented office area and the Access Rights attaching thereto; 

 

	 	•	 	 the identity of the new member(s) (and of the old member if applicable) and for each of them their real address and their elected domicile if
applicable 

 This notification shall be made by extrajudicial deed, registered letter with request for acknowledgement of
receipt, or delivered by hand against receipt. It shall take effect on the day following execution, first presentation of the registered letter or delivery as the case may be. 
 7.2 – Ex officio Members 
 The owner or owners of the Building shall be Ex
Officio Member(s) ipso jure. 
 At the date of signing of these statutes, OROSDI, the owner of the Building and signatory to these
statutes, is the sole Ex Officio Member. 

 In the event of the sale of all or part of the Building, the new owner(s) shall automatically become Ex
Officio Member(s) in replacement of the previous owner(s). Any deed establishing, recognising or transferring a partial or total ownership right to the Building must mention its beneficiary’s status as Ex Officio Member, which status it shall
acquire automatically by signing such deed – all without prejudice to the notification provided in Article 7.1 above. 
 7.3 –
Tenant Members 
 All tenants and occupants of the Building by virtue of a lease or an occupancy agreement giving them the right to
use offices in the Building and Access Rights to the inter-company restaurant shall be Tenant members ipso jure from the time they take up occupancy in accordance with the terms of the lease. 

These Access Rights to the inter-company restaurant must be mentioned in their lease or occupancy agreements. 

In the event of the partial or total sub-letting of the premises leased by a Tenant Member, the sub-lessee may join the Association as a Tenant Member
providing the sub-lease provides for all or part of the main lessee’s Access Rights to be made available temporarily to the sub-lessee. 

The main lessee shall automatically lose its status of Tenant Member if all its Access Rights are temporarily made available to the sub-lessee.

 New members must notify the Association of their occupancy title without delay in the terms provided in Article 7.1 above. 

7.4 - External Members 
 To the
extent that there is undistributed Dining Capacity, or in the event of an increase in Dining Capacity other than one resulting from a material modification to the premises or equipment of the inter-company restaurant, the Ex Officio Member(s), on
their own initiative or at the proposal of a Tenant Member or of the Association, may decide to admit External Members, temporarily and subject to the limits and conditions established hereunder. The admission of a new External Member may not
however lead to the creation of more than [—] Access Rights, subject to the provisions set forth in Article 6.1 paragraph 5. 
 Any natural or legal person carrying on an activity in the vicinity of the Building and not having company canteen facilities, or where such facilities are inadequate, may be an External Member.

 The external provider of catering services shall be informed of the admission of each new External Member. 

External Members shall join by signing a membership form, which shall also be signed by the Chairman of the Association, including, or attaching as
appendix, a description of the terms of access of the new External Member to the inter-company restaurant, established in agreement with the external provider of catering services: 

 

	 	•	 	 Annual contribution, 

  

	 	•	 	 duration of membership, 

  

	 	•	 	 Access Rights granted to the External Member, where applicable created in addition to already existing Access Rights, 

 

	 	•	 	 establishment of dining time slots if applicable, 

  

	 	•	 	 any other particular conditions. 

 The admission of every External Member must be noted by the annual ordinary or Extraordinary General Assembly next following the admission. 

 In principle, in the absence of any stipulation to the contrary in the membership form, the External Member
shall be a member of the Association for an indefinite period, and the Ex Officio Member(s) may decide at any time to bring an end to its membership by giving two months prior notice, without having to give reasons for such decision. 

ARTICLE 8 - ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP FEE 

Tenant Members and External Members shall pay an annual membership fee to the Association. 
 Only members of the Association who have paid this annual membership fee shall be entitled to use the inter-company restaurant. 
 The amount of the annual membership fee shall be established each year by the Association’s general assembly at the proposal of the Board of Directors. For the first year it is set at €15.

 The annual membership fee is due for the whole year, irrespective of the date of joining, leaving or exclusion. 

ARTICLE 9 – SHARING OF EXPENSES, CHARGES AND OBLIGATIONS 
 By joining, the Active Members undertake to share in all such expenses and charges as are necessary to the achievement of the Association’s purpose. 

To this end, the Association shall call for annual contributions and subsidies from the Active Members. 

In the event that a member leaves during the year, the contributions shall be called pro rata temporis. 

Provisional calls, made quarterly in advance by the Association, are established on the basis of the forecast expense budget, which will previously have
been approved by the Ordinary General Assembly. 
 The tenancy expenses and charges defined in Appendix 1 relating to the premises of the
inter-company restaurant and the equipment serving it shall be borne exclusively by the Active Members. 
 Expenses relating to the renewal of
major items of equipment made available to the Association by the Ex Officio Member(s) shall be borne by said Ex Officio Member(s), the Association being responsible for the upkeep of said equipment. However, in the event that the Association should
fail to meet its obligation to maintain said major items of equipment, the Ex Officio Member(s) shall be discharged from its/their obligation of renewal, which shall then be assumed by the Association for the part of the equipment renewal of which
has been made necessary by failure to maintain it. 
 In return for the Ex Officio Member(s) assuming this obligation, the Active Members of the
Association undertake to pay the Ex Officio Member(s) a contribution for the renewal of major items of equipment, in the amount of €0.42 excluding tax per check-in, with an annual minimum of
[            ] per Access Rights. This non-returnable contribution shall be indexed annually as at l January on the basis of the changes in the
[                    ] quarter of the INSEE (French National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies) cost of construction index, the first
reference index being that of the [                    ] quarter of
[                    ], namely
[                    ]. 
 The Association
shall pay this contribution over every quarter to the Ex Officio Member(s), who will previously have called on the Active Members to pay it. 

 All other charges shall be apportioned solely among the Active Members, in proportion to each member’s
Access Rights relative to the total number of Access Rights held by all Active Members. 
 In derogation of the foregoing, in the event that
part of the Building is unoccupied, the cost of work, repairs, taxes, contributions and insurance premiums referred to in Appendix 1 (and only those), shall be borne by the Ex Officio Member(s) for the proportional part corresponding to the
unoccupied areas. 
 At the end of each financial year an adjustment shall be made in light of expenses actually incurred during the year, with
the exception of the contribution to the renovation fund. 
 ARTICLE 10 – CESSATION OF MEMBERSHIP 

The following events shall lead to a member’s ceasing to belong to the Association and accordingly ceasing to be entitled to use the facilities and
services of the inter-company restaurant, without such cessation being capable of bringing an end to the Association, and without prejudice to the notification provided for in Article 7.1 above. 

 

	•	 	 if an Ex Officio Member sells the Building or the part of the Building which it owns, the new owner replacing it as Ex Officio Member with effect from
the day of the transfer of ownership, as must be indicated in the deed of sale; 

  

	•	 	 if the lease or occupancy agreement giving a Tenant Member the right to occupy office space in the Building is terminated for any reason whatsoever,
with effect from the date of termination of the lease or occupancy agreement or, if applicable, the expiry of the member’s legitimate right to occupy the premises; 

 

	•	 	 if a Tenant Member has sub-let his entire premises and made all his Access Rights temporarily available to the sub-lessee;

  

	•	 	 if an External Member has been excluded by the Ex Officio Member(s), with effect from the date of this decision; the loss of the status of member in
these circumstances shall be effective vis-à-vis the Association following the notification provided for in Article 7.1 above; 

  

	•	 	 if an Active Member has been excluded, with effect from fifteen days after his being informed by registered letter of the decision to exclude it due to
non-compliance with its obligations as defined in these statutes, or on any other serious grounds; such exclusion shall be proposed by the Board of Directors and ratified by the ordinary or Extraordinary General Assembly after the member concerned
has been asked by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt to provide explanations for its failure to meet its obligations, or to regularise its situation or to appear before the Board of Directors of the Association; the loss of the status
of member in these circumstances shall be effective vis-à-vis the Association without the need for the notification provided for in Article 7.1 above; 

 

	•	 	 if an Active Member is subject to a judicial restructuring or liquidation procedure, with effect from the date on which such procedure is initiated.

 Any Active Member ceasing to belong to the Association shall remain liable vis-à-vis both the Association and third
parties for all sums due by reason of the commitments set forth in Article 9 above and decided upon before the date of leaving the Association for whatsoever reason. 
 Active Members or former Active Members of the Association who sub-let their premises partly or in whole shall stand surety jointly and severally for such of their sub-lessees as have become Active
Members for the payment of all membership fees and charges owed by said sub-lessees, as well as for the fulfilment of such obligations as they may have assumed pursuant to the provisions of these statutes. 

 CHAPTER IV – FUNCTIONING OF THE INTER-COMPANY RESTAURANT 

ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE 
 The Association
shall take out the necessary insurance, and in particular civil liability insurance, with a reputable, solvent insurance company. 
 All members
of the Association undertake to waive and to ensure that their insurers waive recourse against the Association for any material damage they might suffer and for any material damage or bodily harm that might be suffered by members’ eligible
diners. 
 ARTICLE 12 - INTERNAL REGULATIONS – AGREEMENT FOR THE PROVISION OF CATERING SERVICES – USERS’ COMMITTEE

 The operating conditions of the inter-company restaurant shall be set forth: 

 

	•	 	 in the agreement for the provision of catering services entered into by the Association with an external provider, and 

 

	•	 	 if applicable, in the internal regulations established by the Association in the terms of Article 12.1 hereunder. 

Compliance with these conditions shall be overseen by the Users’ Committee. 
 12.1 - Internal regulations  
 The internal regulations of the Association shall
govern relations between the Association and its members. These internal regulations must be ratified in an Extraordinary General Assembly and shall then be binding on all members. 
 They may be adopted, amended or completed at the proposal of the Board of Directors and following ratification by the Extraordinary General Assembly. 

Once ratified by the Extraordinary General Assembly, these regulations shall be binding on all members. 

12.2 - Agreement for the provision of catering services  
 The agreement for the provision of catering services to be entered into between the Association and the caterer must provide as follows. 
 Meals must be sold at prices below those charged by similar restaurants operated commercially, so as to ensure that the operation of the inter-company restaurant does not generate profits for the
Association. 
 In order to ensure the smooth operation of the inter-company restaurant, the provider must inform each member that uses the
inter-company restaurant of the opening hours and conditions of access, subject to prior approval by the Board of Directors. 
 The provider
shall invoice its services on a monthly basis. 

 The provider shall manage diners’ individual payment accounts. 

To enable the provider to fulfil this responsibility, each member, by virtue of the service agreement, entrusts to the provider the responsibility of
carrying out, in provider’s own name and behalf and under provider’s responsibility and control, the collection of the sums paid in by diners for credit to their individual accounts and the debiting of said accounts with the amounts
corresponding to the part of the cost of meals to be paid for by diners, as and when such meals are taken. 
 The provider shall invoice each
Active Member directly. Active Members are obliged to settle the provider’s invoices in the terms provide by the catering services agreement; in the event of late payment, they shall be obliged to pay such delay interest as the provider may
require under the terms of the agreement. 
 As a first step, beyond one unpaid invoice, diners employed by the defaulting Active Member will be
required on check-in to pay the total price of meals, the employer’s portion not having been credited. 
 If an Active Member fails to
settle the provider’s invoices in the terms established in the agreement for the provision of catering services, the provider may suspend provision of its services to such defaulting Active Member, whose personnel shall then be denied access to
the inter-company restaurant, after the Chairman of the Association has been informed. 
 This option is also open to the Association, which may
require the provider to suspend provision of its services to an Active Member that has failed to settle its contributions to the Association’s budget, its personnel then being denied access to the inter-company restaurant. Such measure shall
not however suspend said member’s obligation to pay its share of the Association’s expenses. 
 Failure to settle the provider’s
invoices shall constitute serious grounds justifying the exclusion of the defaulting Active Member pursuant to Article 10 above, without prejudice to any recourse by the Association against said defaulting member for the recovery of all sums
remaining due. 
 12.3 – Users’ committee 
 The members of the Association shall entrust to the Chairman of the Association the task of establishing, on his initiative and under his responsibility, a mixed committee consisting of representatives of
Tenant Members, possibly External Members, and, if applicable, employee representatives, to manage the operation of the inter-company restaurant. 
 The Users’ Committee shall oversee the operation of the inter-company restaurant and the quality of the services provided. 
 It shall report its findings to the Chairman of the Association, who alone shall have the power to negotiate, in the name of the Association acting in the name and on behalf of its members, any amendment
to the catering agreement. 
 The Chairman, or in his absence a member of the Board of Directors of the Association shall chair the Users’
Committee and establish its operating rules. 
 The Users’ Committee shall meet regularly, as called by its Chairman. 

The catering services provider must be invited to all its meetings. 

 CHAPTER V. - RESOURCES – EXPENSES - ACCOUNTING 

ARTICLE 13 - RESOURCES 
 The
Association’s resources comprise the annual membership fees paid by its members, the annual and exceptional contributions paid to it by its Active Members, and all such resources allowed by law as do not have the effect of causing the
Association to lose the tax advantages described in Article 3 of these statutes, such as: 
  

	•	 	 sums received in consideration of services provided by the Association, 

 

	•	 	 members’ contributions the amount of which may be different for each category of member, 

 

	•	 	 External Members’ Access Rights, 

  

	•	 	 income from valuable assets of whatsoever nature belonging to the Association, 

 

	•	 	 the amount of any borrowings contracted, 

  

	•	 	 revenue associated with the provision of meals and the carrying on of the Association’s activities, 

 

	•	 	 the annual regularisations, if necessary, depending on the expenses for the year. 

These resources shall remain the property of the Association when a member leaves the Association for any reason whatsoever. 

They shall be deducted each year from the operating expenses referred to in Article 14 hereunder. 

ARTICLE 14 - EXPENSES 
 The Association
shall be responsible for the following operating expenses, the list not being exhaustive and given purely for indicative purposes: 
  

	•	 	 the operating and running expenses of the inter-company restaurant, 

 

	•	 	 the costs of carrying out regulatory controls, 

  

	•	 	 the costs of renewing the furniture initially provided by the owner of the Building, and the cost of acquisition and renewal of the rest of the
furniture, crockery, equipment and kitchen utensils, for which the Association shall make provision in its budget, to be called for at the beginning of each budget year from the Active Members and non-returnable in the event of any member’s
leaving it, 

  

	•	 	 the cost of utilities if these are individually billed (electricity, air conditioning, water, telephone, etc.), 

 

	•	 	 enrolment fees and premiums on insurance policies specific to the inter-company restaurant. 

The agreement for the provision of catering services may provide that certain of these expenses are assumed and managed directly by the provider.

 ARTICLE 15 - ACCOUNTING 
 The
Board of Directors shall keep accounting records of the Association’s revenues and expenditure for each financial year, and a forecast budget of revenue and expenditure for the following financial year, which shall be submitted for prior
approval by the Annual Ordinary General Assembly. 
 The financial year shall start on 1 January and end on 31 December of each year.

 The Association’s first accounting year shall start when the inter-company restaurant comes into operation, and end on 31 December
2012. 

 Reports on operations and on the accounts for each financial year shall be submitted by the Chairman, under
the responsibility of the treasurer, and after being audited by an accountant chosen by the Ordinary General Assembly as provided hereunder, for approval by the Ordinary Annual General Assembly which shall be held within six months of the end of the
financial year. 
 All the above mentioned documents shall be held at members’ disposal and may be consulted by appointment at the
Association’s registered offices at any time, and in particular from the date on which the Annual Ordinary General Assembly is called until the date on which it is held. 
 In the six months following the end of the financial year, the Board of Directors shall send a rendering of accounts to each member and shall regularise the expenses in accordance with their actual amount
with each Active Member, after approval by the Annual Ordinary General Assembly. 
 If there is a surplus at the end of the financial year after
deduction of general expenses and other charges, including capital expenditure and provisions, it shall be carried forward to the following year’s budget. If there is a loss, it shall be borne by the Active Members in proportion to their
obligations. 
 CHAPTER VI - BOARD OF DIRECTORS - CHAIRMAN - SECRETARY - TREASURER 

ARTICLE 16 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
 16.1
- Composition of the Board of Directors 
 The Board of Directors of the Association shall be composed of four directors at most, who
are: 
  

	•	 	 the Ex Officio Member(s), 

  

	•	 	 two or three Tenant Members. 

 The members of the Board of Directors, other than the Ex Officio Member(s), shall be elected by the Annual Ordinary General Assembly for a period of one year, renewable without limitation. 

The Board of Directors shall provisionally replace any director who leaves the Association for whatsoever reason, and this replacement must be ratified
or changed by the next Annual Ordinary General Assembly. The term of office of a new director thus elected shall end on the date on which the term of office of the departing director whom he replaces would have ended. 

The position of member of the Board of Directors is unpaid. However, directors shall be entitled to reimbursement of their expenses against supporting
documentation, and their travel expenses shall be reimbursed on the basis of the tax authorities’ scale. 
 16.2. – Powers of
the Board of Directors  
 The Board of Directors shall govern the Association. 
 It shall oversee the management of the members of the bureau and shall have the right to call for account to be rendered of their acts. 
 It shall have the widest powers to manage and direct the affairs of the Association and to perform or authorise all acts and transactions allowed to the Association, in particular: 

 

	•	 	 to choose the group catering business that will provide the staff meals, negotiate and sign the catering agreement and any addenda thereto, in the name
and on behalf of the members, who by signing these statutes grant it a mandate to do so; 

  

	•	 	 to enter into and terminate all other agreements in the context of the management of the intercompany restaurant in the name of the Association;

	•	 	 to decide on the admission or exclusion of members; 

  

	•	 	 to open accounts with banks, postal cheque centres and any credit institutions, and to use the Association’s funds; 

 

	•	 	 to decide on borrowings to be taken, acquisitions or disposals to be carried out and rentals and deals to be entered into;

  

	•	 	 to determine the investment of available sums and the use made of reserve funds; 

 

	•	 	 to approve the annual accounts and submit them to the Ordinary Annual General Assembly together with its management report;

  

	•	 	 to establish and if necessary amend the internal regulations of the Association, subject to approval by the next Annual Ordinary General Assembly;

  

	•	 	 to propose amendments to these statutes. 

 It may delegate all or part of its powers to anyone it chooses, but shall remain responsible vis-à-vis the members of the Association. 
 16.3 – Workings of the Board of Directors 
 The Board of Directors shall meet
whenever a meeting is called by its Chairman or by at least two of its members, and in any case not less than once a year and as often as the interests of the Association require. 
 It shall meet either at the Association’s registered office, or at any other place with the consent of at least one half of the directors. 
 The agenda shall be drawn up by the Chairman or the members of the Board of Directors calling the meeting. It may also be established at the beginning of the meeting if all members are present.

 Any director who is absent or prevented from attending may have himself represented by another member (whether or not a director).

 Any one director may not have more than two votes including his own. 
 The presence of at least two of the members of the Board of Directors (other than the Ex Officio Member(s) is necessary for the deliberations to be valid, except in the event that the Board of Directors
consists only of the Ex Officio Member(s) and a single Tenant Member. 
 Resolutions shall be passed by simple majority vote of the members
present or duly represented, each director having a single vote. In the event of a tie, the Chairman shall have a casting vote. 
 The Ex
Officio Member(s) shall have a right of veto over all decisions taken by the Board of Directors. 
 The exercise of this right of veto must be
justified by a legitimate reason. 
 Proposals for amendments to these statutes must be voted for by a qualified majority of two thirds of the
members of the Board of Directors in order to be submitted to the Extraordinary General Assembly for approval. 
 The deliberations of the Board
of Directors shall be recorded in minutes and signed by the Chairman who shall provide any extracts or copies required. 
 Directors’
duties are performed gratis. 

 16.4. Official agent  
 For the exercise of its functions, the Board of Directors may enlist the help of any technician or official agent, whose appointment and remuneration shall be established by the General Assembly.

 Such official agent may in particular be given the responsibility of: 

 

	•	 	 all matters concerning the Association’s correspondence and archives, 

 

	•	 	 calling General Assemblies, 

  

	•	 	 drawing up the minutes of meetings, transcribing them into the register provided for this purpose and distributing them to members,

  

	•	 	 performing such formalities as may result or follow from the minutes, 

 

	•	 	 implementing the resolutions of General Assemblies, 

  

	•	 	 carrying out the formalities prescribed by current laws and regulations as regards both the Association and the inter-company restaurant,

  

	•	 	 paying invoices and receiving revenues, 

  

	•	 	 keeping regular accounting records, day by day, of all transactions and rendering account of them to the annual general assembly for ratification.

  

	•	 	 having the Association’s tax declarations prepared by an accountant, 

 

	•	 	 more generally, the Board of Directors may delegate to the official agent any task or assignment that it deems necessary to entrust to him, subject to
the approval of the General Assembly. 

 ARTICLE 17 - CHAIRMAN 
 17.1. - Nomination of the Chairman  
 The Chairman shall be elected by the Board of
Directors, of which he must be a member. 
 He shall combine the positions of Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the
Association. 
 17.2. - Chairman’s powers  
 The Chairman shall be responsible for the day to day management of the Association and the execution of the decisions of the Board of Directors so as to ensure the smooth operation of the Association.

 He shall call general assemblies and meetings of the Board of Directors, establish the agendas for such meetings and chair them ex
officio. 
 He shall be the Association’s sole representative vis-à-vis third parties. 

He can in particular: 
  

	•	 	 receive sums due to the Association and give good and valid receipt for them, 

 

	•	 	 open or cause to be opened a deposit account in the name of the Association, either with a bank or with a postal cheques centre, and make any deposits
and withdrawals of funds, signing alone, as well as signing any cheques or transfer orders, 

	•	 	 sign any contracts, deeds of sale or purchase, lending or borrowing in accordance with the resolutions passed by the general assembly,

  

	•	 	 act in legal matters on behalf of the Association, either as plaintiff or as defendant, subject to the necessary authorisations and notices,

  

	•	 	 agree to any transactions on behalf of the Association, subject to the necessary authorisations and notices. 

The Chairman can make any decision that is not reserved to the Board of Directors or the ordinary or Extraordinary General Assembly. 

However, except with the prior approval of the Board of Directors, the Chairman may not perform any act that would entail a commitment for the
Association in excess of an amount to be established annually by the general assembly. Until the first general assembly this amount is set at €20,000 excluding tax. This clause shall not have any validity vis-à-vis third parties.

 17.3 – Workings of the Chairman’s office 
 The Chairman may delegate his powers to third parties, but shall remain responsible for their use. 

In case of absence or illness, the Chairman shall be replaced by the longest-serving member of the Board of Directors, or by such other director as may
be specially delegated by the Board of Directors. 
 ARTICLE 18 - TREASURER 
 The treasurer shall be a member of the Board of Directors chosen by said board. 
 He shall be
responsible for the treasury of the Association. 
 He shall effect all payments and receive all revenues under the supervision of the Chairman.

 Apart from his participation in the deliberations of the board, his specific function is to keep regular day-to-day accounting records of
transactions. 
 He may delegate this specific task to a third-party accountant, but shall remain responsible for it. 

He shall render account of his handling of the Association’s treasury to the Annual Ordinary General Assembly. 

CHAPTER VII - ORDINARY AND EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLIES 
 ARTICLE 19 - WORKING PRINCIPLES OF THE ORDINARY AND EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLIES 

19.1. – Calling ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies 
 The Chairman shall call the general assembly. 
 Calls to ordinary or extraordinary general
assemblies, accompanied by the agenda, shall be sent by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or delivered by hand against receipt or signing to each member at least fifteen clear days before the meeting. 

The agenda shall be drawn up by the Board of Directors. It shall contain only such proposals as emanate from said board and as have been sent to it at
least fifteen days before the meeting and as have been signed by at least one member representing more than 10% of Access Rights. 

 19.2 - Composition of ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies 

Ordinary or extraordinary general assemblies shall be composed of all members of the Association, with the exception of those that have been members for
less than three weeks before the date of the assembly. 
 Legal persons shall be represented by their legal representatives or by such other
persons as shall have been specifically empowered for the purpose. 
 A member may not be represented by a person who is not a member of the
Association. 
 No person may hold more than two proxies for the same assembly. 
 19.3 - Conduct of ordinary or extraordinary general assemblies 
 The ordinary or
extraordinary General Assembly shall be chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, in his absence, by any member elected by absolute majority of the votes of members present or duly represented. 

The role of Secretary shall be performed by a member, present and accepting, designated by the assembly. 

An attendance sheet shall be prepared, showing the names of members present or duly represented and the number of votes that each one has. This sheet
shall be signed by the members of the assembly and then certified correct by the Chairman and the Secretary of the meeting. 
 Voting in
assemblies is in principle by show of hands, and by secret ballot for the election of members of the Board of Directors and/or if members of the Association representing at least one quarter of the members present so demand. 

19.4 - Quorum for ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies 
 In order to deliberate validly, the ordinary or Extraordinary General Assembly must have a minimum number of members on first call, as set out hereunder. 

If the quorum is not reached, the assembly shall be called anew with the same agenda and shall deliberate validly regardless of the number of members
present or represented. 
 19.5 - Voting in ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies 

Each Tenant Member of the Association shall have a number of votes in proportion to his Access Rights relative to the total number of Access Rights held
by all Tenant Members. 
 The Ex Officio Member(s) and External Member(s) shall have the right to attend assemblies and to speak, but without
the right to vote. 
 The Ex Officio Member(s) shall however have a right of veto, the exercise of which must be justified by a legitimate
reason, and which shall have the effect of suspending the resolutions of ordinary or extraordinary general assemblies until agreement is reached between the Tenant Members and the Ex Officio Member(s). 

This right of veto may be exercised notably in the case of decisions concerning the choice of catering services provider and the choice of official agent
of the Association. 

 In the event of partial sub-letting of premises: 

 

	•	 	 if the sub-lessee is a Tenant Member (i.e. if the sub-lease provides for all or part of the dining capacity that the main lessee initially had to be
ceded to the sub-lessee), such sub-lessee shall have a number of votes in proportion to the office space that he sub-leases, and the number of the main lessee’s votes shall be reduced accordingly, 

 

	•	 	 if the sub-lessee has not become a Tenant Member, the lessee shall continue to have a number of votes in proportion to the area he leases, even if they
are sub-let; 

 The distribution of votes among members shall be calculated and updated by the Board of Directors whenever
this proves necessary. 
 If a member holds more than half the total number of votes, the number of votes allocated to such member shall be
automatically reduced to the total sum of the votes of all the other members. 
 19.6 - Minutes of ordinary and extraordinary general
assemblies 
 The deliberations of ordinary or extraordinary general assemblies shall be recorded in minutes, signed by the Chairman and
the Secretary of the meeting and entered in a special register held at the registered office of the Association. 
 The minutes shall state the
number of members present or represented in assemblies as well as the number of votes they represent. 
 Extracts or copies of minutes delivered
shall be certified by the Chairman or the Secretary. 
 19.7 - Nature and powers of the ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies

 The ordinary and extraordinary general assemblies when properly constituted shall represent all the members of the Association. Within the
limits of the powers conferred on them by these statutes, their resolutions when properly passed shall be binding on all members of the Association, including those who are absent. 
 ARTICLE 20 - ORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLY 
 20.1 - Competences of the Ordinary General
Assembly  
 The Ordinary General Assembly shall hear the directors’ reports on the conduct of the Association’s affairs and
its financial situation. 
 The treasurer shall read his report. 
 The Ordinary General Assembly shall deliberate and resolve on the various reports, approve the financial statements for the year last ended and approve the budget for the following financial year.

 It shall provide for the appointment or re-appointment of members of the Board of Directors in the terms set forth above. 

It shall authorise the Board of Directors, or certain members thereof, to carry out any transactions that fall within the Association’s purpose and
for which their statutory powers are insufficient. 
 It shall authorise any purchases, disposals, leases, borrowing or lending necessary to the
operation of the Association. 

 It shall appoint for each financial year an accountant to be responsible for the annual verification of the
treasurer’s handling of affairs. Such accountant cannot be a member of the Association or the accountant of any of its members. 
 It shall
deliberate on all other matters appearing on the agenda. 
 20.2 – Holding of ordinary general assemblies  

An Ordinary General Assembly shall be held at least once a year in the six months following the year-end closing of the books. 

20.3 - Quorum for Ordinary General Assembly  
 The Ordinary General Assembly shall deliberate validly when Tenant Members present or represented hold half the total number of voting rights. 
 If the quorum is not met, a second assembly shall be called within fifteen days. 
 20.4 –
Voting in ordinary general assemblies  
 Resolutions of the Ordinary General Assembly shall be passed by a majority of votes cast by
Tenant Members present or duly represented. 
 ARTICLE 21 - EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLY 

21.1 - Competence of the Extraordinary General Assembly  
 The Extraordinary General Assembly has competence: 
  

	•	 	 to decide on all matters that are not within the competence of the Ordinary General Assembly; 

 

	•	 	 to oppose, on legitimate grounds, an increase in Dining Capacity envisaged by the Ex Officio Member(s); 

 

	•	 	 to amend these statutes at the proposal of the Board of Directors or of half of the members of the Association and in the terms set forth hereunder.

 21.2. – Holding of extraordinary general assemblies  

An Extraordinary General Assembly shall be held whenever the Board of Directors, the Chairman or members together representing at least half the votes so
demand. 
 21.3. - Quorum for Extraordinary General Assembly 
 The Extraordinary General Assembly shall deliberate validly when members present or duly represented hold three quarters of the votes. 
 If this quorum is not met, a second assembly shall be called within fifteen days. 
 21.4. -
Votes at Extraordinary General Assembly 
 Resolutions are adopted by a majority of three quarters of the votes cast by Tenant Members
present or duly represented. 

 As an exception to this rule, opposition to an increase in the Dining Capacity as provided in Article 6.1
paragraph 4 shall be decided by a majority of two thirds (2/3) of votes cast by Tenant Members present or duly represented. 
 However,
decisions on the Association’s purpose, or its liquidation, can only be taken unanimously by its Tenant Members. 
 CHAPTER VIII -
AMENDMENT TO STATUTES - DISSOLUTION OF THE ASSOCIATION - LEGAL FORMALITIES - LAWSUITS 
 ARTICLE 22 - AMENDMENT TO STATUTES

 The statutes can be amended only at the proposal of the Board of Directors or of half the members submitted to the Chairman at least one
month before the holding of an Extraordinary General Assembly. 
 The Extraordinary General Assembly, as sole competent body, must be composed
of three quarters of the members of the Association. 
 If this quorum is not met, the Extraordinary General Assembly shall be called anew at
least fifteen days later, and may then deliberate validly regardless of the number of members present or represented. 
 No amendment to the
statutes that would result in the Association’s losing the tax advantages described in Article 3 of these statutes may be made by the Extraordinary General Assembly. 
 Amendments to the statutes must be declared to the prefecture within three months, failing which they shall not be valid or enforceable vis-à-vis third parties. 

ARTICLE 23 - DISSOLUTION 
 The
Association shall be dissolved: 
  

	•	 	 by the extinction or attainment of its purpose, 

  

	•	 	 by judicial decision for good cause, 

  

	•	 	 by extraordinary decision of its members taken in the following terms: 

 The Extraordinary General Assembly, asked to pronounce on the dissolution of the Association and called specially for this purpose by the Board of Directors, must include at least half the members;

 If this quorum is not met, the Extraordinary General Assembly shall be called anew, but at least fifteen days later, and it may then
deliberate validly regardless of the number of members present; 
 In any case, the dissolution can be approved only by a majority of three
quarters of the votes of Tenant Members present or duly represented. 
 The Association shall not be dissolved by the death of a natural person
or the resignation or exclusion of a legal person who is a member of the Association. 
 For as long as the inter-company restaurant shall
exist, the Association cannot be dissolved before other provisions for the organisation of the management of the inter-company restaurant have come into force. 

 In the event of voluntary, statutory or judicial dissolution, the Extraordinary General Assembly shall
appoint one or more receivers with the widest powers to realise assets and clear liabilities. 
 The net proceeds of the liquidation shall be
deposited with an Association having a similar purpose chosen by the Extraordinary General Assembly of members. 
 ARTICLE 24 - PUBLICATION
AND DECLARATION 
 The Chairman shall perform all the formalities of declaration and publication prescribed by current legislation, both at
the time of the creation of the Association and throughout its subsequent existence. 
 To this end, all necessary powers shall be conferred on
the bearer of an original of these statutes. 
 ARTICLE 25 - DISPUTES 
 The competent tribunal for any actions concerning the Association shall be that of the place of its registered office. 
 Made in five (5) originals, 
  

					
	[—]	  	[—]	  	
	In [—], on [—]	  	In [—], on [—]	  	

 (c) Internal regulations of the inter-company restaurant 

  
 - 2 -

					
	 INTERNAL REGULATIONS OF THE
 INTER-COMPANY RESTAURANT OF
 THE

32 BLANCHE BUILDING
	  		  	

 The purpose of these internal regulations, adopted by the members of the Association pour la gestion du Restaurant
Interentreprises de l’immeuble 32 Blanche (Association for the management of the inter-company restaurant of the 32 Blanche building) is to detail insofar as necessary the operating rules that the Statutes of the Association have
established. 
 ARTICLE 1 – MODUS OPERANDI OF THE INTER-COMPANY RESTAURANT 
 The purpose of the statutes of the Association pour la gestion du Restaurant Interentreprises de l’immeuble 32 Blanche is to organise the management of the inter-company restaurant
(hereinafter referred to as the “Restaurant”, situated in the 32 Blanche building at 32, Rue Blanche, 75009 Paris. 
 ARTICLE 2
– MEMBER COMPANIES’ FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTIONS 
  

	2.1	Common operating charges of the Restaurant 

The common operating charges of the Restaurant comprise: 
  

	 	•	 	 The annual membership fees paid by the Active Members (Tenant Members and External Members) 

 

	 	•	 	 the catering company’s operating costs, 

  

	 	•	 	 the Association’s operating costs; these charges are the subject of a forecast budget each calendar year, approved by the General Assembly,
providing for the corresponding resources. They are adjusted once the annual accounts have been approved. 

  

	 	•	 	 the contribution for renewal of major items of equipment made available by Ex Officio Member(s) 

 

	2.2	Financing principles 

 The operation of
the Restaurant shall be financed: 
  

	 	•	 	 by the price of the meals paid by users: each user shall pay, on check-in, the price of the meal invoiced by the catering company, less the
employer’s contribution if applicable, 

  

	 	•	 	 by the calls for operating charges made to active members 

 The overall cost of the service provided consists of the price of the meal as shown on the cash slip handed to the user by the catering company and the operating costs called for directly from the active
members. 
 The catering company shall directly invoice each active member for the price of the meals served to its users. 

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 1 OF 7

 Each active member shall determine the amount of its contribution to the cost of meals for its employees,
and inform the catering company accordingly. 
  

	2.3	Determination of active members’ contribution 

  

	2.3.1	Price of meals 

 Each active member shall
establish the portion it will bear of the price to be charged to users under its authority at check-in, and shall undertake to inform the catering company without delay of the amount of this portion. 

The catering company shall invoice each active member for the services provided. 
 The catering company shall send monthly invoices to each active member, such invoices to show for the month concerned the services provided, amounts collected from its users and the remaining balance due,
corresponding to the employer’s share. 
 The price of the meals invoiced (admission, food and drinks, special contributions) shall be that
resulting from the agreement entered into with the catering company. 
 The catering company shall be authorised to perform a monthly offset of
the amounts received from users and the amount invoiced to employers for services rendered. 
  

	2.3.2	Contribution to costs 

 Every quarter the
Association shall call upon each active member to pay its proportional share of operating costs as determined by reference to the number of meals taken by its employees relative to the total number of meals served to active members and their
employees. 
 As an exception to this rule, the first two calls concerning the start of operations and/or any new member shall be established on
the basis of the number of meals expected to be taken in view of the workforce declared in the membership form (Appendix 1). 
 The contribution
of external members joining the Association to the operating expenses thus defined shall be invoiced to them directly by the Association, in the form of a flat amount per meal, which amount shall be revised each year as at 1 January taking
account of usage levels and charges actually incurred in the preceding year. This contribution shall be received on a monthly basis by the catering company on behalf of the Association, by means of the admission ticket, and paid over every month to
the Association. It shall not in any case be reimbursed to external members who leave, or are removed or excluded from the Association for whatever reason. 
 Active members shall pay their contributions within the timeframes stipulated in section 2.4.2 hereunder. 
 For any new member company, the annual average workforce to be applied shall be the forecast number of users for the current financial year as determined on the basis of the workforce declared in the
membership form. An adjustment shall be made at the end of the calendar year. 

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 2 OF 7

 2.4 Methods and terms of payment of price of meals 

The catering company shall directly collect the sums necessary for payment of its invoices on the terms set forth hereunder: 

 

	2.4.1	Payment by users 

 The portion of the
price of the meal that is for users’ account shall be paid by users at check-in by debiting their individual accounts created and maintained by the catering company, and which they must accordingly top up. 

The catering company shall collect these sums in the name and on behalf of each active member, in accordance with the collection mandate appearing in the
catering agreement. The catering company is authorised to retain such sums to offset its monthly invoices for services rendered. 
  

	2.4.2	Payment of employers’ contribution  

The sum due by the active members in accordance with the provisions of sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.2 above must be settled within 30 days of the call for funds
made by the catering company. 
 In the event of non-payment on due date of the sums due by an active member, the catering company may deny the
employees of said active member access to the Restaurant, eight days after sending a formal notice which has had no effect. 
 Non-payment to
the catering company of sums due by an active member shall constitute serious cause which may justify the member’s removal, as provided by Article 10 of the Statutes of the Association. 

 

	2.5	Methods of establishing the contribution for renewal of major items of equipment 

 The methods of establishing and calling for the contribution for renewal of major items of equipment are defined in Article 9 of the Statutes. 
 ARTICLE 3 - USERS’ COMMITTEE 
 The methods of establishing and operating the
Users’ Committee are defined in Article 12.3 of the Statutes. 
  

	3.1	Composition 

 The Users’ Committee
shall consist of representatives of all active members. 
 Each active member shall be represented on the Users’ Committee by two natural
persons (one representing the personnel, the other the employer). 

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 3 OF 7

 3.2 Meetings 
 The Users’ Committee shall meet at least twice (2 times) a year, when called by its Chairman, or at the request of one third of tenant members, always in the presence of the catering company.

 3.3 Minutes 
 The Chairman shall
designate a member as Secretary for the meeting, charged with drawing up minutes of the meeting including in particular such observations and recommendations as the Association is charged with following up. The Users’ Committee shall send a
copy of these minutes to each active member as well as to the catering company. 
 ARTICLE 4 - GENERAL ASSEMBLIES 

 

	4.1	Workings 

 The workings of the General Assemblies
are defined in the Statutes of the Association, which specify their frequency, the method of calling, holding, quorum, majority and drawing up and dissemination of minutes. 

 

	4.2	Methods for allocating numbers of votes 

  

	4.2.1	Active Members 

 The number of votes held
by each active member is defined in Article 19.5 of the Statutes. 
 Thus, each active member has a number of votes in proportion to its Access
Rights (number of meals per day that can be taken by the personnel of an Active Member) relative to the total number of these Access Rights held by all Tenant Members. 
 However, when an active member holds a number of votes in excess of 50% of the total number of votes, the number of votes it holds shall be reduced to the sum of the votes of the other active members.

  

	4.2.3	Special case of the first year 

Exceptionally, the calculation of the number of votes of active members (external members and tenant members) shall be established on the basis of the
number of meals expected to be taken on the basis of the workforce declared in the membership form. 
 ARTICLE 5 - CONDITIONS OF ACCESS TO
THE RESTAURANT 
 Access to the restaurant shall be on the conditions described hereunder, with which the active members undertake to comply
strictly. 
 5.1 Reserved access 

Access to the restaurant is reserved to the personnel of active members, and the derogations indicated hereunder must be kept to a very incidental level.

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 4 OF 7

 5.2 Admission of third-party guests 
 By derogation, third-party guests may use the restaurant on the express condition that their number remains under 8% relative to the actual annual total number of users. 

Third-party guests shall mean external diners who are not linked to an active member by an employment contract or similar agreement (guests,
sub-contractors, providers, etc.) 
 The Association may forbid an active member to have any more third-party guests when the number of guests,
year-to-date, can no longer be considered marginal. 
  

	5.3	Provision of badges 

 The Association
shall provide active members’ employees with an individual, nominative badge enabling each employee on the one hand to prove that he belongs to an active member company, and on the other hand to settle the price of meals on check-in.

 The provision or withdrawal of badges shall be carried out on the basis of a list of employees to whom badges are to be provided or from whom
they are to be withdrawn. This listing, which shall be kept permanently up to date, shall be compiled by each active member under its entire responsibility. 
 The list of holders of badges, updated as soon as necessary, shall be provided by each active member to the group catering company. 
 Active members shall also have “guest” badges, which must be presented to the cashier to allow third-party guests access to the restaurant. 

No third-party guest can be admitted to the restaurant if he does not have a “guest” badge. 

Payment for each third-party guest must mandatorily be by debit to the individual account corresponding to the badge that has been given to him, payment
by cheque, credit card, restaurant voucher or cash being totally forbidden. 
 It allows a breakdown of meals taken, which breakdown forms the
basis for the monthly invoicing of meals, and a breakdown of meals among the member companies. 
  

	5.4	Opening times 

 The restaurant shall be open to
users and/or diners from 12 noon to 3 p.m., Mondays to Fridays inclusive, except for official holidays. These times may be altered in line with traffic volumes. 
 The cafeteria shall be open to users and/or diners from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. in phase 1, and from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. in phase 2 (more than 450 servings per day). 

These times may be altered in line with traffic volumes. 
  

	5.5	Restaurant discipline 

 Users must comply with
the operating rules of the restaurant. Their behaviour must not cause any disturbance or inconvenience to the restaurant. 
 In case of
difficulties, the active member whose users and/or diners have failed to fulfil this obligation shall be summoned by the Board of Directors. 

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 5 OF 7

 In the event of a repeat offence, sanctions may be imposed, ranging from temporary or definitive exclusion
of the individual troublemakers to temporary or definitive exclusion of the active member. 
 Any indemnification due to the group catering
company arising from the disturbances to its providing its services caused by employees or guests of an active member shall be charged to the active member company, which must pay it upon first demand of the catering company. 

ARTICLE 6 – SPECIAL FUNCTIONS 

6.1 Limits on special functions 
 Active
members shall be permitted to hold cocktail parties and similar functions in the Restaurant, provided this is compatible with the normal operation of the Restaurant and a quote has been given previously by the catering company. Such functions may
take place only outside the restaurant service hours. 
 All special functions must be authorised by the Association. The member company
concerned shall pay the price to the catering company against an invoice. 
 6.2 VAT rate 

Catering services provided at special functions are subject to the standard VAT rate (19.6% at the date on which these internal regulations come into
force). 
 ARTICLE 7 - ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS AND MONITORING STATEMENTS 
 The Association shall maintain accounts tracing the transactions of the Restaurant carried out through its intermediation, which shall record in particular operating expenses. 

The Association shall also prepare all such documents as enable the Restaurant to function properly, and in particular: 

 

	 	•	 	 a forecast budget of operating expenses of the Restaurant, 

 

	 	•	 	 a statement of quarterly contributions required of the active members, 

 

	 	•	 	 a statement of annual membership fees 

  

	 	•	 	 the monthly breakdown of the number of meals per active member, the input for which shall be provided by the catering company.

 ARTICLE 8 – TAX 
 The member companies intend to apply the company canteen regime as defined by Article 279 a) b) of the French General Tax Code and Article 85 b) of Appendix III to said Code, as well as by order 3 A-5-01
of 21 March 2001. 
 As manager of the Restaurant, the Association shall sign the VAT declaration for the Restaurant’s transactions
and more importantly shall comply with the tax obligations applying to it. 

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 6 OF 7

 Furthermore, each member company undertakes to comply with the following conditions: 

 

	 	•	 	 the purpose of the Restaurant is habitually to provide meals to the personnel of each active member company, which personnel must be able to prove that
they belong to said company; 

  

	 	•	 	 In particular, each active member undertakes to comply strictly with the conditions relating to the provision of meals to third parties, the number of
whom must remain marginal. 

  

	 	•	 	 the operation of the Restaurant shall be overseen by the Users’ Committee as defined in Article 3 above; 

 

	 	•	 	 the price of the meals shall be appreciably below those charged for similar services by restaurants open to the public in the neighbourhood;

  

	 	•	 	 the Association shall keep separate accounting records of transactions carried out in the context of the restaurant; 

 

	 	•	 	 as soon as an external provider is agreed upon, an agreement setting out the conditions on which meals are to be provided shall be entered into with
said provider, who must, in the same month in which the agreement is signed by the parties, file it with his local tax office and with the tax offices corresponding to each of the active members. 

Each active member acknowledges having been informed of this and that non-compliance with any of these conditions leads to application of the tax
treatment applying to commercial restaurant activities. 
 Concerning the condition regarding the maximum number of third-party guests, each
active member undertakes to monitor this for its own users, to ensure that the proportion of third-party guests does not exceed 8% of the total number of diners. 
 In the event that this condition is not complied with by active members, the companies concerned shall be held entirely responsible for all such tax consequences as may arise therefrom. The companies
concerned shall reimburse the other active members for such additional assessments and penalties as may be imposed on them. 
 There follow the
signatures of the active members of the 32 Blanche Inter-Company Restaurant Association at the time of its establishment and the approval of these Internal regulations. 
 Made in Paris on 11 June 2012 
  

					
	CRITEO	 		 	SCA OROSDI
	Represented by Mr. Mingalon	 		 	Mr. Relier Dubosq

  
  

			
	INTERNAL REGULATIONS	  	
		  	
	inter-company restaurant 32 BLANCHE	  	PAGE 7 OF 7

 APPENDIX 7 
 Environmental Appendix 

  
 - 3 -

 ENVIRONMENTAL APPENDIX 
 The purpose of this Appendix (the “Environmental Appendix”) is to formalise the reciprocal commitments of the Lessor and the Lessee aimed at improving the energy and environmental
performance of the building situated at 32-34 Rue Blanche, 75009 Paris (the “Building”) over the contractual period provided by this Appendix, in accordance with the provisions of Article L125-9 of the French Environmental Code
introduced by law 2010-788 of 12 July 2010 and of Articles R 136-1 to R 136-3 of the French Construction and Housing Code to which the Parties are subject. 
 The Environmental Appendix also reflects the Lessor’s determination to put in place a green approach to its assets for the maintenance and/or improvement of its performance in both environmental and
energy terms and so allow its property portfolio steadily to increase in value. 
 Achieving environmental performance in operating a project is
as much a matter of environmental management as a technical or even behavioural matter. If is operated without due regard to the rules required, the risk is that the result will not be in accordance with the original levels of performance.

 Each clause of this Environmental Appendix shall be binding on the Lessees providing it does not derogate from the obligations resulting
from the leases or from currently applicable laws and regulations. 
 In the event of conflict with the Lease agreement, the Lease
agreement shall prevail. 
 CLAUSE 1- DESCRIPTION AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EQUIPMENT OF THE BUILDING AND OF THE LEASED PREMISES

  

	1.1	INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY LESSOR 

  

	1.1.1	Regulatory information 

 The Building
having undergone a major restructuring programme which is expected to be completed at the end of January 2012, the Parties acknowledge that it is impossible for the Lessor to provide a complete detailed description of the Building’s equipment
and its energy performance as at the date of signing of the lease agreement. 
 The Lessor shall provide the Lessee with a complete description
of the existing equipment after reception of the Building, making available: 
  

	 	(i)	all the DOEs (Dossiers des Ouvrages Executés or “Dossiers of Work Executed”) relating to heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting and any other
system associated with the particularities of the building, and 

  

	 	(ii)	all documents relating to waste treatment, 

  

	 	•	 	 all of which is fully accepted by the Lessee and with which the Lessee declares that it is satisfied without recourse to the Lessor.

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 1 of 11

 The Lessor shall update the list of the Building’s equipment every three (3) years in the
framework of the Sustainable Development Committee referred to in Article 4. 
 1.1.2 Reference Study — Regulatory Thermal Calculation
(RT) 
 The Regulatory Thermal (RT) 2005 calculation for the Building, also referred to as the “Reference Study”, has been carried
out in the context of the major renovation of the building situated at 32-34 Rue Blanche, 75009 Paris in accordance with the “NF-Bâtiments Tertiaires - Démarche HQE®” approach. This document contains a statement of the
energy performances upon reception. 
 The Lessor shall provide the Lessee with this Reference Study after reception. 

It concerns the whole Building and refers only to the following consumption items: heating, cooling, ventilation, production of hot water in bathrooms,
auxiliary items and lighting. Consumption is shown in kWh of primary energy. 
 This study does not evaluate the lessee’s estimated energy
consumption, but only the consumption intrinsic to the building estimated only for the items indicated above in line with the environmental and architectural characteristics of the building. Accordingly the Lessee is alerted to the fact that the
actual consumption that will be reported will include all consumption of the Building and will not be comparable with the Reference Study. 

1.1.3 Construction labels of the Building 

The Building is in the process of obtaining the following label and certification: 

Label: “THPE” (Very High Environmental Performance); 

Certification: “NF Bâtiments Tertiaires - Démarche HQE®” new building. 

The lessor shall inform the Lessee of the performances sought for each target of the HQE (high environmental quality) in construction after reception.

 In particular, the Building should be rated “Good” for target 4 “Energy”. 

The Lessee takes due note of the fact that obtainment of the Labels cannot be guaranteed, the Lessor being bound only by a best efforts obligation in
this regard. 
 In the event that the Lessor should obtain the THPE Label and/or the HQE Construction Certification, the Lessor undertakes to
provide the Lessee with proof of having obtained them. 
  

	1.2	INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY LESSEE 

 The
Lessee shall provide Lessor, upon completion of its settling in and not later than four (4) months from the effective date of the lease agreement, with a list, complete description and characteristics of the equipment installed associated with:

 (i) waste treatment, 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 2 of 11

 (ii) heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting and 

(iii) any other system associated with its specific activity, subject to compliance with business secrecy. 

The Description of the Lessee’s Equipment shall be updated annually by the Lessee in the context of the Sustainable Development Committee referred
to in Clause 4. 
 CLAUSE 2 — THE PARTIES’ OBJECTIVES DURING THE LEASE 

 

	2.1	PERIODIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION 

 The
Parties shall exchange, at least annually and as often as required, the following information relating to consumption of water and electricity and the volume of waste, based on measurements made at their respective expense, in accordance with the
following. 
 2.1.1. Water 
  

	 	•	 	 The actual consumption of water of the equipment operated by each Party; 

 

	 	•	 	 In the event that the Building is not equipped with individual meters for the leased premises as at the date of signing the lease agreement, the
parties mutually undertake to put technical solutions in place to enable consumption of the leased premises to be monitored as accurately as necessary. 

 2.1.2 Electricity 
  

	 	•	 	 The actual energy consumption of the equipment operated by each Party, established on the basis of the meter readings of the Consumption Items in the
Reference Study as a minimum, or according to any other reference applicable to the Building; 

  

	 	•	 	 The energy consumption invoiced in accordance with any reference applicable to the Building. 

To this end, the Building shall be equipped with the following energy consumption metering systems: 

 

	 	•	 	 One or more general meters for reading the total consumption of the Building (the “General Meters”), 

 

	 	•	 	 Main divisional meters (the “Divisional Meters”) for reading usage of the Consumption Items in the Reference Study;

  

	 	•	 	 If necessary, one or more meters for the Lessee’s other energy requirements or other supplies (the “Lessee’s Meters”)

 The Lessee undertakes to connect all equipment relating to its activity to the utility rough-ins provided downstream of any
Lessee sub-meters. 
 The Parties shall inform one another of any plans to modify connections or make new connections to any of the three
abovementioned types of meters. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 3 of 11

 In the event that either Party carries out works in the Building, each Party shall take care not to
interfere with the meters installed as above. 
 2.1.3 Waste 
 If the treatment of waste is the Lessor’s responsibility, the Lessor shall inform the Lessee of the volume of waste generated by all users of the Building. 

If the treatment of waste is the Lessee’s responsibility, the Lessee shall communicate the volume of waste generated by its activity and undertakes
to comply as a minimum with the selective waste management rules in force for the Building at the time the Leased Premises were made available. 

2.1.4 Methods of communicating information 
 Information that the Parties send each other pursuant to Article 2.1 of the Environmental Appendix shall refer to the consumption or volumes reflected in suppliers’ invoices, or failing that
estimated in accordance with methods determined by the Sustainable Development Committee for each calendar year. 
 Each Party shall send such
information to the other Party in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.2 of the Environmental Appendix. 
 2.2 MONITORING AND
IMPROVEMENT OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE DURING OPERATIONS 
 2.2.1 Programme of objectives 

The programme of objectives established by the Parties in the context of this Environmental Appendix seeks, in general terms, to improve the energy and
environmental performance of the Building situated at 32-34 Rue Blanche, 75009 Paris. A detailed programme of objectives shall be established annually by the Parties in accordance with guidelines to be discussed between them in the context of the
Sustainable Development Committee referred to in Article 4 hereunder. 
 The Lessor shall be free to take any initiatives it deems appropriate
to improve the performance of the Building. Such initiatives shall be presented by the Lessor to the Lessee in the context of the Sustainable Development Committee. 
 2.2.2 Periodic monitoring 
 The Parties’ common objective is to monitor the energy and
environmental performance of the Building and the Leased Premises. 
 As regards energy performance, the Parties wish to monitor the actual
consumption of the Building throughout its operation by the Lessee and to compare it against the performance estimated in the Reference Study, with a view to bringing the performance of the Building up towards the levels of the estimated
performance. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 4 of 11

 In a meeting of the Sustainable Development Committee, the Parties shall compare the annual consumption
readings: 
  

	 	•	 	 of the Reference Study and 

  

	 	•	 	 of the annual consumption readings from previous years 

 in order to evaluate the differences to be studied and any corrective action to be taken. 
 The
comparison of the annual consumption readings of the Building with the Reference Study shall be made in the following manner: 
  

	 	•	 	 comparisons at constant scope, 

  

	 	•	 	 corrections for exceptional weather conditions, 

  

	 	•	 	 as regards the Reference Study, comparison taking account of the differences between the conventional use scenario described in the terms of reference
and the Lessee’s actual use of the Building, 

  

	 	•	 	 comparison confined to the Consumption Items of the Reference Study 

 2.2.3 Divergences between reference parameters and actual consumption 
 If actual
consumption for the Consumption Items in the Reference Study is significantly (more than 15%) in excess of energy consumption for the Building as estimated in the Reference Study, after taking account of the above correction parameters, the Parties
shall confer in the context of meetings of the Sustainable Development Committee to determine the likely causes of this situation and how to remedy it. 
  

	2.3.	CERTIFICATION OF OPERATION (OPERATION HQE) 

The Lessor applies a “NF Bâtiments tertiaires en exploitation - Démarche HQE” (commercial property in operation, high
environmental quality) certification approach to the Building, to which the Lessee declares that it fully subscribes. 
 Obtaining and keeping
this certification involves constant and sincere cooperation between the Parties. 
 In order to enhance the Lessee’s awareness of means of
achieving the desired environmental performance and maintaining it, the Lessor shall send the Lessee the documents relating to the obtainment of the HQE Operation Certification, namely: 

 

	 	•	 	 Details of the target performance levels; 

  

	 	•	 	 The characteristics and performance of the building; 

  

	 	•	 	 A list of actions to be undertaken on the Building; 

  

	 	•	 	 Recommendations to users, and 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 5 of 11

 These targets include in particular: 

The minimum criteria to be adhered to so that any refurbishment works are compatible with the design of the Building; 

 

	 	•	 	 Information on the main durable materials to be used in the refurbishment works; 

 

	 	•	 	 Advice or recommendations for minimising the direct environmental impact of the occupancy of the Leased Premises in terms of consumption of resources,
production of waste and carbon emissions; 

  

	 	•	 	 Information on the certification that the Lessor will obtain as regards environmental performance. 

The Lessor reserves the right at any time during the occupancy of the Leased Premises to complete or change the above list. 

Similarly, the Lessor reserves the right at any time and for any reason to give up the HQE certification for the operation of the Property, and this
shall not be capable of forming the grounds for any claim of any kind on the part of the Lessee, since the HQE certification cannot be considered as part of the Leased Premises. 
 In general terms, the Lessee must take account of the above requirements in terms of compliance with environmental standards or rules throughout the duration of the lease agreement and before undertaking
any works, particularly in the context of the management and operation of the Leased Premises. Where applicable, the Lessee shall require its providers or its undertakings to conform to said rules or standards, particularly in the fields of waste
management and reduction of energy and/or water consumption. 
 Apart from this, each Party undertakes to inform the other Party promptly of any
documents, information, meter readings, explanations or suggestions that may be necessary or useful to it, so as to ensure, within the required timeframes and on the best possible terms, that the abovementioned certification is obtained or
maintained as the case may be throughout the duration of the lease agreement. 
 Each Party shall notify the other as soon as possible of any
difficulty that it encounters and, more generally, of any information necessary or useful for the obtainment of the abovementioned certification. 
 To this end the Parties shall refrain from performing any act, causing any act to be performed, taking any measure, causing any measure to be taken, entering into any agreement or causing any agreement to
be entered into where such act, measure or agreement has the effect of standing in the way of the obtainment or maintenance of the HQE Operation certification. 
 The Parties agree: 
 to meet regularly in order to take stock of the measures for
reducing the consumption of electricity and all other utilities; 
 to perform all audits recommended by the Lessee for its
private areas and by the Lessor for the common areas. 
 In the event that the certification is not renewed during a periodic audit for reasons
attributable exclusively to the Lessee, the Lessee undertakes to use its best efforts to put in place all necessary corrective measures to have the certification reinstated. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 6 of 11

 CLAUSE 3 - RESPECTIVE COMMITMENTS OF THE PARTIES 

 

	3.1	Common commitments 

 In order to attain
all the objectives described in this Environmental Appendix, the Parties reciprocally undertake an obligation of good faith, cooperation and transparency. 
 In particular they shall exchange information that serves the pursuance of the objectives defined in this Environmental Appendix, shall be proactive in making proposals, and shall study proposals made by
one another in a spirit of partnership. 
 Each Party shall inform the other of the results of any study, balance sheet or other rating that
includes the Building in its analysis. 
  

	3.2	Lessor’s Commitments 

 The Lessor
undertakes to send the Lessee any document concerning the environmental management of the Building, also referred to as “Environmental Terms of Reference of the Building” as soon as it is validated, and to keep it up to date so that the
Lessee is kept as fully informed as possible. 
 The Environmental Terms of Reference of the Building shall not replace the DOE (Dossier des
Ouvrages Executés or “Dossier of Work Executed”) or the DIUO (Dossier d’Intervention Ultérieure sur Ouvrage or “Dossier of Subsequent Intervention in the Work”) but round out the technical and
operating aspects of the Building with the best practices to be implemented in order to attain the Parties’ energy and environmental performance objectives for the Building. 

 

	3.3	Lessee’s Commitments 

 The Lessee
undertakes to take due note of the Environmental Terms of Reference of the Building once they have been drawn up and to follow such of its recommendations as concern the Lessee. 
 The Lessee undertakes to perform the technical management of the Leased Premises using competent in-house teams, or to have it performed by a third-party provider with acknowledged know-how and commitment
as regards energy and environmental performance of buildings. 
 The Lessee undertakes to grant the Lessor and its representatives access to the
Leased Premises for any intervention necessary for the attainment of the objectives and in accordance with the methods established by the Sustainable Development Committee. 
 The Lessee undertakes to take all such measures as it sees fit to raise awareness among its personnel of the environmental approach adopted, such as management circulars, notices in one or more dedicated
areas, and holding regular training sessions for all personnel. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 7 of 11

	3.4	Work carried out in the Building or the Leased Premises 

 In accordance with the provisions of the lease agreement, the Lessee may carry out various kinds of work on the Leased Premises. The Lessor may also carry out works on the Building and/or the Leased
Premises, in the terms provided by the ordinary law of France and/or as provided by the lease agreement. 
 The Parties shall also comply with
the following provisions when carrying out works: 
  

	 	•	 	 Wherever practicable they shall use eco-certified, eco-designed or recycled and/or low environmental impact products and materials;

  

	 	•	 	 In case of replacement, materials used must be of health and environmental characteristics at the very least equivalent to those of the materials
replaced. 

  

	 	•	 	 The Party in charge of the work shall send the other Party the information labels for construction products, wall and floor coverings, paints and
varnishes that emit volatile pollutants into the ambient air, as from the effective date of the application decree provided for in Article L221-10 of the French Environmental Code; 

3.4.1 Study of the impact of Improvement Work 
 In the event that the Lessee should wish to carry out Improvement Work, it undertakes: 
  

	 	•	 	 to take account of the Reference Study, the Construction Labels and/or Certificates in finalising any project for Improvement Work, and insofar as
possible to opt for solutions that make it possible, at the very least: 

  

	 	•	 	 to maintain the characteristics of the Reference Study and the Construction Labels and/or Certificates 

 

	 	•	 	 or to limit the impact of the projected work on the characteristics of the Reference Study and the Construction Labels and/or Certificates,

  

	 	•	 	 to inform the Lessor or its representative of anything needed for verifying the possible impact of this planned work on the Reference Study and the
Construction Labels and/or Certificates, and 

  

	 	•	 	 to bear the cost of the Lessor’s installing such new meters or sub-meters as may be necessary for measuring energy consumption after completion of
said work. 

 In the event that the Lessee’s planned work has an impact on the Reference Study and the Construction
Labels and/or Certificates, the Lessor shall inform the Lessee of this. 
 The Parties shall confer to study the possibilities of limiting the
impact of the planned work on the Reference Study and the Construction Labels and/or Certificates. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 8 of 11

 3.4.2 Correction of the impact of Improvement Work on Construction Labels and/or Certificates

 In the event that, after the conferral phase referred to in the preceding paragraph, the Lessee confirms its request to carry out the
Improvement Work, and if the carrying out of this work alters the assumptions or parameters used to establish the Reference Study and the Construction Labels and/or Certificates such as to cast doubt on the obtainment of the Construction Labels
and/or Certificates, the Lessor may object to it or oblige the Lessee to take charge of implementing technical solutions or carrying out compensating work so as to be able to return to the levels of the Reference Study and the Construction Labels
and/or Certificates. 
 The Parties shall confer in the context of the Sustainable Development Committee to establish the technical solutions to
be implemented, at the lowest possible cost, to carry out the Compensating Work. The definitive solution shall be decided by common accord of the Parties before the start of the Improvement Work. In the absence of agreement, the Compensating Work
shall be defined by the Lessor. 
 In this context, all studies and Compensating Work necessary to return to the level of the characteristics of
the Reference Study and the Construction Labels and/or Certificates initially determined shall be for Lessee’s account. 
 The work shall
be carried out in accordance with the provisions of the lease agreement. 
 CLAUSE 4 - SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE 

 

	4.1	Establishment of a Sustainable Development Committee 

 For the implementation of the Environmental Appendix, the Parties shall establish a Sustainable Development Committee, which shall be composed of two permanent representatives. 

Each Party shall appoint one environmental head as a permanent member of the Sustainable Development Committee. This member shall attend all meetings of
the committee, in person or duly represented. 
 Each Party undertakes to inform the other of any change in the responsibilities thus assigned.

 Whenever appropriate the Parties may invite the provider charged with the technical management of the Building or any technicians, craftsmen
or other third parties they deem appropriate. 
 The Sustainable Development Committee shall meet periodical in accordance with point 4.3
hereunder. 
  

	4.2.	Role of the Sustainable Development Committee 

 The Sustainable Development Committee shall be a body for monitoring the implementation of this Environmental Appendix and resolving any problems arising. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 9 of 11

 It shall study the options and make all such proposals as it see fit to attain the objectives defined in
this Environmental Appendix. 
 At least one month before each meeting, it must ensure that each Party informs it of the periodic measurements
referred to in Clause 2.2 of this Environmental Appendix, control the progress of results against expectations and decide, if applicable, on the corrective measures to be taken in order to redress any dysfunction or delay. 

 

	4.3.	Workings of the Sustainable Development Committee 

 Meetings of the Sustainable Development Committee must take place at least once a year and, during the first year in which the lease contract takes effect, as often as is necessary to make the adjustments
needed to ensure the smooth operation of the Building. 
 Minutes reflecting the content and the decisions taken in the meeting shall be drawn
up in the presence of both Parties by the Lessor or its representative after the meeting. 
 CLAUSE 5 - RENEWABLE ENERGY - ENERGY SAVING
CERTIFICATES 
 With a view to optimising the environmental management of the Building, the Lessor shall be free to install, at its own
expense, any renewable energy production source in the Building and in particular on the roof, in the basement or its accesses, with the exception of the Building’s accessible terrace roof areas. The Lessee subscribes to and accepts this
approach, without being able to claim any benefit from the revenue arising from the operation of this equipment or to seek reparation for any damages caused to it by the installation and/or operation of such equipment, the Lessor being obliged to
use its best efforts to limit any inconvenience to the Lessee. 
 The Parties agree that in the event that they decide to take any action to
enable them to issue an Energy Saving Certificate to a party obliged to make such savings, the benefit of any partnership agreement that might be entered into with a party obliged to make such savings concerning the actions relating to the Building
or its occupants shall be exclusively reserved to the Lessor. 
 CLAUSE 6 - DURATION 

The provisions of this Environmental Appendix are agreed for a period equal to that of the lease. 

CLAUSE 7 – MANDATORY FORCE 
 The
provisions of this Environmental Appendix shall be binding as between the Parties. 
 However, the Lessor’s failure to meet the objectives
referred to in Clause 2 of this Environmental Appendix shall not bring the Lease into question and may not be considered as a breach of its obligation to deliver the Building and the Leased Premises. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 10 of 11

 Similarly, the Lessee’s non-compliance with the commitments undertaken by virtue of this Environmental
Appendix shall not be considered as a contractual breach capable of giving rise to the termination of the lease agreement or the application of the termination clause. 

  

			
	NEXITY SAGGEL PM	  	Page 11 of 11

 APPENDIX 8 
 Description of Equipment 

  
 - 4 -

 Appendix 8 

Description of equipment 
 (in accordance with attached space planning) 
 Description of a workstation (120
stations) 
  

	 	•	 	 One white melamine four-legged desk 1,200 x 800mm 

  

	 	•	 	 One filing cabinet 400 x 800mm - orange front 

  

	 	•	 	 One black swivel chair 

  

	 	•	 	 One partition (x 45) 1,200 x 570mm, alternating white and orange 

 Cupboards 
  

	 	•	 	 Number: 10 to be positioned on the plan; white, sliding doors, L 1,200 H 1,000mm 

Description of meeting rooms (3) 
 Large meeting room: 1 
  

	 	•	 	 One board table in proportion to the meeting room 

  

	 	•	 	 Capacity 8 to 10 persons 

  

	 	•	 	 Melamine top, light wood finish 

  

	 	•	 	 Aluminium colour legs 

  

	 	•	 	 Four-legged chairs, black fabric covering 

 Small meeting rooms: 2 
  

	 	•	 	 One round table, diameter 1,200mm (identical table in partitioned offices) 

 

	 	•	 	 Capacity 4 persons 

  

	 	•	 	 Melamine top, light wood finish 

  

	 	•	 	 Four-legged chairs, black fabric covering 

 Non-active IT network 
  

	 	•	 	 Horizontal cabling of floor distribution and telecommunications outlets by optic fibre through raised floor 

 

	 	•	 	 PODs installed for plugging in active devices (to be provided and installed by you) 

 Mains electricity supply 

 

	 	•	 	 Power outlets for workstations and active network components (Extension plugs provided) 

Floor coverings 
  

	 	•	 	 Removable carpet tiles 50 x 50mm, anthracite grey with orange inserts in places, U3P3 standard 

 

	 	•	 	 Loose-laid PVC tiles in the printer area, 50 x 50mm, U3P3 standard 

 Partitioning 
  

	 	•	 	 Removable aluminium partitions 80 mm thick, lacquered white 

 

	 	•	 	 Full partitions with double thickness PVC cladding - acoustic rating 40 db (A) 

 

	 	•	 	 Glass partitions, all heights, wall to wall 

  

	 	•	 	 Frosted glass with horizontal shading 

  

	 	•	 	 Door, laminated light wood finish on aluminium frame, no lock.EX-10.2

 Exhibit 10.2 
 SUBLEASE AGREEMENT COVER PAGE 
  

			
		
	Date of Agreement:	  	April 12, 2012
		
	Master Landlord:	  	Churchwardens and Vestrymen of Trinity Church in the City of New-York, a religious corporation in the State of New York
		
	Sublessor:	  	DST Realty of New York, Inc., a New York corporation
		
	Sublessee:	  	Criteo Corp., a Delaware corporation
		
	Subleased Premises:	  	Approximately 16,814 square feet of office space located on the fifth floor of the building located 100 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10013

 BASIC SUBLEASE INFORMATION 

 

			
		
	Master Landlord:	  	Churchwardens and Vestrymen of Trinity Church in the City of New-York, a religious corporation in the State of New York.
		
	Sublessor/Master Lessee:	  	DST Realty of New York, Inc., a New York Corporation.
		
	Sublessee:	  	Criteo Corp., a Delaware corporation authorized to conduct business in the State of New York.
		
	Master Lease:	  	Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1998 between Master Landlord and SSB Realty, Inc. (“SSB”), as assigned to DST International North America Ltd.
(“DSTNA”) by that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease between SSB and DSTNA dated February 21, 2003, as further assigned to Sublessor by that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease between DSTNA and Sublessor dated
December 1, 2007, and as modified and extended by that certain Lease Modification and Extension Agreement dated February 6, 2008, between Master Landlord and Sublessor, as Master Lessee, covering the Subleased Premises.
		
	Subleased Premises:	  	Approximately 16,814 square feet of office space located on the Fifth floor of the building located 100 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10013, and more specifically depicted
on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, along with all furniture, fixtures, equipment, machinery, and other personal property owned by Sublessor and located within the Subleased Premises on the Commencement Date, which may or may not be
inventoried on Exhibit B attached hereto (collectively, the “FF&E”) , to be delivered “as-is”, “where-is” and “with all faults” by Sublessor in its “broom
cleaned” condition. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event that Sublessor fails to inventory the FF&E as provided above, Sublessee agrees to accept title to all FF&E located within the Subleased Premises on the
Commencement Date.
		
	Commencement Date:	  	Upon the later of (x) full execution of this Sublease Agreement (which is April 12, 2012), and (y) the date on which Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease Agreement is
received by Sublessor.
		
	Rent Commencement Date:	  	Ninety days following the Commencement Date.
		
	Sublease Expiration Date:	  	December 30, 2016.
		
	Term:	  	The Commencement Date to the Sublease Expiration Date.

			
	Base Year:	  	 a. Operating Expenses - The calendar year commencing on January 1, 2012, and ending on December 31, 2012.

 
 b. Real Estate Taxes - The fiscal year commencing July 1, 2012, and ending on
June 30, 2013.

		
	Options to Extend Term:	  	None.
		
	Base Rental Rate:	  	$39.00 per square foot, per annum.
		
	Base Rent Summary Table:	  	

  

													
	 Sublease Term:
	  	Rate Per Sq. Ft.	 	  	Annual Rent	 	  	Monthly Rent	 
	 Commencement Date — Expiration Date
	  	$	39.00	  	  	$	655,746	  	  	$	54,645.50	  
		  				  				  			
		  				  				  			
		  				  				  			

  

			
		
	Additional Rent:	  	Real Estate Taxes, along with the Real Estate Tax Escalation (as such terms are defined in the Master Lease); the Percentage Escalation set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto;
and such other costs, charges and fees defined as Additional Rent under the Master Lease.
		
	Security Deposit:	  	$327,873.00, as an initial deposit due upon execution of this Sublease Agreement; and reduced to $273,227.50 following the first anniversary of this Sublease Agreement, provided
that there have been no defaults or violations of this Sublease Agreement during the first Sublease year and such refunded amount shall be immediately paid to Sublessee within ten (10) business days of the first anniversary of this Sublease
Agreement.
		
	Guarantor(s):	  	 Criteo, SA
 8 Boulevard des
Capucines
 75009 Paris, France

	
	 With a notice address of:

		
		  	 Criteo, SA
 Attention:
General Counsel
 411 High Street
 Palo
Alto, CA 94301

		
		  	Such guarantees to be provided pursuant to the Form of Guaranty Agreements attached hereto as Exhibit E-1 and Exhibit E-2.

			
	Sublessor Address:	  	 DST Realty of New York, Inc.

c/o DST Realty, Inc.
 333 West 11th Street, Suite
101
 Kansas City, Missouri 64105
 Attention:    Thomas R. McGee, Jr.

                   
   Christopher J. Lemke, Esq.

		
	Sublessee Address:	  	 Prior to the Commencement Date: Criteo Corp.
 50 West 17th Street, 3rd Floor
 New York, New York 10011

Attention: Susan Lee

		
		  	 Subsequent to the Commencement Date:
 Criteo USA
 100 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10013

 SUBLEASE AGREEMENT 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (“Agreement” or Sublease Agreement”), made and entered into as of April 12, 2012, by
and between DST Realty of New York, Inc., a New York Corporation with an office address of c/o DST Realty, Inc., 333 West 11th Street, Suite 101, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 (together with any successor or assigns, hereinafter called the
“Sublessor”) and Criteo Corp., a Delaware corporation having an address at 50 W. 17th Street, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10011 (together with any permitted successor or assigns, hereinafter collectively called the
“Sublessee”). 
 RECITALS 
 A. Sublessor is the lessee (“Master Lessee”) of the Subleased Premises within the Building pursuant to the terms of a Master Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1998 between Master
Landlord and SSB Realty, Inc. (“SSB”), as assigned to DST International North America Ltd. (“DSTNA”) by that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease between SSB and DSTNA dated February 21, 2003, as further
assigned to Sublessor by that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease between DSTNA Sublessor dated December 1, 2007, and as modified and extended by that certain Lease Modification and Extension Agreement dated February 6, 2008,
between Master Landlord and Sublessor, as Master Lessee, covering the Subleased Premises, a copy of which has been provided to Sublessee and is attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the “Master Lease”). 

B. Sublessor desires to sublet the Subleased Premises to the Sublessee for the Term upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereby agree as follows: 
 1. SUBLEASED PREMISES: Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby
subleases from Sublessor, the Subleased Premises, as defined in the Basic Sublease Information above, being more specifically illustrated on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof and all appurtenant rights and easements applicable to the
Subleased Premises as further described in the Master Lease. 
 2. TERM: The term of this Sublease Agreement shall begin on the
Commencement Date and terminate on the Sublease Expiration Date, as such terms are defined in the Basic Sublease Information above. 
 3. RENT: Sublessee hereby covenants and agrees to pay Base Rent to Sublessor in monthly installments as defined in the Base Rent Table in the Basic Sublease Information above, in advance on the first day
of each calendar month without any deduction or set off whatsoever, at the address of Sublessor set forth in the Basic Sublease Information above. In addition, Sublessee shall pay all Additional Rent to Sublessor in accordance with, and as provided
and defined within, the Master Lease, provided that the Percentage Escalation as defined in the Master Lease shall be modified in accordance with Exhibit D to this Sublease, and the Base Year shall be as modified as defined in the Basic Sublease
Information above. 

 4. MASTER LEASE: This Sublease Agreement is subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.
Except as may be inconsistent with the terms hereof, all of the terms, covenants and conditions and obligations of Sublessor as Master Lessee under the Master Lease shall be applicable to Sublessee with the same force and effect as if Sublessee were
the Master Lessee under the Master Lease. Except as expressly modified herein, Sublessee hereby assumes and agrees to be bound by each and every such term, covenant and condition of the Master Lessee under the Master Lease and Sublessee agrees not
to do or permit anything to be done which would cause, if not cured within any applicable grace period, the Master Lease to be terminated or forfeited by reason of any right of termination or forfeiture reserved or vested in the Master Landlord
under the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Sublessee agrees to take good care of the Subleased Premises and keep the same clean and in a sanitary condition, free from any insects, rodents and other pests or nuisances,
and in good order and repair, to comply with all legal requirements and restrictions of all proper authorities that have jurisdiction over the Subleased Premises, and with the terms and provisions of all statutes, ordinances, codes and regulations
applicable to Sublessee, the Subleased Premises and Sublessee’s use of the Subleased Premises and to give Sublessor prompt notice of any accident, fire, damage or injury to, or occurring on, the Subleased Premises and of any other matter which
Sublessor is required to notify the Master Landlord under the Master Lease. Sublessee shall perform all covenants and obligations of the Master Lessee under the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4, the
following provisions of the Master Lease are expressly excluded from incorporation herein: ARTICLE TWENTY-NINTH and ARTICLE THIRTIETH. Sublessor agrees not to enter into any amendment or modification of the Master Lease which might have an adverse
effect on Sublessee’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises or its use of the Subleased Premises for its intended purposes, including, without limitation, any amendment or modification which would result in a reduction of essential building
services or appurtenant rights, a reduction of the length of the Term, a reduction in access to the Subleased Premises (except for security measures imposed uniformly and non-discriminatorily upon all tenants and occupants of the Building) or in a
termination of the Master Lease, without obtaining the prior written consent of Sublessee, which consent may be reasonably withheld. Sublessee shall have the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Subleased Premises
which are to be provided by the Master Landlord under the Master Lease. In the event of any default or failure of such performance by the Master Landlord, Sublessor agrees that it will, upon notice from Sublessee, make immediate demand upon the
Master Landlord to perform its obligations under the Master Lease and, provided that Sublessee agrees to pay all costs and expenses of Sublessor and provide Sublessor with security reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor to pay such costs and expenses,
Sublessor will take appropriate legal action to enforce the provisions of the Master Lease against the Master Landlord. If Sublessor shall default in any of its obligations with respect to the Premises, or there shall exist a bona fide dispute or
disparity between the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Sublease and the Master Lease and Sublessee notifies Sublessor in writing that Sublessee has previously notified Master Landlord of such dispute and that such
default or notice has been disregarded or not reasonably acted upon, then Sublessor shall notify Master Landlord of such default or dispute in its name on Sublessee’s behalf, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense; however, in this event,
the Sublessor shall seek to recover any and all fees in the prosecution of the obligations under the Master Lease or this agreement and if the Sublessor is victorious in both (i) enforcing any rights under this agreement and/or the Master Lease
and (ii) recovery of 

 
fees and costs associated with such prosecution, then the Sublessor shall immediately reimburse the Sublessee with any such amounts actually received by Sublesssor for Sublessee’s actual
cost expended in connection with the enforcement of this provision. Sublessee shall be entitled to participate with Sublessor in the enforcement of Sublessor’s rights against Master Landlord, but Sublessor shall have no obligation to bring any
action or proceeding nor to take any steps to enforce Sublessor’s rights against Master Landlord. If, subsequent to (i) written request from Sublessee, (ii) verification by Sublessor that a bona fide dispute or disparity exists and
(iii) Sublessee’s provision of adequate monies and security to fund Sublessor’s reasonable action to enforce such rights against the Master Landlord, Sublessor shall fail or refuse to take reasonable action for the enforcement of
Sublessor’s rights against Master Landlord with respect to the Premises, Sublessee shall have the right to take such action in its own name. In furtherance of the foregoing, and for such purpose and only to such extent that Sublessor fails to
reasonably pursue the enforcement of such rights against Master Landlord under the prior conditions, all of the rights of Sublessor under the Master Lease (including Sublessor’s arbitration rights) are hereby conferred upon and assigned to
Sublessee and Sublessee hereby is subrogated to such rights to the extent that the same shall apply to the Sublet Premises. If any such action against Master Landlord in Sublessee’s name, shall be barred by reason of lack of privity,
non-assignability or otherwise, Sublessee may take such action in Sublessor’s name provided Sublessee has obtained the prior written consent of Sublessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (and if it is apparent that
Sublessee must act promptly in order to preserve its rights, any failure on Sublessor’s part to respond to Sublessee’s request to take action in Sublessor’s by a date that is the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after
Sublessee’s request, or (ii) five (5) business days prior to the date upon which such rights may be lost, shall be automatically deemed Sublessor’s consent thereto), and in connection therewith, Sublessee does hereby agree to
indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless from and against all liability, loss or damage, including, without limiting the foregoing, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which Sublessor shall suffer by reason of such action. Sublessee
represents that it has read and is familiar with the terms of the Master Lease. 
 5. DEFAULT: In the event Sublessee shall
breach any of its obligations hereunder, Sublessor shall have all of the rights and remedies against Sublessee which are available to the Master Landlord against the Master Lessee under the Master Lease in the event of a breach by the Master Lessee
under the Master Lease (notably a ten (10) day grace period to pay rent), together with all rights and remedies available at law or in equity. The Sublessee shall have the benefit of the same grace periods as are afforded to Sublessor as Master
Lessee under the Master Lease. In the event Sublessor shall receive any notice of default from the Master Landlord, Sublessor shall promptly furnish Sublessee with a copy thereof and Sublessee shall thereafter be required to effect a cure of the
same in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Master Lease. 
 6. TERMINATION: Upon expiration or earlier termination
of the Master Lease, this Sublease Agreement shall terminate, without Sublessor having any further obligation to Sublessee, and in such event, Sublessee shall not have any claim or cause of action against Sublessor for any damage or inconvenience
suffered by Sublessee. In accordance with the requirements of Section TWENTY-FIRST of the Master Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease Agreement, Sublessee, at Sublessee’s expense, will (a) cause the Subleased
Premises, including all structural, mechanical and decorative aspects and components 

 
of the Subleased Premises, to be in the same condition as of the date of the commencement of this Sublease Agreement, (b) surrender the Subleased Premises broom clean and in good condition
and repair and in the same manner and condition as of the commencement date of this Sublease Agreement (c) remove from the Subleased Premises all of Sublessee’s personal property, including the FF&E conveyed to Sublessee pursuant to
this Sublease, and (d) promptly repair any damage to the Subleased Premises caused by the removal of Sublessee’s property and by Sublessee vacating the Subleased Premises, normal wear and tear excepted. If, after the expiration or earlier
termination of this Sublease Agreement, any personal property of, or under the control of, Sublessee remains in, on or about the Subleased Premises, it shall be deemed abandoned and Sublessee shall have no further rights or claims thereto. In
addition, Sublessee shall be liable to Sublessor for any costs or expenses incurred by Sublessor to remove such abandoned property from the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. The requirements of this
Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. 
 7. USE OF PREMISES AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAW:
Sublessee may use the Subleased Premises solely for general office and administration purposes and Sublessee shall not use the Subleased Premises, nor allow the Subleased Premises to be used, for any purpose other than the purpose expressly
permitted hereby. Sublessee, at its sole cost, will comply with all laws relating to Sublessee’s use of the Subleased Premises, and Sublessee expressly covenants and agrees to comply with Sublessor’s obligations to comply with all laws
under the Master Lease. Sublessor represents as a material inducement in entering into this Sublease Agreement that the subject premises may be used for commercial general office and administration purposes under the governing certificate of
occupancy. 
 8. CONDITION OF SUBLEASED PREMISES: Sublessee has been given ample opportunity to inspect and has thoroughly
inspected the Subleased Premises. Sublessee accepts the Subleased Premises, along with all FF&E located therein, in their present “as-is”, “where is” and “with all faults” condition and acknowledges the Subleased
Premises, in their present condition, is suitable for the Sublessee’s intended use. Sublessor is not obligated, now or in the future, to make any alterations or improvements to or to perform any work on the Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding
the above, the Sublessor represents that to the best of Sublessor’s actual knowledge, all appliances and systems at the Premises are in good working order as of the date of the commencement of this Sublease Agreement. 

9. CONVEYANCE OF FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. Regardless of whether such FF&E is inventoried in Exhibit B attached to this
Sublease, by their signatures below, Sublessor hereby conveys, and Sublessee hereby accepts, all of Sublessor’s right, title and interest, if any, in and to any and all furniture, fixtures, equipment, machinery, and other personal property
owned by Sublessor, situated on or in, or attached to and used in connection with the operation of the Subleased Premises. 

10. ALTERATIONS: Subject to the rights provided in ARTICLE THIRD of the Master Lease, Sublessee shall not make any alterations,
improvements or additions to the Subleased Premises which would require Sublessor to notify or obtain the consent of the Master Landlord under the Master Lease without the prior written consent of both Sublessor and Master Landlord. All such work
shall, where applicable to or appropriate for the Subleased Premises, 

 
fully comply with the obligations imposed on Sublessor as Master Lessee under the Master Lease. Any request by Sublessee to make any alterations to the Subleased Premises shall be in accordance
with the requirements of the Master Lease. 
 11. MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS: By way of specification and not limitation, Sublessee
hereby expressly covenants and agrees to assume and comply with each and every one of Sublessor’s maintenance obligations as provided in the Master Lease. 
 12. HVAC. By way of specification and not limitation, Sublessee hereby expressly covenants and agrees to assume and comply with each and every one of Sublessor’s HVAC maintenance and expense
obligations. Sublessor hereby represents that, to the best of Sublessor’s actual knowledge, the air cooling systems as described on page B-3 of Exhibit B attached hereto, are located within, and are available for use and to serve both the
Premises and the IT room within the Premises. 
 13. ASSIGNMENT: Other than as authorized by the Master Lease, Sublessee shall
not assign this Sublease or sublet the Sublet Premises or otherwise transfer, mortgage or encumber this Sublease, the Sublet Premises or any part thereof or permit the use or occupancy thereof without first complying with the provisions of the
Master Lease and obtaining Master Landlord’s and Sublessor’s consent thereto. Any transfer of more than 50% of the stock, partnership interests, membership interests, or assets, as the case may be, of Sublessee or the merger or
consolidation of Sublessee into or with any entity, in each case, shall be deemed an assignment requiring Sublessor’s consent thereto, however, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Sublessor’s consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned if the written consent of the Master Landlord is first obtained and said assignment or subletting of the entire Sublet Premises is to one (1) assignee or subtenant for its undivided occupancy for the remainder
of the term of this Sublease. Sublessor shall not be required to consent to any such assignment or further subletting if Sublessee is then in default under this Sublease or if such further subletting or assignment would cause Sublessor to be in
default under the Master Lease. No such consent shall relieve Sublessee from the obligation to seek consent to a further subletting or assignment, and Sublessor may withhold its consent to each further subletting or assignment in its sole and
absolute discretion. Copies of all documentation required by the Master Lease shall be delivered simultaneously to Sublessor, together with Sublessee’s request for consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section FOURTEENTH of
the Master Lease shall control any assignment or sublease pursuant to this Sublease, including but not limited to specific notice requirements, and Sublessor’s/Master Landlord’s right to any Subleasing Profit, recapture right or right of
re-entry. Furthermore, as illustration and not limitation, Subtenant agrees that it shall remain fully liable for the performance of all of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease notwithstanding anything provided for herein, and without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall remain fully responsible and liable to Sublandlord for all acts and omissions of any sub-subtenant, assignee or occupant or anyone claiming under or through any such person which shall be in violation
of any of the obligations of this Sublease and/or the Master Lease and any such violation shall be deemed to be a violation of Subtenant. Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord, as Additional Rent, within twenty (20) days after demand therefor, any
cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which Sublandlord may be required to incur in acting upon any request for consent pursuant to this Section; however, not to exceed $15,000.00. 

 14. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS: Sublessee shall not store, use or dispose of any toxic or
hazardous materials in, on or about the Subleased Premises except Sublessee is permitted to utilize oil, solvents, cleaning materials and the like in limited quantities of the type generally applicable to office use without need of reporting and/or
obtaining consent of any person. Sublessee shall be solely responsible for and will defend, indemnify and hold Sublessor, its agents and employees, and each and every party indemnified by the Sublessor pursuant to the Master Lease (collectively, the
“Indemnified Parties”), harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorney’s fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the removal, clean-up and restoration work and materials necessary
to return the Subleased Premises, and any other property of whatever nature located on, in or through the Subleased Premises, to their condition at the time of the commencement of this Sublease Agreement. Sublessee’s obligations under this
paragraph will survive the termination of the Sublease Agreement but only to the extent caused by an act or omission by Sublessee, its agents or employees. 
 15. INDEMNITY AND LIABILITY INSURANCE: 
 a) Sublessee will indemnify and hold
harmless Sublessor, its agents and employees and the Indemnified Parties, from and against any and all actions, claims, demands, losses, liabilities and expenses of any kind (including Sublessor’s reasonable attorney fees and litigation costs
and expenses) in connection with any claims for loss of life, bodily injury or damage to property asserted against or incurred by Sublessor that arise out of Sublessee’s use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises or that arise out of any
occurrence in, on or in connection with the Subleased Premises or any ingress or egress access ways which serve the Subleased Premises and for any matter for which Sublessor is liable to the Master Landlord under the terms of the Master Lease.
Sublessee’s obligations under this subsection will survive termination or expiration of this Sublease Agreement. 
 b)
Sublessee shall maintain insurance in such amounts, with such limits and deductibles, as are required under the terms of the Master Lease. Any policies of insurance maintained by Sublessee will, in addition to any requirements of the Master Lease,
(x) contain a contractual endorsement insuring Sublessee’s indemnity agreement set forth in the immediately preceding subsection, and (y) name the Master Landlord, Sublessor, and at Sublessor’s written request, lender(s) holding
deeds of trust or mortgages that encumber the Subleased Premises as additional insureds. Sublessee will deliver to Sublessor a current certificate of such insurance that states the insurer will give Sublessor at least thirty (30) days written
notice prior to any lapse, cancellation or material change in coverage maintained by Sublessee with respect to the Subleased Premises. Any insurance coverage maintained by Sublessee hereunder may be maintained by means of an umbrella and/or blanket
policy which shall be in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor. 
 c) Sublessor shall not be liable to
Sublessee, nor to any person claiming through Sublessee, for any injury to any person or for any loss or damage to property or for any other reason except for any act or omission caused by the intentional or willful or wanton act or omission or
gross negligence of Sublessor or its agents or employees. Sublessor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessee on account of matters (i) arising from the willful act, negligence or other misconduct of Sublessor, its employees, agents,
contractors or other persons 

 
for whose conduct Sublessor is responsible, (ii) resulting from the failure of Sublessor to perform and discharge its covenants and obligations under this Sublease Agreement, and
(iii) resulting from any breach of warranty or representation contained herein or in any estoppel certificate furnished in connection with this Sublease Agreement. 
 16. RIGHT OF ENTRY: Sublessee shall permit Sublessor at reasonable times upon reasonable notice to enter the Subleased Premises and to examine and inspect the same in order to determine the
condition thereof. In the event of such entry, Sublessor shall use reasonable efforts to prevent any unreasonable interference with Sublessee’s use of the Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Master Landlord shall have
such rights of access, if any, as provided for in the Master Lease. 
 17. ATTORNEY’S FEES: In the event of any
action or proceeding brought by either party against the other under this Sublease Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all the costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees of such party’s attorney in such action or
proceeding in such amount as the court may judge reasonable. 
 18. NOTICES: All notices, consents, approvals, requests,
demands, objections, rent payments and other communications (collectively, “Notices”) which may or are required to be sent, delivered, given, made, maintained or obtained pursuant to the terms of this Sublease Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be served either by hand-delivery, by prepaid United States certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a reputable overnight delivery service that guarantees next day delivery and that provides a receipt addressed to the
Sublessor or Sublessee, as applicable, at the addresses set forth in the Basic Sublease Information above. Either party may, by notice in the manner provided above, change its address for all subsequent Notices. Notices shall be deemed served and
received upon the earlier of the 3rd day following the date of mailing, in the case of Notices mailed by United States certified mail, or upon delivery in all other cases. A party’s failure or refusal to accept service of a Notice shall
constitute delivery of the Notice. 
 19. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: The covenants and agreements herein contained shall
bind and inure to the benefit of Sublessor, Sublessee, and their respective successors and assigns. 
 20. BROKERAGE:
Except for Colliers International NY, LLC (who was engaged by Sublandlord and who shall be paid by Sublandlord under a separate agreement) and Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc. d/b/a Newmark, Knight and Frank (who was engaged by Sublessee
and who shall be paid by Sublessor pursuant to separate agreement) each party represents and warrants to the other party that it has had no dealings with any additional broker or agent in connection with this Lease, and each party agrees to defend,
indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) imposed upon, asserted or incurred by each party as a consequence of any breach of this
representation. 
 21. WAIVER: A waiver by Sublessor or Master Landlord of any event of default under the Master Lease or
this Sublease Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a continuing waiver of such event of default nor as a waiver of, or permission for, any subsequent 

 
event of default. Acceptance by Sublessor of any rent or other sum subsequent to the date the same is due under this Sublease Agreement will not alter or affect Sublessee’s obligation to pay
subsequent monthly rent payments and other sums upon the due dates for the same. No receipt of money by Sublessor from or on behalf of Sublessee, nor from or on behalf of anyone else in possession of or occupying the Subleased Premises, after
termination of this Sublease Agreement, or after the giving of any notice of termination of this Sublease Agreement, will reinstate, continue or extend the term of this Sublease Agreement or affect any notice given to Sublessee or to any other
person prior to the receipt of such money. 
 22. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES: No partnership or joint venture agreement,
relationship of principal and agent nor any other relationship exists between Sublessor and Sublessee other than the landlord-tenant relationship created by this Sublease Agreement. 

23. MERGER: This Sublease Agreement constitutes the complete and final expression of the agreement of Sublessor and Sublessee
relating to the sublease of the Subleased Premises and supersedes all previous leases, contracts, agreements and understandings of or between Sublessor and Sublessee, whether oral or written, express or implied, relating to the Subleased Premises,
all of which are merged into, and extinguished by, this Sublease Agreement. 
 24. MODIFICATION: This Sublease Agreement
can be modified only by an instrument in writing referring specifically to this Sublease Agreement that is executed by Sublessor and Sublessee. None of the terms of this Sublease Agreement can be waived except by an instrument in writing referring
specifically to this Sublease Agreement, and to the waived term, that is executed by the party who is waiving a term of this Sublease Agreement. 
 25. BINDING EFFECT: This Sublease Agreement is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, Sublessor and Sublessee and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators,
personal and legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and transferees. 
 26. GOVERNING LAW: Regardless of
where executed, this Sublease Agreement will be interpreted under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the State in which the Subleased Premises are located. 
 27. COUNTERPARTS: This Sublease may be validly executed and delivered by fax or other electronic transmission and in one or more counterpart signature pages, which when combined shall constitute
one Sublease agreement. This Sublease shall be construed without presumption for or against the drafter of all or any part hereof. 
 28. GUARANTY: Sublessee represents that it is authorized by New York law to conduct business in the State of New York, and that it is indirectly owned by Criteo, SA, a corporation located in Paris,
France (“Guarantor(s)”). As an inducement to Sublessor to execute this Sublease Agreement, and to demise the Subleased Premises to Subtenant, simultaneously herewith, the Tenant is delivering two separate guarantees, one of payment
and one of performance form the Guarantor(s), in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit E-1 (the “Payment Guarantee”) and Exhibit E-2 (the “Performance Guarantee”). Notwithstanding anything to the

 
contrary, the aggregate liability of the Guarantor for all claims under the Performance Guarantee and the Payment Guarantee shall not exceed an amount equal to the aggregate Base Rent and
Additional Rent payments due under this Sublease plus 10% of such amount. 
 29. CONSENT OF MASTER LANDLORD: This
Sublease Agreement is subject to the approval of the Master Landlord pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE FOURTEENTH of the Master Lease. Following the execution and delivery hereof, Sublessor will promptly submit this Sublease Agreement and any
other required information and/or notice(s) under ARTICLE FOURTEENTH of the Master Lease to the Master Landlord for such approval and will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to procure Master Landlord’s approval. If such approval is not
received by Sublessor within forty (40) days after the date hereof, Sublessor shall promptly notify Sublessee of that fact, whereupon either Sublessor or Sublessee may by written notice given within five (5) days of Sublessor’s
notice, time being of the essence, cancel this Sublease Agreement by notice to the other and, if such approval by the Master Landlord has not been received prior to the cancellation date specified in such notice, this Sublease Agreement and the Term
shall terminate and expire on the cancellation date set forth in said notice as if such date were the Expiration Date, and neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other party except for the immediate return of the
security deposit paid in connection with this Sublease Agreement. 
 30. DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY;
CONDEMNATION. 
 a) If the Sublet Premises or the Building shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or
other casualty, Sublessee shall have no right to terminate this Sublease and this Sublease shall not be terminated by reason of such casualty unless the Master Lease is terminated by. Sublessor or Master Landlord pursuant to the provisions of the
Master Lease. 
 b) If the Sublet Premises are partially or totally damaged by fire or other casualty as a consequence of which
Sublessor shall receive an abatement of rent or additional rent relating to the Sublet Premises, then in such event, there shall be a corresponding abatement of the Fixed Rent payable hereunder. 

c) If the Master Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions thereof as the result of a taking of all or any portion of the Building
by condemnation (or deed in lieu thereof), this Sublease shall likewise terminate. In such event, Sublessee shall have no claim to any portion of the award with respect to any such taking, except to file a claim for the value of its fixtures or for
moving expenses; provided, however, that Sublessor’s award is not thereby reduced or otherwise adversely affected. Notwithstanding the above, upon the termination of the Master Lease in accordance with the terms set forth in this paragraph,
Sublessor shall immediately turnover the security deposit to Sublessee. 
 31. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 

a) Each of the Sublessor and Sublessee represents and warrants to the other that each person executing this Sublease is a duly authorized
representative of Sublessor or Sublessee, as the case may be, and has full authority to execute and deliver this Sublease. 

 b) This Sublease shall have no binding force and effect and shall not confer any rights or
impose any obligations upon either party unless and until both parties have executed it and Sublessor shall have obtained Master Landlord’s written consent to this Sublease pursuant to the provisions hereof and delivered to Sublessee an
executed copy of such consent(s). Under no circumstances shall the submission of this Sublease Agreement in draft form by or to either party be deemed to constitute an offer for the subleasing of the Subleased Premises. 

c) Subject to the terms of the Master Lease and this Sublease Agreement, Sublessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have
appropriate signage indicating the name of the Sublessee placed, at Sublessee’s cost, in both the building lobby directory and on the door of the Subleased Premises. 
 d) At no time prior to the commencement of this Sublease Agreement shall Sublessor cut and/or remove any of the electrical and/or computer wiring which shall service all or any portion of the
Sublessee’s telephones and/or computers and/or computer systems at the Premises and Sublessor shall solely be permitted to disconnect its present systems. In the event the Sublessor fails to adhere to this provision, the Sublessor shall be
responsible for the cost and performance to re-wire the Premises to service the Sublessee systems. 
 e) Article FOURTH(c) under
the Master Lease is excluded from this Sublease Agreement and Sublessee shall have no obligation, duties and/or liability in connection therewith. 
 f) Upon the issuance of ten (10) days written notice, the Sublessor shall provide written documentation of the calculations of any additional rent due and payable hereunder provided that Sublessor
has obtained such documentation from the Master Landlord. If such written documentation is not available to be furnished to the Sublessee within ten (10) days of the issuance of said notice, then Sublessor shall notify Sublessee of such
unavailability and said ten (10) day period shall be tolled until Sublessor actually receives such written documentation from the Master Landlord. The requirements of this subsection shall not apply to the amounts provided in Exhibit D,
attached hereto. Furthermore, Sublandlord shall only be required to employ commercially reasonable actions to obtain the foregoing documentation, which actions do not include (i) Sublandlord’s incurrence of any additional costs or
expenses. 
 32. REPRESENTATIONS. 
 Sublessor represents and warrants to Sublessee that, to Sublessor’s actual knowledge: 
 a) as of the Commencement the Master Lease is in full force and effect; and 
 b)
there are no existing claims by Master Landlord that Sublessor is currently in default of any provision of the Master Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period. Sublessor shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublessee harmless from and against
all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in connection therewith, arising out of the failure of Sublessor’s representations under this section to be true. 

 33. SECURITY DEPOSIT. In lieu of a cash Security Deposit as contemplated under this
Sublease Agreement, Sublessee reserves the right to deliver, subsequent to the full execution of this Sublease Agreement, an unconditional, irrevocable and transferrable letter of credit (such letter of credit or any extension or replacement
thereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “Letter of Credit”) to Sublessor, in the amount equal to the Security Deposit (as defined above) as security for the full and faithful performance and observation by Sublessee of all
covenants, agreements, warranties, conditions, terms and provisions of this Sublease Agreement to be performed, fulfilled, or observed by Sublessee, and to make good to the Sublessor any damage which it may sustain by reason of any act or omission
of the Sublessee. In particular, the Letter of Credit shall provide for the following: 
 a) Sublessor shall have the right,
without prejudice to any other remedy, to draw upon the Letter of Credit to pay Sublessor’s damages arising from, or to cure, any default of Sublessee after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods as set forth in this Sublease.
The Letter of Credit shall be, among other things: (i) irrevocable, unconditional and transferrable; and (ii) conditioned for payment and honored solely upon presentation of the Letter of Credit and Sublessor’s written statement that
it is entitled to draw thereon pursuant to the terms of the Sublease Agreement, or as a sight draft by facsimile or electronic mail presentation if presentment cannot be made to the issuing bank in New York City. The Letter of Credit shall be fully
transferable by the Sublessor and its successors and assigns without charge to the Sublessor, and shall permit multiple drawings. The Letter of Credit shall be issued for the account of the Sublessor by a commercial bank or trust company reasonably
satisfactory to Sublessor, having banking offices at which the Letter of Credit may be drawn upon in the City of New York, borough of Manhattan. The Letter of Credit shall expire not earlier than twelve (12) months after its date of delivery to
Landlord, and shall be automatically renewable, without amendment, for successive twelve (12) month periods (the last of which shall be for such period through the date which is not earlier than sixty (60) days after the Sublease
Expiration Date). The Letter of Credit shall provide that the issuing bank shall give the Sublessor at least sixty (60) days prior written notice (by means of receipted delivery) if the Letter of Credit is not being renewed. If the Sublessee
fails to deliver a replacement Letter of Credit to the Sublessor at least thirty (30) days prior the expiration date of the prior Letter of Credit, the Sublessor shall have the right to draw the full amount of the Letter of Credit by sight
draft on the issuing bank. If the Sublessor presents the Letter of Credit for payment, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall become the “Security Deposit” under this Sublease Agreement and shall be held, applied and returned by
the Sublessor in accordance with the terms provided for the holding, application and return of the Security Deposit as set forth in subparagraph b) below. In the event that Sublessee is entitled to a reduction in the amount of the Security Deposit
pursuant to this Sublease Agreement (as provided in subparagraph c) below), Sublessor agrees, at no cost to Sublessor, to reasonably cooperate with the Sublessee in exchanging the Letter of Credit with a replacement Letter of Credit in the reduced
amount, and which otherwise complies with the requirements of this subparagraph a). Likewise, Sublessee hereby agrees to cooperate at its sole cost and expense, with Sublessor to promptly execute and deliver to Sublessor any and all modifications,
amendments, and replacements of the Letter of Credit, as Sublessor may reasonably request to carry out the terms and conditions of this Sublease Agreement and this Paragraph. 

 b) If the Letter of Credit is presented for payment, any unapplied portion shall constitute
the Security Deposit hereunder, and may be commingled with Sublessor’s other funds in Sublessor’s discretion. In the event that Master Landlord exercises its right of recapture during the Term, the Sublessor shall have the right to pay or
transfer the Security Deposit to the Master Landlord, and in such event, the Sublessor shall be released from all responsibility and liability in connection therewith, and the Sublessee will look solely to the Master Landlord for its return. If the
Security Deposit is deposited with a bank or trust company, savings bank or savings and loan association, the Sublessor shall advise the Sublessee the name and address thereof. The Sublessee shall not be entitled to the payment of any interest
earned on the Security Deposit. If the Sublessee shall at any time be in default with respect to any payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or of any other payment due from the Sublessee to the Sublessor under the Sublease Agreement, or if the
Sublessor shall be damaged by any act or omission of the Sublessee the Sublessor may, at its option, apply such portion of the Security Deposit as may be adequate to cure such default or to make good such damage, including, but not by way of
limitation, interest, costs, fees and other expenses, paid or incurred by the Sublessor, and thereafter such portion so applied shall be free from any claim for return by the Sublessee. If the Sublessor shall re-enter, pursuant to the provisions of
the Sublease Agreement, (other than in an event of insolvency in which event alternative portions of the Sublease Agreement would apply) and shall re-sublet the Premises for its own account, the entire Security Deposit shall immediately be and
become the property of Sublessor, as fixed, liquidated and agreed damages, and not as a penalty, it being impossible in such event to ascertain the exact amount of the damage which the Sublessor may sustain in such event, but unless the Sublessor
shall so re-let the Premises for its own account, the Sublessor shall continue to hold the Security Deposit as security for the performance of the Sublessee’s obligations, until the Sublease Expiration Date, and apply the Security Deposit, or
portion thereof, from time to time to the unpaid obligations of the Sublessee under the same terms and conditions as if the Sublease Agreement were still in full force and effect. No termination of this Sublease Agreement or re-entry by Sublessor
for default of the Sublessee shall entitle the Sublessee to the return of any portion of the Security Deposit, nor shall the retention of the Security Deposit, after such re-entry, impair or otherwise affect the Sublessee’s liability to the
Sublessor during the balance of the Term. If at any time the Security Deposit shall be diminished by reason of the Sublessor having applied any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph, the Sublessee shall pay over to the
Sublessor upon demand, the equivalent of such decrease, to be added to the Security Deposit and to be held and applied in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph. 
 c) As set forth in this Sublease Agreement, and provided that there have been no defaults or violations under the Sublease Agreement during the first year of the Sublease Agreement, then on and after the
day of the first anniversary of this Sublease Agreement, Sublessee shall be permitted to reduce the Letter of Credit amount to $273,227.50. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be executed the day and
year first above written. 
  

			
	Sublessor:
	
	DST REALTY OF NEW YORK, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas R. McGee, Jr.

	Name:	 	 Thomas R. McGee, Jr.

	Title:	 	 Vice President

	
	Sublessee:
	
	CRITEO CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Greg Coleman

	Name:	 	 Greg Coleman

	Title:	 	 President

 EXHIBIT A 
 Master Lease 
 Under Separate Cover 

 Lease 
 dated as of 
 November     , 1998 

between 
 The
Rector, Church-Wardens, and Vestrymen 
 of Trinity-Church 

in the City of New York, Landlord 
 and 
 SSB Realty, Inc., Tenant 

 
  

100 Avenue of the Americas 
  

 

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	FIRST:	 	 USE
	  	 	1	  
			
	SECOND:	 	 RENT
	  	 	1	  
			
	THIRD:	 	 REPAIRS
	  	 	2	  
			
	FOURTH:	 	 ALTERATIONS AND FIXTURES
	  	 	3	  
			
	FIFTH:	 	 COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
	  	 	5	  
			
	SIXTH:	 	 COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD’S RULES
	  	 	6	  
			
	SEVENTH:	 	 LANDLORD’S ACCESS TO THE PREMISES
	  	 	6	  
			
	EIGHTH:	 	 ELECTRIC CURRENT
	  	 	7	  
			
	NINTH:	 	 CONDEMNATION
	  	 	8	  
			
	TENTH:	 	 MECHANIC’S LIENS
	  	 	9	  
			
	ELEVENTH:	 	 SUBORDINATION
	  	 	9	  
			
	TWELFTH:	 	 LIQUORS
	  	 	11	  
			
	THIRTEENTH:	 	 FIRE AND FIRE INSURANCE
	  	 	11	  
			
	FOURTEENTH:	 	 CHANGE IN USE OF PREMISES; SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT
	  	 	13	  
			
	FIFTEENTH:	 	 WAIVER AND SURRENDER REMEDIES CUMULATIVE
	  	 	18	  
			
	SIXTEENTH:	 	 REPRESENTATIONS AS TO PREMISES, CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND USE
	  	 	19	  
			
	SEVENTEENTH:	 	 LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY
	  	 	21	  
			
	EIGHTEENTH:	 	 INDEMNITY BY TENANT
	  	 	23	  
			
	NINETEENTH:	 	 INSOLVENCY
	  	 	23	  
			
	TWENTIETH:	 	 (A) REMEDIES OF THE LANDLORD ON DEFAULT; PERFORMANCE BY THE LANDLORD
	  	 	24	  
			
	TWENTY-FIRST:	 	 SURRENDER AT EXPIRATION
	  	 	26	  
			
	TWENTY-SECOND:	 	 [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]
	  	 	26	  
			
	TWENTY-THIRD:	 	 BUILDING SERVICES
	  	 	26	  
			
	TWENTY-FOURTH:	 	 WATER
	  	 	27	  
			
	TWENTY-FIFTH:	 	 WORK TO BE DONE BY LANDLORD
	  	 	27	  
			
	TWENTY-SIXTH:	 	 (A) REAL ESTATE TAX AND CPI ESCALATION
	  	 	28	  
			
	TWENTY-SEVENTH:	 	 CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE IMPROVEMENTS
	  	 	31	  

  
 -i-

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	TWENTY-EIGHTH:	 	 FREE RENT
	  	 	34	  
			
	TWENTY-NINTH:	 	 TENANT’S OPTION TO LEASE ADDITIONAL SPACE
	  	 	34	  
			
	THIRTIETH:	 	 TENANT’S OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE
	  	 	34	  
			
	THIRTY-FIRST:	 	 BROKER
	  	 	37	  
			
	THIRTY-SECOND:	 	 NOTICES; MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	37	  
			
	THIRTY-THIRD:	 	 QUIET ENJOYMENT
	  	 	37	  
			
	THIRTY-FOURTH:	 	 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
	  	 	38	  
			
	THIRTY-FIFTH:	 	 DIRECTORY LISTINGS
	  	 	38	  
			
	THIRTY-SIXTH:	 	 HEADINGS
	  	 	38	  

  
 -ii-

 THIS LEASE made as of
                    , 1998, between THE RECTOR, CHURCHWARDENS AND VESTRYMEN OF TRINITY CHURCH IN THE CITY OF NEW-YORK, a religious corporation
(hereafter referred to as the “Landlord”), having its offices at 74 Trinity Place, Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York, and SSB REALTY, INC. (hereinafter referred to as the “Tenant”), a
Massachusetts corporation, having its place of business at 1776 Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171. 
 WITNESSETH:

 That the Landlord hereby lets and leases to the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby takes and hires from the Landlord, the
following described space: a portion of the fifth floor as cross-hatched on the diagram attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (such space is hereafter referred to as the “premises”), in the building of the Landlord known
by street number as 100 Avenue of the Americas, in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York (hereafter referred to as the “building”) with the privilege to the Tenant of using (subject to the rules and
regulations annexed hereto and such further rules and regulations of which Tenant is given notice as the Landlord shall from time to time prescribe) and the Tenant is hereby granted the nonexclusive right to use all common areas of the building and
the necessary entrances and appurtenances to the premises, reserving to the Landlord all other portions of the building not herein specifically demised, for a term to commence at noon, Standard Time, on the later of (i) December 1, 1998 or
(ii) the date fully signed leases have been exchanged between the parties (the “Commencement Date”) and to expire at noon Standard Time on December 31, 2008 or until such term shall sooner cease and expire or be terminated
as hereafter provided (the “Expiration Date”), at the fixed rent at the annual rate of Three Hundred Seventy-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Forty-Eight Dollars ($379,548.00), payable at the offices of the Landlord in equal monthly
payments equal to 1/12th of the rent at the annual rate as above prescribed, payable in advance without demand therefor and an installment equal to the amount of the rent payable under this lease for the first month of the term for which rent is
payable shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease, and thereafter, on the first day of each month during said term, in lawful money of the United States, plus, when due or demanded, such items as shall be provided hereafter are payable by the
Tenant as additional rent. The parties shall enter into a written agreement confirming the Commencement Date. 
 THE ABOVE
LETTING IS UPON THE FOLLOWING COVENANTS, ‘PERMS AND CONDITIONS, each and every one of which the Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord to keep and perform, and the Tenant agrees that the covenants herein contained on the part of the
Tenant to be performed, shall be deemed conditional limitations, as well as covenants and conditions: 
 FIRST: Use. The
Tenant and any permitted occupants, subtenants or assignees shall use the premises only for general, administrative and executive offices, including but not limited to offices in connection with the Tenant’s risk management business.

 SECOND: Rent. (a) The Tenant shall pay the rent and additional rent as provided in this lease. 

  
 -1-

 (b) If any installment or installments of rent or additional rent or any service charge
shall not be paid within ten (10) days following the date on which the same shall be due and payable pursuant to this lease then, in addition to, and without waiving or releasing, any other rights and remedies of the Landlord, the Tenant shall
pay to the Landlord a late charge of one and one-half (1- 1/2%) percent per month computed (on the basis of a 30-day month) from the date on which each such installment became due and payable to the date of payment of the installment on the amount
of each such installment or installments, as liquidated damages for Tenant’s failure to make prompt payment, and the same may be collected on demand or as additional rent in accordance with the provisions of Article TWENTIETH of this lease.

 THIRD: Repairs. (a) The Tenant shall take good care of the premises and the fixtures, appurtenances,
equipment and facilities therein and shall make, as and when needed, all repairs in and about the premises required to keep them in good order and condition; such repairs to be equal in quality to the original work, provided that the Tenant shall
not be obligated for structural or exterior repairs to the building or for repairs to the systems and facilities of the building for the use or service of tenants generally (including the plumbing, heating and electrical systems), other than
fixtures, appurtenances, equipment and facilities located in and serving the premises, except where structural or exterior repairs or repairs to such systems and facilities are made necessary by reason of one or more of the occurrences described
below in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Article THIRD (a). Should the Tenant fail to repair any such condition in or about the premises or the fixtures, appurtenances, equipment and facilities therein which is of such a nature that its
neglect would be reasonably likely to result in damage or danger to the building, its fixtures, appurtenances, facilities and equipment, or to its occupants (of which nature the Landlord shall be the sole judge) or, in the case of repairs of any
other nature, should the Tenant have failed to make the required repairs or to have begun, in good faith, the work necessary to make them within ten days after notice from the Landlord of the condition requiring repair, then in either case, the
Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) immediately enter the premises and make the required repairs at the expense of the Tenant. The Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) make, at the expense of the Tenant, any repairs to the
building or to its fixtures, appurtenances, facilities or equipment, whether of a structural or any other nature, which are required by reason of damage or injury due (i) to the negligence or the improper acts of the Tenant or Tenant’s
employees, agents, contractors, licensees or visitors; (ii) to the moving, into or out of the building, of property being delivered to or taken from the premises by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or visitors;
(iii) to the installation, repair or removal of the property of the Tenant in the premises by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or visitors; or (iv) to the faulty operation of any machinery, equipment, or
facility installed in the premises by or for the Tenant (provided, however, that the Landlord shall be responsible to correct the faulty installation of any equipment installed in the premises by the Landlord). The Tenant wilt pay the actual and
reasonable cost of any repairs made by the Landlord pursuant to this paragraph upon presentation of bills therefor, or the Landlord may, at its option, add such amounts to any installment or installments of rent due under this lease and collect the
same as additional rent. The liability of the Tenant under this Article THIRD shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. Except for the repairs which are the Tenant’s obligations under the first sentence of this Article
THIRD (a), the Landlord, at Landlord’s cost and expense, will, upon notice of the need therefor, make the repairs required and perform all maintenance necessary to keep the building and its fixtures, appurtenances, facilities, equipment and
systems (including the plumbing, heating and electrical systems) in good working order. 

  
 - 2 -

 (b) Machinery. If the Tenant shall install or maintain any business machinery or
other apparatus of any description in the premises, the operation of which produces noise or vibration which is transmitted beyond the premises and the Landlord deems it necessary that the noise or vibration of such machinery or apparatus be
diminished, eliminated, prevented or confined to the premises, the Landlord may give written notice to the Tenant, requiring that the Tenant provide and install rubber or other approved settings for absorbing, preventing or decreasing the noise or
vibration of such machinery or apparatus within thirty (30) days. The judgment of the Landlord of the necessity of such installation shall be presumptive, and the installation shall be made in such manner and of such material as the Landlord
may reasonably direct. Should the Tenant fail to comply with such request within thirty (30) days, the Landlord may do the work necessary to absorb, prevent or decrease the noise or vibration of such machinery or equipment and the Tenant will
pay to the Landlord the reasonable cost of such work upon demand or such cost may, at the option of the Landlord, be added to any installment or installments of rent under this lease and shall be payable by the Tenant as additional rent. 

(c) Maintenance. Landlord shall at all times maintain the building in the manner in which buildings of similar quality and
character are maintained. 
 FOURTH: Alterations and Fixtures. (a) The Tenant shall not make any alteration,
addition or improvement in or upon the premises, nor incur any expense therefor, without having first obtained the written consent of the Landlord therefor. If the Tenant shall desire to make alterations, additions or improvements to fit out the
premises for the Tenant’s use which will not adversely affect the structure of the building or the operation of any of the systems or facilities of the building for the use of all tenants or violate the requirements of government hereafter
referred to and if the Tenant shall furnish the Landlord with the Tenant’s plans and specifications for the proposed alteration, addition or improvement in sufficient detail to permit the Landlord to determine that the same will comply with the
requirements of this subdivision (a), the Landlord’s approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (The Tenant agrees to reimburse the Landlord for its reasonable fees, expenses and charges for reviewing any such plans or
specifications.) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to submit such plans and specifications in connection with the mere painting, carpeting, decorating or wall covering of the premises (except that the Landlord shall have
the right to approve the method of adhesion of any carpeting or wall covering installed in the premises, and further provided that the Tenant shall give the Landlord notice of the performance of such work) or the performance of any non-structural
alteration, addition or improvement, provided such have no effect on the building’s systems and the cost thereof, in the Tenant’s reasonable estimate, will not exceed $25,000, either individually or in the aggregate with other alterations,
additions or improvements in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding, and provided that (i) other than with respect to painting, decorating and wall covering, Tenant gives Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior notice
describing such work in reasonable detail (including Tenant’s reasonably detailed estimate of the cost thereof) and setting forth the name(s) and address(es) of the contractor(s) whom Tenant desires to perform such work, and (ii) Tenant
shall obtain all building or other governmental permits required for such work and Landlord will not be required to execute any documents in connection with such work or such permits. Whenever any alterations, decorations,

  
 - 3 -

 
additions or improvements of the premises are made by the Tenant, the Tenant shall not, knowingly, employ or permit to be employed therein any labor which will cause strikes or labor troubles
with other employees in the building employed by the Landlord or its contractors. All alterations, decorations, additions or improvements shall be made and installed in a good and workmanlike manner and shall comply with all requirements, by law,
regulation or rule, of the Federal, State and City Governments and all subdivisions and agencies thereof, and with the requirements of the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, New York Board of Fire Underwriters and all other bodies exercising similar
functions, and shall conform to any particular requirements of the Landlord applicable to all tenants expressed in its consent for the making of any such alterations, decorations, additions, and improvements. Any such work once begun shall be
completed with all reasonable dispatch, but shall be done at such time and in such manner as not to interfere with the occupancy of any other tenant or the progress of any work being performed by or on account of the Landlord. If requested to do so
by the Tenant in connection with the Landlord’s approval of any alteration, addition or improvement, the Landlord will advise the Tenant whether the alteration, addition or improvement (including, without limitation, the modular partitions and
furnishings included in the Improvements installed pursuant to Article TWENTY-SEVENTH of this lease) will be required to be removed by the Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of this lease or may remain upon the premises to become the
property of the Landlord. The provisions of subdivision (b) of this Article shall apply with respect to any alteration, addition or improvement that the Landlord shall require the Tenant to remove pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence,
or with respect to which Tenant did not make a request in seeking the Landlord’s approval. 
 (b) All alterations,
additions or improvements, which may be made or installed in or upon the premises (whether made during or prior to the term of this lease or during the term of any prior lease of the premises by the Landlord, the Tenant or any previous tenant),
except the furniture and trade fixtures of the Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to be part of the freehold and the property of the Landlord, and shall remain upon the premises, and upon any termination of this lease, be surrendered therewith as
part thereof; provided that the Landlord may, prior to the expiration of the term, notify the Tenant that the same shall be removed, in which event, the Tenant shall remove the same together with all of Tenant’s personal property, at its own
cost and expense, at or prior to the expiration of the term and shall restore and repair, at its own cost and expense, any damage or disfigurement of the premises occasioned by such removal or remaining after such removal so as to leave the premises
in as good order and condition as they were at the time of the making of this lease or, the Landlord at its option, may make such restoration and repair and the Tenant will pay the cost thereof as additional rent within fifteen (15) days after
Tenant’s receipt of any invoice therefor from Landlord. If any furniture or trade fixtures and other personal property of the Tenant shall not be removed at the expiration or any other termination of this lease, they shall, at the
Landlord’s option, be deemed to have been irrevocably abandoned to the Landlord, and the Tenant shall have no further right, title or interest therein, and the Landlord may remove the same from the premises, disposing of them in any way which
the Landlord sees fit to do, and the Tenant shall, on demand, pay to the Landlord the expense incurred by. the Landlord for the removal thereof, as well as the cost of any restoration of the premises above provided. The Tenant’s obligations
under this subdivision (b) of this Article FOURTH shall survive the expiration of this lease. 

  
 - 4 -

 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (b) above, it is understood
and agreed that upon the expiration or early termination of this lease, the Tenant shall be under no obligation to remove the Improvements to be made to the premises pursuant to Article TWENTY-SEVENTH hereof or improvements which are otherwise
generally usable by office tenants. 
 (d) The Landlord may at any time during the term of this lease change the arrangement or
location of the entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and the corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other parts of the building used by the public or in common by the Tenant and other Tenants (including, without limitation, the conversion
of elevators from a manually operated to an automatic self-service basis), provided any such change is consistent with a first-class office building in accordance with standards generally prevalent among buildings in the area in which the building
is located generally classified as first-class buildings. The Landlord agrees that in performing any work permitted by this paragraph, it will, to the extent practicable, attempt to minimize any interference or disruption of the Tenant’s
business and operation. The Landlord may alter the staffing of the building and the scale and manner of the operation thereof, provided that the services to which the Tenant is entitled as specified in this lease are not diminished, and may alter
the facilities, fixtures, appurtenances and equipment of the building as it may deem the same advisable, provided neither the Tenant’s access to the premises nor the Tenant’s use thereof is adversely affected or as it may be required so to
do by any governmental authority, law, rule or regulation. The Landlord may, after reasonable notice, change the name, street number or designation by which the building is commonly known. 

(e) The Tenant may, subject to the Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, install wall covering
and carpet in the common corridor on the fifth floor of the building, which installation shall be performed in accordance with the terms of this lease. The Landlord shall maintain the carpet in accordance with the specifications set forth in
Schedule A annexed hereto. 
 FIFTH: Compliance with Governmental Rules and Regulations. Following completion by Landlord
of the work described in the Work Letter (hereafter defined) and the construction and installation of the improvements referred to in Article TWENTY-SEVENTH hereof, the Tenant shall promptly comply, at the Tenant’s own expense, with all laws,
ordinances, regulations and requirements of the City, State and Federal Governments, and all subdivisions and agencies thereof, and of the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, and of any fire insurance rating
organization, and of all other departments, bureaus, officials, boards and commissions with regard to the premises, or the use thereof by the Tenant necessitated by Tenant’s use or manner of use, provided that the Tenant shall not be required
to make any structural alterations or additions to the premises, except where the same are required by reason of the Tenant’s negligence or the negligence of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, visitors or licensees. The Tenant will
not permit the maintenance of any nuisance upon the premises or permit its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or visitors to do any illegal act therein, or in and about the building after notice thereof from the Landlord. If any such law,
ordinance, regulation or requirement shall not be promptly complied with by the Tenant within a reasonable time after notice thereof from the Landlord, then the Landlord may, at its option, upon notice, except in an emergency enter upon the premises
to comply therewith (the Landlord agreeing that in complying therewith, it will, to the extent practicable, attempt to 

  
 - 5 -

 
minimize interference with the Tenant’s operations), and should any fine or penalty be imposed for failure to comply therewith or by reason of any such illegal act, the Tenant agrees that
the Landlord may, at its option, pay such fine or penalty, which the Tenant agrees to repay to the Landlord, with interest from the date of payment, as additional rent. Landlord will not discriminate against Tenant in enforcing the rules and
regulations promulgated by Landlord for the building. 
 SIXTH: Compliance with Landlord’s Rules. The Tenant and the
Tenant’s employees, and any other persons subject to the control of the Tenant, shall well and faithfully observe all the rules and regulations annexed hereto, and also any and all reasonable rules and regulations affecting the premises, the
building or the equipment, appurtenances, facilities and services thereof, hereafter promulgated by the Landlord, all of which shall be applied and enforced by the Landlord without discrimination. The Landlord may at any time, and from time to time,
reasonably prescribe and regulate the placing of safes, machinery, quantities of supplies and other things, and reasonably regulate which elevator and entrance shall be used for the Tenant’s shipping and receiving; and may make such other and
further rules and regulations as in its reasonable judgment may, from time to time, be needed or desirable for the safety, care or cleanliness of the building and for the preservation of good order therein. In case of any inconsistency or conflict
between this lease and any rule or regulation, this lease shall control. 
 SEVENTH: Landlord’s Access to the
Premises. (a) The Tenant shall, without in any way affecting the Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and without constituting any eviction, permit the Landlord and its agents: (1) at all reasonable hours and upon reasonable
notice, to enter the premises and have access thereto, for the purpose of inspecting or examining them and to show them to other persons, and, during the last nine months of the term, to show them to prospective tenants; (ii) to enter the
premises to make repairs (including specifically access to the air conditioning equipment rooms), and to do any work on the premises and any work in connection with excavation or construction on any adjoining premises or property (including, but not
limited to, the shoring up of the building) and to take in any of the foregoing instances, any space needed therefor; and (iii) during the six months preceding the termination hereof, to place and maintain thereon the usual “for
rent” notices. The Tenant shall permit the Landlord to erect and maintain ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the premises. In the exercise of the rights of the Landlord reserved under clause (ii) or under the sentence of this
subdivision (a) of Article SEVENTH immediately preceding this one, the Landlord will do so in a manner which minimizes the interference with the Tenant’s use of the premises so far as practicable and where ducts, pipes or conduits are to
be erected through the premises will locate them within existing walls or ceilings wherever practicable (and shall furr any such ducts, pipes or conduits when it is not possible to locate them within walls) and in locations which will not materially
adversely affect Tenant’s use of the premises. 
 (b) In the event that the premises shall, in the Landlord’s
judgment, become substantially vacated before the expiration of this lease, or in the event that the Tenant shall be removed by summary proceedings, or in the event that, during the last month of the term, the Tenant shall have removed all of the
Tenant’s property therefrom, the Landlord may immediately enter into and upon said premises for the purpose of decorating, renovating or otherwise preparing the same for a new tenant, without thereby causing any abatement of rent or liability
on the Landlord’s part for other compensation, and such acts shall have no effect upon this lease. 

  
 - 6 -

 (c) In the event of an emergency or if the Tenant shall not permit the Landlord to have
access to the premises as required by paragraph (a) above, then when for any reason access shall be necessary or permissible hereunder, the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents, may enter the same by a master key, or, in the case of an
emergency, if necessary, may forcibly enter the same without rendering the Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if during such entry the Landlord shall accord reasonable care to the Tenant’s property) and without in any manner affecting the
obligations and covenants of this lease, and in no event shall any such entry by the Landlord or its agents be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of this lease, either expressed or implied, nor a waiver by the Landlord of any covenant of this lease
on the part of the Tenant to be performed, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to give Tenant notice of such entry promptly thereafter, which notice may be oral. 
 (d) The Landlord intends to perform repair and restoration work on the facade of the building during the term of this lease. If in connection with such work, there is an accumulation of dirt on the
exterior of the windows, the Landlord shall promptly, at its expense, cause the exterior of such affected windows to be cleaned. 
 EIGHTH: Electric Current. (a) Electric current is to be supplied by the Landlord. The Tenant covenants and agrees to purchase the Tenant’s requirements therefor at the premises from the
Landlord or the Landlord’s designated agent at 105% of (i) the rates set forth in the rate schedule of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. applicable to the building (or the conjunctional group in which the building is included),
plus (ii) a rate adjustment amount equal to all sales, use and gross receipt taxes and other governmental charges or levies, generally applicable to the purchase and sale of electricity in New York City (and without regard to whether the
Landlord is exempt from paying or collecting any such tax, charge or levy); provided, however, that if such rate schedule includes any adjustment for time-of-day for either demand or consumption, the rate applicable to the Tenant’s demand for
and consumption of electricity, shall be that specified for the peak period. The calculation of the rate shall include the effect of all direct and indirect charges which affect the cost of the electricity, including without limitation, consumption
charges, demand charges and fuel cost escalation charges. All amounts payable with respect to electricity constitute additional rent under this lease. 
 (b) Should the Landlord at any time, be prevented from furnishing the foregoing service due to a change of rate or a regulation of the Public Service Commission or due to any rate or regulation of the
public utility corporation serving the building, or if the Landlord for any other reason determines to discontinue the service to all office tenants in the building, the Landlord may do so, and will give the Tenant not less than ninety
(90) days’ notice of the date on which the service will be discontinued. Beginning with the date on which such service by the Landlord is discontinued and Tenant is provided electricity directly, the Tenant shall purchase its requirements
for electric current from the public utility serving the area directly. The Landlord shall permit the Landlord’s wires and conduits, to the extent to which they are safely available for such use and the extent to which they may be so used under
any applicable regulations (including those of such public utility) to be used for the purpose. Should any additional or other wiring, conduits, meters or distribution equipment be required in order to

  
 - 7 -

 
permit the Tenant to receive such direct service, the same will be installed by the Landlord at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant in respect to the wiring, conduits, meters and distribution
equipment. Landlord may, at its sole option, determine that a single meter will be utilized for the premises for electric billing purposes. In the event the Landlord uses two meters, the electric charges will be calculated on an aggregate billing
basis. 
 NINTH: Condemnation. (a) If the whole of the building or of the premises shall be taken by condemnation or
in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (other than for temporary use or occupancy), the term of this Lease (“Lease Term”) shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title by reason of
such taking (which date is hereinafter referred to as the “date of the taking”), and the rent shall be apportioned as of such date. If a portion of the building shall be so taken so that substantial structural alterations or
reconstruction of the building shall be necessary as a result of such taking (whether or not the premises be affected), which alterations or reconstruction Landlord reasonably determines will take at least 180 days to complete, or if 50% or more of
the common areas of the building are taken, Landlord or the Tenant by notifying the other party in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days following the date of the taking may, at its option, terminate this Lease and the Lease Term
and estate hereby granted will terminate sixty (60) days after receipt of such termination notice. 
 (b) If any part, but
less than all, of the premises shall be so taken and this Lease shall not be terminated pursuant to Paragraph (a) of this Article NINTH, then the part so taken shall no longer constitute part of the premises but this Lease shall otherwise
remain unaffected by such taking; provided, however, that Tenant may elect to terminate the. Lease Term in the event of: 
 (i) a taking of more than 30% of the total rentable area of the premises, or (ii) a taking that has a material adverse effect on Tenant’s access to the building or the premises, if Landlord
determines that it will be unable to provide adequate alternative access to the building and the premises within 60 days thereafter, 
 by
giving notice of such election to Landlord not later than sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt from Landlord of notice of such taking or the date of such taking, whichever first occurs, or not later than thirty (30) days after such
sixtieth day, as the case may be. If notice of termination of this Lease shall be given pursuant to this Section, then upon such date as may be specified by Tenant by notice to Landlord, which date shall be not earlier than thirty (30) and not
later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of Tenant’s notice, the Lease Term shall terminate as of the date specified in such notice and the rent shall be apportioned as of such date of termination. Upon a partial taking and
this Lease continuing in force as to any part of the premises: 
 (x) the fixed rent and additional rent shall be
equitably reduced for the remainder of the Lease Term, according to the nature and extent of the loss of use of the premises suffered by Tenant; and 
 (y) Landlord shall, at its expense, restore with reasonable diligence the remaining portions of the premises as nearly as practicable to the same condition as it was in prior to such condemnation or
taking. 

  
 - 8 -

 (c) In the event of any condemnation or taking hereinabove mentioned of all or a part of the
building (whether or not the premises be affected), Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly
assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed to
preclude Tenant from seeking to recover a separate award for Tenant’s moving expenses and Tenant’s personal property, including any improvements in the Premises that are the Tenant’s property under Article FOURTH hereof but only
provided that such award does not reduce and is not payable out of the amount for the land and the building. 
 TENTH:
Mechanic’s Liens. The Tenant will not permit, during the term hereby granted, any mechanic’s or other lien or order for payment of work, labor, services, or materials furnished or to be furnished by the Tenant or any of its
contractors, subcontractors or suppliers to attach to or affect the premises or any portion thereof, and agrees that it will not cause or permit any such lien or order to attach to or affect the fee, leasehold or other estate of the Landlord herein,
or the building. The Tenant’s obligation to keep the premises in repair, and its right to make alterations therein, if any, shall not be construed as the consent of the Landlord to the furnishing of any such work, labor or materials within the
meaning of any present or future lien law. Notice is hereby given that the Tenant has no power, authority or right to do any act or to make any contract which may create, or be the foundation for, any lien upon the fee or leasehold estate of the
Landlord in the premises or upon the land or buildings of which they are a part or the improvements now erected or hereafter to be erected upon the premises or the land or building of which the premises are a part; and if any such mechanic’s or
other lien or order shall be filed against the premises or the land or building of which the premises are a part, the Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days after the Tenant has notice thereof, discharge said lien or order by payment, deposit or
by bond fixed in a proper proceeding according to law. If the Tenant shall fail to take such action, or shall not cause such lien or order to be discharged within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, the Landlord may discharge the same by
deposit or by bond or in any other manner according to law, and pay any judgment recovered in any action to establish or foreclose such lien or order, and any amount so paid, together with the expenses incurred by the Landlord, including all
reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in any defense of any such action, bonding or other proceeding, shall be deemed additional rent. Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the examination of title to
the premises in order to ascertain the existence of any lien or encumbrance and the discharge of record thereof, shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand, together with interest as aforesaid, as additional rent. 

ELEVENTH: Subordination. (a) Subject to the Landlord’s causing the delivery, if appropriate, of the agreements required
by paragraph (d) below, this lease, and all the rights of the Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages now or hereafter liens either in whole or in part on the building, or the land on which it stands,
and also to any and all other mortgages covering other lands or lands and buildings, which may now or 

  
 - 9 -

 
hereafter be consolidated with any mortgage or mortgages upon the buildings and the land on which it stands or which may be consolidated and spread to cover the building and such land and any
such other land or lands and buildings, and any extension, renewal or modification of any such mortgages, and to any and all underlying leases on record, or hereafter to be recorded, against the building or the land on which it stands, and any
extensions, renewals or modifications thereof. The Tenant hereby constitutes and irrevocably appoints the Landlord the Tenant’s attorney in fact to execute any instrument or certificate evidencing such subordination for and on behalf of the
Tenant, if the Tenant fails to execute any required agreement within ten days after request. 
 (b) The Tenant hereby agrees
that, in the event that any mortgagee shall succeed to the rights of the Landlord herein named, or if any landlord of any underlying lease shall succeed to the position of the Landlord under this lease, then the Tenant will recognize such successor
Landlord as the Landlord of this lease and pay the rent and attorn to and perform the provisions of this lease for the benefit of any such successor Landlord. No documentation other than this lease shall be necessary to evidence such attornment but
Tenant nevertheless agrees to execute any documentation reasonably requested by the successor Landlord to confirm such attornment or to otherwise carry out the intent and purposes of the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH. 

(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the date of this lease
there is no mortgage or superior lease encumbering the premises. 
 (d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this lease, this
lease shall not be subordinate to any future underlying lease or future mortgage unless there shall first be delivered to Tenant, for execution, a recognition or nondisturbance and attornment agreement executed by the holder of such mortgage or the
landlord under such underlying lease, substantially providing that for so long as this lease is in full force and effect and the Tenant is not in default in the performance of its material obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of any
applicable notice or cure period: 
 (i) Tenant shall not be named or joined in any action or proceeding to
terminate the underlying lease (unless required by a court of appropriate jurisdiction) by reason of Landlord’s default, as tenant thereunder, or to foreclose the mortgage in question by reason of Landlord’s default thereunder, 

(ii) no such termination or foreclosure, or any action or proceeding brought in pursuance thereof, shall cause a
cancellation or termination of this lease or the Tenant’s right of occupancy of the premises, and 
 (iii)
if the superior landlord or mortgagee shall become the owner in fee of the land or building or, in the case of the mortgagee, the assignee of the underlying lease, or if the land, building and/or the underlying lease shall be sold as a result of any
action or proceeding to foreclose such mortgage, then provided that Tenant shall recognize and attorn to the mortgagee or superior landlord or any of their successors or assigns, this lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease
between Tenant 

  
 - 10 -

 
and the then owner of the land and building or the then lessee of such underlying lease, or such purchaser of the land, building and/or underlying lease, as the case may be, upon all of the
terms, provisions conditions and obligation of this lease; and Such agreement shall also provide that the superior landlord, mortgagee or any of their successors or assigns shall not be (1) bound by any prepayment of rent which tenant might
have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Landlord), (2) bound by any amendment or modification of this lease made after the effective date of the underlying lease or mortgage without the consent of such
superior landlord or mortgagee, (3) liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord) under this lease for the period prior to the date such superior landlord, mortgagee or its successors or assigns become the owner in
fee or assignee, as the case may be, (4) subject to any offsets or defenses against any prior landlord (including Landlord), (5) liable for performance of any initial work or installations which are required to be made by Landlord under
this lease, or (6) liable for the return of any security deposit provided by Tenant, unless such security deposit shall have been received in hand by such superior landlord or mortgagee. 

(e) If, in connection with obtaining temporary or permanent financing for the land and/or building, or any underlying lease, any lender
shall request reasonable modifications of this lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer the execution of an agreement of modification of this Lease provided such modifications do not increase the
monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created, or Tenant’s rights hereunder and in no event change the term, premises, cancellation, renewal or expansion rights or options.

 TWELFTH: Liquors. Neither the Tenant nor any occupant of the premises, or of any part thereof, shall at any time
during the continuance of the term, sell, traffic in, expose for sale, dispense or give away, upon any part of the premises, any strong or spirituous liquor, wine, ale or beer, or take or have a license for such sale, except that it is understood
that as a part of the Tenant’s customer relations in its business, the Tenant may from time to time serve alcoholic beverages to customers at the premises. No charge will be made for such dispensation or service. Such service of alcoholic
beverages will not be deemed a default or violation under paragraph TWELFTH hereof. In no event shall Tenant dispense or give away any alcoholic beverage to any employee of the Landlord. 

THIRTEENTH: Fire and Fire Insurance. (a) If the premises shall be damaged by fire, action of the elements or other casualty
or cause which is within the risks or the insurance carried by the Landlord, the Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to the Landlord, and said damage shall be repaired by the Landlord, to a condition as close as possible as existed prior to
such fire or casualty, at the Landlord’s expense, with all reasonable speed, making due allowance for delay due to labor troubles, settlement of loss and other causes beyond the control of the Landlord, and the Tenant shall, in every reasonable
way, facilitate the making of such repairs, and the rent shall be suspended during such period as the premises shall have been rendered wholly untenantable. In the event that the premises are rendered partially untenantable, the rent shall be abated
during such period, in the proportion which the area of the premises which is rendered untenantable bears to the area of the whole premises, but no damage to the premises or the building by fire, or other cause, however extensive, shall terminate
this lease, or give the Tenant the right to quit and surrender the premises, or impair any obligation of the Tenant 

  
 - 11 -

 
hereunder, (except, to the extent permitted in the preceding sentence, with respect to the payment of rent). Notwithstanding the preceding (i) if the damage shall be so extensive that the
Landlord shall determine to demolish or substantially alter the building, the Landlord may at any time within one hundred twenty (120) days following the occurrence of the damage give to the Tenant 60 days’ notice of intention to terminate
this lease; (ii) if the damage to the premises is substantial so that the whole or substantially the whole of the premises are rendered untenantable and cannot reasonably be restored within 120 days subject to delays due to causes of the kinds
described in Article TWENTY-FIFTH of this lease or if 50% or more of the common areas of the building are destroyed or substantially damaged and the Landlord does not within 60 days following the occurrence of the damage notify the Tenant of the
Landlord’s intention to repair the damage to the premises so that the premises are again useable by the Tenant, or if the premises are not, in fact, usable within a period of not more than 120 days following the occurrence of the damage subject
to delays due to causes of the kinds described in Article TWENTY-FIFTH of this lease, the Tenant may cancel this lease by notice given within 30 days following the expiration of the said 60-day period for the Landlord’s notice of election to
repair or 60 days after the expiration of the 120 day period, as the case may be; and (iii) in the event of the occurrence of damage to the premises of the degree described above in clause (ii) of this paragraph (a), the Landlord may also
elect to terminate this lease by notice of election to do so given within 60 days following the occurrence of the damage. If notice of election to terminate this lease shall be given as above provided, then, upon the date for termination designated
in any such notice this lease and the term hereby granted shall terminate and the rent shall be apportioned as of the date of the damage or as of such later date as the Tenant may actually surrender possession. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to obligate the Landlord to restore the Tenant’s trade fixtures, stocks, furnishings or other personal property of the Tenant. 
 (b) The Tenant shall conduct its business and use the premises in such a manner so as not to increase the rate of insurance applicable to the building or the property of other tenants, and the Tenant
shall install and maintain all its furniture, fixtures, equipment, stocks and materials in such a manner as to accomplish the foregoing purposes. The Tenant further agrees not to permit any act to be done or anything brought into or kept upon the
premises which will void or avoid the insurer’s liability under any contract of fire insurance on the building or its contents (containing normal and usual exemptions) or any actions which will substantially increase the Landlord’s cost of
such insurance and in the event of such increase due to any action of the Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, visitors or licensees, the Tenant agrees to pay to the Landlord, on demand, the additional cost of such insurance, or, at
the option of the Landlord, the same may be added to any installment of rent and be payable as additional rent. The schedule of the makeup of a rate issued by an authorized rating organization shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated
and of the items in the rate applicable to the premises. 
 (c) The Landlord, as to the premises, and the Tenant, as to the
improvements made therein at the Tenant’s expense and all of the Tenant’s stock, trade fixtures and other property in the premises, hereby release one another from all liability for any loss or damage caused by fire or any of the risks
enumerated in standard extended coverage insurance. This release is conditioned upon the inclusion in their respective policies of insurance, if any, of a provision stating that such release shall not adversely affect said policies or prejudice any
right of the insured to recover thereunder. The Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective 

  
 - 12 -

 
insurance policies will include a waiver of subrogation provision so long as the same is obtainable without extra cost or if extra cost be charged, so long as the party for whose benefit the
clause is obtained shall pay such extra cost. If extra cost shall be chargeable therefor the party so affected shall advise the other of the amount or the extra cost and the other party at its election may pay the same or decline to so pay in which
event the release from liability given to said party by this Article THIRTEENTH (c) shall be deemed to be withdrawn and of no force and effect. 
 (d) The Landlord covenants to maintain fire and extended coverage insurance covering the building in such amounts as are commercially reasonable for a building of this sort. 

FOURTEENTH: Change in Use of Premises; Subletting and Assignment. (a) The use to be made of the premises by the Tenant and
the identity of the Tenant being among the inducements to the making of this lease by the Landlord, the Tenant shall not, except in accordance with the terms of this Article, (i) use or permit the premises or any part thereof to be used for any
purposes other than those specified in the lease, (ii) sublet or underlet the premises or any part thereof, (iii) permit the premises or any part thereof to be occupied by anyone other than the Tenant or its officers or employees,
(iv) mortgage or encumber this lease or any interest therein, (v) assign or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, this lease or any interest therein. 
 (b) The Tenant shall not, without having first obtained the Landlord’s prior written consent thereto, (i) use or permit the premises or any part thereof to be used for any purposes other than
those specified in the lease, or (ii) mortgage or encumber this lease or any interest therein. 
 (c) The Tenant shall not,
except in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (d) through (m) of this Article, (i) assign or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, this lease or any part therein, (ii) sublet or underlet the premises or any part
thereof, or (iii) permit the premises or any part thereof to be occupied by anyone other than the Tenant or its officers or employees. 
 (d) If the Tenant shall desire to assign this lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the premises or to permit the premises to be occupied by any person other than the Tenant, the Tenant will notify
the Landlord as to (i) the action which the Tenant proposes; (ii) the portion of the premises with respect to which the tenant proposes to take such action ( the “Affected Premises”); (iii) the name and business
address of the proposed assignee, sublessee or occupant (the “Proposed Undertenant”), (iv) the name and residence address of the officers and principal stockholders of the Proposed Undertenant, if a corporation is involved or
the names and residence addresses of the partners thereof if a partnership or joint venture is involved; (v) the information, in reasonable detail, as to the Proposed Undertenant which is required to permit the Landlord to make the
determinations described in paragraphs (f), (g) or (h) below; (vi) the terms upon which the Tenant proposes to assign this lease or sublet the premises or permit the premises to be occupied by the Proposed Undertenant (including the
terms under which any additions, alterations or decorations are to be made to the Affected Premises and the terms on which the Proposed Undertenant is to buy or lease any fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other
personal property from the Tenant; and (vii) the name and address of any real estate broker or other person to whom a commission may be owed by any person in 

  
 - 13 -

 
connection with such assignment, subleasing or occupation. (The Tenant’s notice of desire to assign, sublease or permit the occupancy of the Affected Premises by others, with the information
prescribed above is hereafter referred to as a “Tenant’s Subleasing Notice”) 
 (e) By written notice
executed by the Landlord and delivered to the Tenant within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Tenant’s Subleasing Notice (for the purposes hereof such notice shall not be deemed to have been received by the Landlord until all of
the information required by paragraph (d) above shall have been furnished to the Landlord), the Landlord shall have the absolute right to select one of the alternatives set forth in paragraphs (f), (g) or (h) below. 

(f) In the event of a proposed assignment of this lease or the subleasing or occupation of the entire premises subject to this lease for
the then remaining balance of the term of this lease, (i) the Landlord may elect to require the Tenant to surrender the premises to the Landlord and terminate this lease with respect to the premises on the last day of the second complete
calendar month following the Tenant’s Subleasing Notice and comply with the provisions of this lease respecting surrender at the end of the term not later than such date or (ii) the Landlord may give its consent to any such assignment,
sublease or occupation. Any subletting or occupancy by a third party as a consequence of which 25% or less in an area of the Premises shall remain in occupancy by the Tenant herein named may, at the Landlord’s option, be considered a subleasing
of the whole of the Premises. 
 (g) In the event of a proposed subleasing or occupation of less than the entire premises
subject to this lease or the entire premises for less than the then remaining balance term of this lease, (i) the Landlord may elect to require the Tenant to surrender to the Landlord and vacate the Affected Premises not later than the date
upon which the proposed subleasing or occupation is proposed to commence and comply on such date with the provisions of this lease as to surrender on the Expiration Date with respect to the Affected Premises, and the Tenant shall, at its expense,
erect the partitioning required to separate the Affected Premises from the remainder of the premises, create any doors required to provide an independent means of access to the affected Premises from elevators and lavatories and to segregate the
wiring and meters and electric current facilities, so that the Affected Premises may be used as a unit for commercial purposes, separate from the remainder of the premises remaining in occupation of the tenant; in which event the rent and all
additional rent payable under this lease shall be reduced proportionately with the diminution in the area of the premises upon surrender of the Affected Premises; or (ii) the Landlord may give its consent to any such sublease or occupation and
thereupon the provision of paragraphs (1), (p) and (q) below, will be implemented. 
 (h) Notwithstanding any other
provision herein, in the event that Landlord does not select the alternatives set forth in paragraphs (f) or (g) of this Article following receipt of Tenant’s Subleasing Notice, then Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold or
delay its consent to any proposed subleasing or assignment, provided, however, that the Landlord shall have the right to condition its consent to any proposed sublease of all or a portion of the premises on the following: 

(i) The Tenant shall not be in default in the payment of rent or in the performance of any other of its obligations under
this lease, the time to cure having expired. 

  
 - 14 -

 (ii) The Tenant shall have delivered to the Landlord a Tenant’s
Subleasing Notice as required by subparagraph (d) above. 
 (iii) The Tenant shall collaterally assign to
the Landlord, and grant the Landlord a security interest in, the sublease and the rents payable thereunder as security for the Tenant’s obligations hereunder and shall take all necessary steps required to perfect such assignment and security
interest. 
 (iv) The sublease shall include provisions to the effect that (x) if the Landlord shall notify
the sublessee that the Tenant is in default in the payment of rent or in the performance of its other obligations under this lease, the sublessee shall, if so requested by the Landlord, pay all rent and other amounts due under the sublease directly
to the landlord, (y) notwithstanding any such payment by the sublessee directly to the Landlord, the term of the sublease shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the term of this lease and the sublessee shall surrender the
subleased premises upon such termination, and (z) it is subject and subordinate to this lease and to all matters to which this lease is or shall be subordinate. 

(v) The proposed subtenant shall have a financial standing, be of a character, be engaged in a business, and propose to
use the premises or portion thereof to be sublet in a manner, which in the Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is in keeping with the Landlord’s standards in such respect of the other office tenancies in the building. 

(vi) The proposed subtenant shall not then be a tenant, subtenant or assignee of any space in the building, nor shall the
proposed subtenant be a person or entity with whom the Landlord is then actively negotiating to lease space in the building if Landlord has comparable space available for a comparable term or reasonably expects such space to become available within
six months from the date thereof. 
 (vii) The character of the business to be conducted or the proposed use of
the premises by the proposed subtenant shall not (x) be likely to increase the Landlord’s operating expenses beyond that which would be incurred for use by the Tenant or for use in accordance with the standards of use of other tenancies in
the building, (y) materially increase the burden on elevators over the burden prior to such proposed subletting, or (z) violate or be likely to violate any provisions or restrictions contained herein relating to the use or occupancy of
this lease. 
 (viii) Any proposed sublease shall provide that in the event of the termination of this lease, or
the re-entry or dispossession of the Tenant by the Landlord under this lease, such subtenant shall, at the Landlord’s option, attorn to the Landlord as its sublessor pursuant to the then applicable terms of such sublease for the remaining term
thereof, except that the Landlord shall not be (x) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant as sublessor under such sublease, (y) subject to any offset which theretofore 

  
 - 15 -

 
accrued to such subtenant against the Tenant, or (z) bound by any previous modification of such sublease not consented to in writing by the Landlord or by any previous prepayment of rent
more than one month in advance. 
 (ix) Tenant shall pay all of Landlord’s reasonable costs (including
attorneys fees and expenses) related to Landlord’s review of proposed sublease or assignment and the preparation, review and approval of any assignment of rents, financing statement and other documents related to such sublease or assignment.
Tenant shall also pay the cost of recording or filing any assignment of rents and financing statements. 
 (x)
There shall be no more than three (3) occupants of the premises at any time during the term of the lease. 
 (i) if the
Landlord’s Subleasing Notice shall be to the effect that the Landlord elects that the Affected Premises be surrendered, then the Affected Premises shall be surrendered in accordance with clause (i) of paragraph (f) or (g) above,
as the case may be, and any work required to be done to separate the Affected Premises from the remainder shall be commenced promptly following the Tenant’s receipt of the Landlord’s Subleasing Notice and carried on with diligence and
conformity. 
 (j) Provided Tenant is in compliance with all other provisions of this lease, the Tenant is authorized to
sublease all or a portion of the premises or assign the lease to (1) any entity succeeding to the business and assets of the Tenant, whether by way of merger or consolidation or by way of acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Tenant, provided that the acquiring entity shall have assumed in writing the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or (2) to an entity which shall (i) control, (ii) be under the control of, or (iii) be under common
control with the Tenant (an entity described in (i), (ii) or (iii) being a “Related Entity”). “Control” shall mean direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of each class of stock
which is authorized to vote of a corporation or other majority equity and control interest if not a corporation and the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policy of such corporation or
other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by statute or according to the provisions of a contract. Upon making a sublease or assignment to any Related Entity, the Tenant shall certify to the Landlord the manner in which such
Related Entity is related to the Tenant and the purposes for which the premises will be used. Any subletting or assignment described in the paragraph (k) may only be made on the condition that (a) the subtenant or assignee shall continue
to use the premises for the purposes permitted in this lease and (ii) the principal purpose of such sublease or assignment is riot the acquisition of the Tenant’s interest in this lease, or to circumvent the provisions of paragraph
(a) of this Article FOURTEENTH. The provisions of paragraph (e) through (j) of this Article and the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall not apply to a subleasing or assignment made pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph (k). 
 (k) In the event the Landlord authorizes Tenant to assign the lease or to sublet (other than the subleasing or
assignment authorized by paragraph (k) above) all or a portion of the premises, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, monthly, as additional rent, 50% of all Subleasing Profit. “Subleasing Profit” shall mean all consideration
received by the Tenant (other 

  
 - 16 -

 
than rental received by Tenant under a sublease entered into pursuant to paragraph (k) of this Article), less (i) the rent, additional rent payable by the Tenant under this lease for
the period in question (exclusive of any amount payable by the Tenant under this subparagraph (1)), (ii) any brokerage commissions (not exceeding 110% of those set forth in Landlord’s brokerage commission schedule as published from time to
time) and reasonable legal, architectural and advertising fees paid by the Tenant in connection with such subletting and assignment, (iii) the unamortized cost of demising and improving the premises for the subtenant, and (iv) any amounts
paid by Tenant to subtenant as a cash or rental concession. 
 (l) No consent given by the Landlord shall be deemed to permit
any act except the act to which it specifically refers, or to render unnecessary any subsequent consent (which may be granted or withheld in accordance with the provisions of this lease), and any assignment or subletting of the premises shall not
relieve the Tenant or any mesne assignee from any obligations, duty or covenant under this lease, and in all cases a violation of any of the covenants or duties or obligations under this lease by a subtenant or assignee shall, in addition, be deemed
to be the act of the Tenant herein. No assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance, subletting or arrangement in respect of the occupancy of the premises shall create any right in the assignee, transferee, mortgagee, subtenant or occupant, unless
the consent of the Landlord shall first have been obtained, and unless, if an assignment is involved, the transferee or assignee shall have delivered an agreement duly executed by the assignee or transferee wherein the assignee or transferee assumes
and agrees to pay or otherwise keep and perform the obligations of the Tenant in this lease or, if a sublease is involved wherein the sublessee agrees that any act or omission by the sublessee which, if performed or omitted by the Tenant under this
lease would be a default thereunder, shall also be a default under the provisions of the sublease. Any assignee by accepting an assignment shall nevertheless be conclusively deemed to have assumed this lease and all obligations already accrued or to
accrue thereunder and further to have agreed to fully and duly perform all the Tenant’s covenants herein contained thereafter to be performed. If the Tenant shall, at any time, be in default in the payment of rent, the Landlord shall have the
right to collect rent from any assignee, undertenant or occupant, and credit the same to the account of the Tenant, and no such collection shall constitute a waiver of the foregoing covenant or the acceptance of anyone other than the Tenant, as
Tenant, or shall otherwise release, impair or otherwise affect any obligation of the Tenant under this lease except to the extent of sums received. 
 (m) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Tenant may not assign this lease or sublet or permit the occupancy by any other party of all or any part of the demised premises at any time when
the Tenant has not paid any rent and additional rent when it is payable after any applicable notice and cure period, if any. The Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a counterpart (which may be a conformed or reproduced copy) of each sublease,
assignment or agreement of occupancy made hereunder within ten days after the date of its execution. Tenant shall remain fully liable for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder notwithstanding anything provided for herein, and
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall remain fully responsible and liable to Landlord for all acts and omissions of any subtenant, assignee or occupant or anyone claiming under or through any such person which shall be in violation
of any of the obligations of this lease and any such violation shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, within twenty (20) days after demand therefor, any cost or expense (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) which Landlord may be required to incur in acting upon any request for consent pursuant to this Article. 

  
 - 17 -

 (n) At the request of the Landlord, the Tenant will furnish to the Landlord, within ten days
of a receipt of a request therefor, a certificate executed in the name and on behalf of the Tenant, confirming that, except as previously consented to in writing by the Landlord or as otherwise specifically set forth in such certificate or permitted
herein, the Tenant has not (i) used or permitted the premises or any part hereof to be used for any purposes other than those specified in this lease, (ii) mortgaged or encumbered this lease or any interest therein, (iii) assigned or
transferred, by operation of law or otherwise, this lease or any interest, therein, (iv) sublet or underlet the premises or any part thereof, or (v) permitted the premises or any part thereof to be occupied by anyone other than the Tenant
or its officers or employees. With respect to any exception to clauses (1) through (v) above to which the Landlord has not previously consented in writing, the Landlord, in its sole discretion, may either consent thereto (which consent may
be subject to any conditions specified by the Landlord) or exercise the rights and remedies available to the Landlord under the terms of this lease. 
 (o) Tenant assumes and shall be responsible for and liable to Landlord, for all acts and omissions on the part of any present or future subtenant, and any violation of any of the terms, provisions or
conditions of this Lease, whether by act or omission by any subtenant, shall constitute a violation by Tenant. Upon any termination of this lease, it is expressly agreed that Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all subleases, security deposits
(including interest), contracts, documents, rent rolls and other records used in the operation of the premises and, unless the sublease shall have previously terminated and the security deposit returned to subtenant or applied as provided by the
sublease, all security deposits held by Tenant. 
 (p) With respect to any present or future subleases Tenant shall not accept
prepayment of rent prior to its due date in excess of one month (but the provisions of the foregoing shall not prohibit Tenant from collecting from any subtenant a security deposit provided such security deposit is delineated in the sublease as
being not advance rent, but security, returnable to the subtenant after the termination of the term of the sublease). Tenant agrees to indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against any claim or lien against Landlord or the demised premises
for the return of any securities under any leases with subtenants which were not previously delivered to Landlord and agrees further that all leases hereafter made with subtenants shall provide that the lease security deposited by the subtenant
shall not be a lien or claim against the interest of the Landlord. 
 FIFTEENTH: Waiver and Surrender Remedies Cumulative. No
consent or waiver of any provision hereof or acceptance of any surrender shall be implied from any act or forbearance by the Landlord. No agreement purporting to accept a surrender of this lease, or to modify, alter, amend or waive any term or
provision thereof, shall have any effect or validity whatever, unless the same shall be in writing, and executed by the Landlord and by the Tenant, and be duly delivered, nor shall the delivery of any keys to anyone have any legal effect, any rule
or provision of law to the contrary notwithstanding. Any consent, waiver or acceptance of surrender, in writing, and properly executed and delivered as aforesaid, shall be limited to the special instance for which it is given, and no superintendent
or employee, other than an officer of the Landlord or of its managing agent, and no renting representative shall have any authority to 

  
 - 18 -

 
accept a surrender of the premises, or to make any agreement or modification of this lease, or any of the terms and provisions hereof. No provision of any lease made by the Landlord to any other
tenant of the building shall be taken into consideration in any manner whatever in determining the rights of the Tenant herein. No payment by the Tenant or receipt by the Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be
deemed to be other than an account of the stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement on any check, nor any letter accompanying any such payment of rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction (unless an agreement to accept a lesser amount be signed by
the Landlord), but the Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s full right to recover the balance of such rent and to institute summary proceedings therefor. The receipt by the Landlord of any rent, or additional
rent or of any other sum of money which may be payable under this lease, or of any portion thereof, shall not be deemed a waiver of the right of the Landlord to enforce the payment of any sum of any kind previously due or which may thereafter become
due under this lease, or of the right to forfeit this lease by such remedies as may be appropriate, or to terminate this lease or to exercise any of the rights and remedies reserved to the Landlord hereunder, and the failure of the Landlord to
enforce any covenant or condition (although the Tenant shall have repeatedly or continuously broken the same without objection from the Landlord) shall not estop the Landlord at any time from taking any action with respect to such breach which may
be authorized by this lease, or by law, or from enforcing said covenant or any other covenant or condition on the occasion of any subsequent breach or default. In the event of any continuing or threatened breach by the Tenant, the Landlord shall
have the right of injunction. The various rights, remedies, powers and elections of the Landlord, as provided in this lease or created by law, are cumulative, and none of them shall be deemed to be exclusive of the others, or of such other rights,
remedies, powers or elections as are now or may hereafter be conferred upon the Landlord by law. 
 SIXTEENTH: Representations
as to Premises, Certificate of Occupancy and Use. (a) The Tenant represents to the Landlord that the Tenant has made, or caused to be made, a careful inspection of the premises and that the Tenant has made an examination of the building and
that the area and present condition of the premises are in all respects satisfactory to the Tenant, except as may herein otherwise be expressly stated in the Work Letter attached to this lease and in Article TWENTY-SEVENTH hereof. The Tenant
acknowledges that no representations or promises have been made by the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents with respect to the premises or the building or the certificate of occupancy thereof, except as in this lease set forth. The statements
contained in this lease regarding the use of the premises by the Tenant shall not be deemed a representation or warranty by the Landlord that such use is lawful or permitted by the certificate of occupancy of the building. 

(b) (i) The Certificate of Occupancy currently applicable to the 5th floor of the building permits the premises on that floor to be used
only for factory purposes. The Landlord acknowledges that it intends, promptly and at its expense, to file an application to amend the Certificate of Occupancy currently applicable to the 5th floor to permit premises on that floor to be used for
office purposes. The Landlord is not aware of any reason why such amended Certificate of Occupancy should not be issued. If at any time prior to the issuance of an Amended Certificate of Occupancy (the “Amended Certificate”) or a
Temporary Certificate of Occupancy (the “Temporary Certificate”) permitting the premises to be used for office purposes as specified in this lease, any governmental action is taken or a proceeding is commenced

  
 - 19 -

 
(collectively, the “Proceeding”) by the City of New York or any agency thereof or any other governmental agency based on the fact that neither an Amended Certificate or a
Temporary Certificate has been issued, which Proceeding (x) imposes or seeks to fine or assess a penalty against the Tenant, or (y) specifically prohibits or seeks to prohibit the Tenant from utilizing the premises for offices, or
(z) evicts or seeks to evict the Tenant from the premises, then the Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing of such fact and Landlord shall defend the Tenant against such Proceeding, and, in the event of a final judgment or administrative
determination assessing a fine or penalty, the Landlord shall pay such amount, and in the event that Tenant is actually evicted as a result of the Proceeding or a final judgment or administrative determination evicting the Tenant or specifically
prohibiting it from occupying the premises is issued, the Tenant shall receive an abatement of the fixed and additional rent due under this lease for the period during which the Tenant is evicted or prohibited from using the premises because a
Temporary Certificate or Amended Certificate has not been issued, provided, however, that in no event shall the Tenant be entitled to receive an abatement of rent for any period during which the Tenant actually occupies or utilizes the premises for
the normal conduct of its business. 
 (ii) In the event that, as provided in clause (i) of this paragraph
(b), Tenant is entitled to an abatement of rent, then following the expiration of a six-month abatement period, either the Landlord or the Tenant may elect to terminate this lease, and the Tenant will vacate and surrender the premises (such vacation
to be in accord with the provisions of this lease relating to surrender at the expiration of the term) on a date not earlier than the 10th day and not later than the 30th day following the date on which the Landlord or the Tenant notifies the other
of its election to terminate this lease. 
 (iii) In the event that, after the construction and installation of
the Improvements contemplated by Article TWENTY-SEVENTH of this lease, either the Landlord or the Tenant terminates this lease as permitted by clause (ii) of this paragraph (b), then not later than 20 days following the Tenant’s surrender
of the premises, the Landlord shall pay to the Tenant (1) 100% of the Tenant’s Unamortized Capital Expenses, provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed $450,000, and (2) 100% of the amount actually expended by the Tenant to
move its equipment, furniture and fixtures from the premises leased hereunder to any new premises, provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed $75,000. 
 (iv) As used in clause (iii) of this paragraph (b), the expression “Unamortized Capital Expenses” shall mean a sum equal to the net expenditures of the Tenant (over and above any
amount reimbursed by the. Landlord to the Tenant pursuant to Article TWENTY-SEVENTH of this lease) for alterations and improvements in the premises (excluding items of moveable furnishings, machinery and equipment), multiplied by a fraction (x), the
numerator of which shall be the number of months in the period commencing with the date of the termination of this lease pursuant to this Article and ending with the Expiration Date and (y) the denominator of which is 120. If the Tenant shall
make alterations and improvements in the premises at its expense with respect to which it may wish to have the benefit of reimbursement pursuant to this paragraph, the Tenant shall furnish the Landlord within 60 days following the completion of the
alterations and improvements with a statement, in writing, certified to be correct by an officer or partner of the Tenant setting forth the amount of the Tenant’s expenditures 

  
 - 20 -

 
for the alterations and improvements broken down in reasonable detail to show the nature of the various alterations and improvements with respect to which such expenditures were made and the
amount of the Tenant’s expenses for each such alteration and improvement. The Tenant shall also furnish the Landlord with receipted copies of bills and such other additional information as the Landlord may reasonably request. 

(c) Prior to the issuance of the Amended Certificate or the Temporary Certificate, if (i) the Tenant’s application for
alteration of the premises for office use are not accepted for filing by the New York City Department of Buildings (or other New York City agency having jurisdiction), and the Tenant’s contractors are unable to obtain the requisite work permits
or (ii) such permits, once issued, are subsequently withdrawn, rescinded or voided, in each case because neither an Amended Certificate nor Temporary Certificate has been issued, then the Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing of such
fact, and the Landlord shall make a good faith effort to make any filings which would permit the Tenant or its contractors to complete any required work. If the Landlord is unable to obtain rescission of such refusal to accept the Tenant’s
alteration application and issuance or reinstatement of work permits within 60 days of the date of such notice, (and such failure is not due to the fault of the Tenant or its contractors), the Tenant may elect to terminate this lease and vacate the
premises (such vacation to be in accord with the provisions of this lease relating to the surrender of the expiration of the term) on a date not earlier than the 10th day and not later than the 30th day following the date on which the Tenant
notified the Landlord of its election to terminate this lease, and the Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement, as provided in clause (iii) of paragraph (b) of this Article. 

(d) The rights of termination of the lease, abatement, and reimbursement, as described in paragraphs (b) and (c) above, shall
constitute the Tenant’s sole remedy either pursuant to this lease or otherwise relating to the Certificate of Occupancy, and the Landlord will not have any obligations with respect to the Certificate of Occupancy under this lease except to
return the Tenant’s security deposit within five business days of the date on which the Tenant delivers vacant possession of the premises to the Landlord. If the Tenant shall not exercise either such right of termination, then the lease shall
remain in full force and effect. 
 (e) The Tenant shall not use the premises for any purpose other than offices. Following the
issuance of the Amended Certificate or the Temporary Certificate, the Tenant shall immediately discontinue any use of the demised premises, which may be claimed or declared by the City or State of New York or other governmental authority to be in
violation of or contrary to the Amended Certificate or the Temporary Certificate (other than office purposes), or by reason of which any attempt may be made to penalize the Landlord or require the Landlord to secure any other Certificate of
Occupancy for the building. 
 SEVENTEENTH: Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. (a) The Tenant shall make no
claim upon the Landlord for abatement of rent, constructive eviction, rescission, or otherwise, and the Landlord shall be exempt from all liability, except for injuries which are due to the negligence of the Landlord, its agents, servants or
employees in the management of the premises or the real property of which the demised premises are a part, for or on account of any annoyance, inconvenience, interference with business, or other damage, caused by: (i) any interruption,
malfunction or curtailment of the operation of the elevator service, heating plant, sprinkler system, gas, water, sewer or steam supply, plumbing, machinery, electric equipment or 

  
 - 21 -

 
other appurtenances, facilities, equipment and conveniences in the building, whether such interruption, malfunction or curtailment be due to breakdowns, or repairs, or strikes or inability to
obtain electricity, fuel or water due to any such cause or any other cause beyond the Landlord’s control; (ii) any work of repair or restoration done by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Tenant, pursuant to the provisions of this lease;
(iii) any water, rain, snow, steam, gas, electricity or other element, which may enter, flow from or into the premises or any part of the building, or any noise or vibration audible in, or transmitted to the premises; (iv) any vermin;
(v) any falling paint, plaster or cement; (vi) any interference with light or with other easements or incorporeal hereditaments; (vii) any latent defect or deterioration in the building or the appurtenances thereof, whether or not the
Landlord shall have been notified of any condition allegedly causing same; (viii) any zoning ordinance or other acts of governmental or public authority now or hereafter in force; and (ix) any act or omission of any other occupant of the
building or other person temporarily therein. The Tenant will not hold the Landlord liable for any loss or theft of, or damage to, any property in the premises done or caused by any employee, servant, or agent of the Landlord who is invited into the
premises by the Tenant, nor for the loss, damage or theft of any property stored or left in the basement or in any other part of the building, which is not enclosed within the premises or of any property left with any employee of the Landlord,
notwithstanding such theft, loss or damage may occur through carelessness or negligence of the Landlord’s employees; and the Tenant agrees that any employee in entering the premises at the invitation of the Tenant or accepting custody of
property shall be then deemed agent of the Tenant or other person at whose instance he may be acting, and not agent of the Landlord. Employees are not permitted to receive or accept packages or property for account of Tenants. Storerooms or storage
space for personal property (if provided) are provided gratuitously by the Landlord, and the use of same shall be at the Tenant’s risk and the Tenant will not hold the Landlord liable for any loss of or damage to person or property therein or
thereby. Nothing in this lease contained shall impose any obligation upon the Landlord with respect to any real property other than the building, whether said other real property be owned by the Landlord or otherwise, or shall in any way limit the
Landlord’s right to build upon or otherwise use said other real property in such manner as the Landlord may see fit. The Tenant shall make no claim upon the Landlord for abatement of rent, constructive eviction or rescission, and the Landlord
shall have no liability by reason of the Landlord’s failure to enforce the provisions of the lease to any other tenant against such other tenant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no partner, officer, agent or employee of
Landlord shall be liable for Landlord’s obligations under this lease and, in seeking to enforce Landlord’s obligations under this lease or to satisfy a judgment for Landlord’s failure to perform such obligations, Tenant shall not look
to any property or assets of any partner, officer, agent or employee of Landlord nor to any property or assets of the Landlord other than Landlord’s Equity in the Building or any proceeds from the condemnation thereof. “Landlord’s
Equity” as used herein means the interest the Landlord would have in the building if it was encumbered by indebtedness held by a person not a party to this lease in an amount equal to seventy-five percent of the then current fair market
value of the building (as the value of such interest is determined in good faith by the Landlord. 
 (b) Any right and authority
reserved by and granted to the Landlord under this lease, to enter upon and make repairs in the premises shall not be taken as obligating the Landlord to inspect and to repair the premises and the Landlord hereby assumes no responsibility or
liability for the care, inspection, maintenance, supervision, alteration or repair of the premises, except as herein specifically provided. The Tenant assumes possession and control of the 

  
 - 22 -

 
premises and exclusively the whole duty of care and repair thereof, except as herein specifically provided, and the duty of care, if any, owed by the Tenant to persons in the corridors of the
building. 
 EIGHTEENTH: Indemnity by Tenant. The Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees forever to save harmless the
Landlord against any and all liabilities, penalties, claims, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and counsel fees and disbursements) or judgments, arising from injury to person or property of any kind, to the extent occasioned by
the Tenant’s failure to perform or abide by any of the covenants of this lease or the negligent or wilful misconduct of the Tenant or Tenant’s employees, customers, agents, contractors, licensees, visitors, assigns or under-tenants of the
Tenant, or to the extent based on any matter or thing growing out of the Tenant’s use or occupation of the premises or any part of the building. The Landlord shall give notice to the Tenant of any claim, action or proceeding brought against the
Landlord, which the Tenant is obligated to indemnify Landlord, and, upon demand by the Landlord, the Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, shall resist or defend such claim in the Landlord’s name, if necessary, by such attorneys as the
Landlord shall approve. The Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with the Tenant, at the Tenant’s cost and expense in the defense of such claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord may retain its own attorneys to defend or assist in
defending any claim, action, or proceeding involving potential liability of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more and the Tenant shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such attorneys. The provisions of this Article EIGHTEENTH shall
survive the expiration or earlier termination of this lease. 
 NINETEENTH: Insolvency. If, at any time after the
execution and delivery of this lease, the Tenant shall be adjudicated a bankrupt, or if the Tenant shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or attempt to take the benefit of any insolvency law, or if a petition or answer to reorganize
the Tenant shall be approved by any court or judge, or if a petition or answer for a composition or extension shall be filed by the Tenant, or if a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the Tenant’s property, or if the Tenant’s
interest in this lease shall be attached or levied upon or shall devolve upon or pass to any party other than the Tenant (whether such event occurs prior or subsequent to the commencement of the term or Tenant’s entry into possession) such
event shall be conclusively deemed a default hereunder, and the Landlord shall have the right to terminate this lease in the manner hereinafter provided, as if such event were a breach by the Tenant of one of the covenants of this lease. In the
event of such termination, the Tenant or any person claiming under, by or through the Tenant, by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court, shall not be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the demised premises but shall
forthwith quit and surrender same. Exclusive of and in addition to any other rights or remedies the Landlord may have through any other portion or provision of this lease or by virtue of any rule of law or statute, said Landlord may keep and retain,
as liquidated damages, any rent, security, deposit or other moneys or consideration received by the Landlord from the Tenant, or others on behalf of the Tenant, which shall be applied on account of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Also, in
the event of termination of this lease as aforesaid, the Landlord shall be entitled, as and for liquidated damages from the Tenant for breach of the unexpired term of this lease, to an amount equal to the difference between the rental value of the
remainder of the term at the time of termination and the actual rent reserved, both discounted to present worth at the rate of one and one-half (11/2%) per month. If at any time within a reasonable period following the date of the termination
of the lease, as aforesaid, the premises should be re-rented by the 

  
 - 23 -

 
Landlord, the rent realized by any re-letting shall be deemed prima facie evidence of the rental value. In the event of the occurrence of any of the above-mentioned events of default occasioned
solely through the invocation by the Tenant or by third parties of the laws of the State of New York, judicial or statutory, as distinguished from the invocation of Federal laws relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, or otherwise, the Landlord, in
addition to the foregoing, may accelerate the full amount of rent reserved for the remainder of the lease, and the same shall forthwith become due and payable to the Landlord, less the rental value of the remainder of the term at the time of
termination, discounted to present value at the rate of one and one-half (1 1/2%) per month. Nothing herein provided shall be deemed to prevent or restrict the Landlord from proving and receiving as liquidated damages herein the maximum
permitted by any rule of law or statute prevailing when such damages are to be proved, whether they be greater or less than those referred to above. 
 TWENTIETH: (a) Remedies of the Landlord on Default; Performance by the Landlord. If the Tenant shall default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods in the full and due
performance of any covenant of this lease, the Landlord shall have the right, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Tenant (unless a shorter period of notice or provision for the performance of such work without notice is elsewhere
established in this lease), to perform the same for the account of the Tenant, and in such event all workmen employed by the Landlord shall be deemed the agents of the Tenant, and any reasonable payment made, and expense incurred, by the Landlord in
this connection, shall forthwith become due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord with interest thereon at a rate of one and one-half (11/2%) per month. If the Landlord incurs any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
disbursements in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding instituted by reason of any default of the Tenant hereunder, the sum or sums so incurred by the Landlord with all interest, costs and damages, shall be payable to the
Landlord as additional rent within twenty (20) days after demand therefor, and delivery to the Tenant of documentation substantiating such expenses. Any and all sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord shall bear interest at the rate of one
and one-half (11/2%) per cent month from the due date to the date of actual payment, and any and all such sums (except the rent hereinabove expressly reserved) shall be deemed to be additional rent for the period prior to such due date, and the
Landlord shall have the same remedies for default in the payment of such additional rent as for default in the payment of the rent expressly reserved. 
 (b) Performance by the Landlord Not an Exclusive Remedy. In the event that under the provisions of this lease the Landlord shall have the privilege of performing any covenant in respect of which
the Tenant may be in default and of recovering the expenses so involved from the Tenant as additional rent or otherwise, such remedy shall not be the exclusive remedy of the Landlord but the Landlord may, at its option, treat such default as a
breach of a substantial obligation of this lease and shall have all the other remedies in respect thereof provided in this or any other Article of this lease. 
 (c) Dispossess Termination of Lease. If the Tenant shall violate or default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods in the full and due performance of any covenant, provision or
condition of this lease (other than the covenant to pay the rent or any additional rent), or any covenant, provision or condition of any other lease under which the Tenant is a tenant in the building, or if any of the events specified in the Article
of this lease 

  
 - 24 -

 
numbered NINETEENTH and headed “Insolvency” shall occur, the Landlord will give to the Tenant twenty (20) days’ notice of such violation, default or misconduct unless a
shorter period of notice is elsewhere established in this lease, In the event that (i) the Tenant shall default in the payment of the rent or of any additional rent for a period of ten (10) days after notice of such default from the
Landlord, or (ii) if the premises shall be vacated, abandoned or deserted for a period of more than 60 days, or (iii) in the event that the Tenant, after notice thereof as above provided, shall fail to stop any violation or fully cure or
remedy any default or terminate any misconduct under this lease (or in the event that the default is of a nature such that the steps required to cure or remedy the same fully cannot reasonably be completed within thirty days, then if the Tenant
shall not have commenced and have diligently and continuously prosecuted the steps necessary to cure or remedy such default) the Landlord may give to the Tenant ten (10) days’ notice of its intention to terminate this lease, and, in such
event, on the tenth day following the giving of such notice this lease and the term hereby granted shall terminate and expire as fully and completely as if that day were the date herein expressly fixed for the expiration of the term, and the Tenant
shall thereupon quit and surrender the premises into the possession of the Landlord, but the Tenant shall nevertheless remain liable for deficiency in future rent and for any other defaults hereunder, as hereinafter provided. If the Tenant shall
default in the payment of the rent, or any additional rent herein mentioned, or of any part of either for a period of ten (10) days after notice of such default from the Landlord, or if this lease shall be terminated by the notice last above
provided for, the Landlord may immediately, or at any time thereafter, re-enter the premises and remove all persons and property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceeding, or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force, or
otherwise, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and re-possess and enjoy the premises, together with all additions, alterations, installations and improvements, and no entry by the Landlord shall be deemed an
acceptance of surrender. Upon any such re-entry, the Landlord may re-let the premises or any part or parts thereof, and for such term or terms as to the Landlord may seem wise, even though the same extend beyond the date herein expressly fixed for
the expiration of the term. Any such re-letting shall, at the Landlord’s option, be either for the Landlord’s own account, or as the agent for the Tenant. If the Landlord shall re-let as the agent of the Tenant, the Landlord shall receive
the rents and apply the same, first, to the payment of all expenses which the Landlord shall have incurred by reason of the Tenant’s default and in connection with such re-entry and re-letting, including, but not by way of limitation,
reasonable legal expenses, brokers’ commissions, and the cost of reasonable repairs, redecoration and alterations, and, secondly, to the fulfillment of the covenants of the Tenant herein contained, and the surplus, if any, existing at the date
herein expressly fixed for the expiration of the term, shall be paid to the Tenant, but the Tenant shall be entitled to no such payment until said date. So long as the premises, or any part thereof, shall not be re-let, or shall be re-let by the
Landlord as the agent of the Tenant, the Tenant shall remain liable for the full and due performance of all the covenants of this lease, and the Tenant hereby agrees to pay to the Landlord, as damages for any default hereunder, until the date herein
expressly fixed for the expiration of the term, the equivalent of the amount of all the rent and additional rent reserved herein, less the net avails of re-letting, as hereinbefore defined, if any, and the same shall be due and payable by the Tenant
to the Landlord on the several rent days above specified, that is, upon each of the said rent days the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of deficiency then existing, and shall not be entitled to withhold any such payment until the date
herein expressly fixed for the expiration of the term. The liability of the Tenant shall survive the issuance of a final order and warrant of dispossess, 

  
 - 25 -

 
and re-entry by the Landlord, and any other termination of this lease for default of the Tenant, and the granting by the Landlord of a new lease of the premises to another tenant, and the Tenant
hereby waives any defense which might be predicated upon any of said acts or events. 
 The Tenant hereby expressly waives
(i) any and all right to regain possession of said premises or to reinstate or redeem this lease as provided by the Real Property Actions & Proceedings Law (and as said law may be amended), or any such right which is or may be given by
any other statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force; (ii) the service of any notice demanding rent or stating an intention to re-enter; or any similar right which is or may be given by any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in
force; (iii) any and all rights of redemption and all other rights to regain possession or to reinstate this lease (in case the Tenant shall be dispossessed or ejected by, or pursuant to judgment, order, execution or warrant of any court or
judge). Except as provided in Section 259-c of the Real Property Law with respect to an action for personal injury or property damage between the parties hereto, the Tenant waives and will waive all right to trial by jury in any summary
proceedings and in any other proceeding or action at law hereafter instituted by the Landlord against the Tenant in respect of this lease, and also in any action or proceeding between the parties hereto for any cause; and it is hereby agreed, that
in any of such events, the matter in dispute shall be tried before a judge without a jury. In the event the Landlord shall commence any action or summary proceeding for non-payment of rent or other breach of covenant or condition, the Tenant hereby
agrees not to interpose any counterclaim for whatever nature or description in any such action or proceeding other than mandatory counterclaims. The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used in this lease are not
restricted to their technical legal meaning. 
 TWENTY-FIRST: Surrender at Expiration. Upon the expiration of the term of
this lease or in the event of termination by reason of casualty or condemnation, the Tenant shall quit and surrender the demised premises, together with any fixtures, equipment or appurtenances installed in the premises at the commencement of this
lease, and any alterations, decorations, additions and improvements which are not to be removed in compliance with the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof, to the Landlord, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear excepted. If the
last day of the term of this lease falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire on the business day immediately preceding. The Tenant’s obligation to observe and perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the term of
this lease. 
 TWENTY-SECOND: [Intentionally Deleted] 
 TWENTY-THIRD: Building Services. (a) Except on Saturdays and Sundays, and on holidays recognized as legal holidays by State or Federal Government, the Landlord shall furnish, between the hours
of eight a.m. and six p.m., passenger and freight elevator service with elevators now in the building, and during the cold season (October 15th through April 15th), sufficient heat to heat the premises for comfortable occupancy. The Landlord
may suspend any such services, if it should become necessary so to do, at any time. The Landlord shall restore such suspended service promptly, making due allowance for labor troubles, acts of God, or any cause beyond the Landlord’s control.

 (b) In addition to the elevator service described in (a) above, the Landlord will maintain in service and available for
the use of the Tenant, one passenger elevator at all times on 

  
 - 26 -

 
all days of the week, including Saturdays, Sundays and the legal holidays referred to in paragraph (a) above. In the event that the Tenant requires freight elevator service, or heat on
Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holiday referred to in paragraph (a) above, or during hours in addition to those prescribed under (a) above, the Landlord will furnish the additional elevator service or heat or both, as the case may be,
upon notice of the Tenant’s need therefor. Such notice may be written or oral and shall be given as long a time as practicable prior to the time when the additional heat or freight elevator service is required. The Tenant will pay for any
additional freight elevator service and heat furnished after the hours prescribed in (a) above at the respective prevailing rates per hour as established from time to time by the Landlord for such services at the building or in the buildings of
the Landlord, generally, for each hour during which the additional service is supplied. All charges for additional freight elevator service and heat shall be payable when billed and in the event of default of payment therefor, Landlord may refuse
further service and the amount unpaid (plus interest thereon at the rate of one and one-half (11/2%) per cent per month shall be deemed additional rent for which the Landlord shall have all the remedies for collection herein specified with
respect to rent. The failure on the part of the Landlord to furnish such additional elevator service or heat, if due to breakdowns, repairs, maintenance, strikes, or other causes beyond the control of the Landlord, shall involve no liability on the
part of the Landlord nor shall it constitute an eviction. 
 (c) The Landlord shall furnish the cleaning services referred to in
Schedule A to this lease, such cleaning to be done after five-thirty p.m. and prior to eight a.m. Tenant shall keep all windows on the premises clean in accordance with all of Landlord’s Rules and Regulations. The Landlord shall, at the
Landlord’s expense, cause the interior or exterior of such windows to be cleaned two times per year, and shall give the Tenant notice of such window cleaning to the extent reasonably possible. 

(d) The main entry to the building shall be open and staffed by a doorman, security guard or other employee or agent of the Landlord from
8:00 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. on business days. At all other times the Tenant and its employees and their invitees shall have access to the building at any time and without notice to the Landlord by ringing a security bell provided for after hours service
and properly identifying themselves (by building passes or such other security arrangement as the Landlord shall institute) to the building staff at that time. 
 TWENTY-FOURTH: Water. The Landlord shall furnish water for ordinary lavatory cleaning, pantry and drinking use. In the event that the Tenant shall use water any purpose other than usual lavatory
purposes, the Tenant shall, at its own expense, install a meter or meters for the measurement of the quantity of water thus consumed and keep the same in good working order and the Tenant will pay for the water so shown to have been used. All
payments for water shall be due when billed to the Tenant. In the event that the Tenant defaults in the payment for any water, the amount not paid shall forthwith be payable as additional rent. 

TWENTY-FIFTH: Work to be Done by Landlord. The Landlord shall not be required to furnish any work or materials to the premises,
except as expressly provided in paragraph (a) of Article THIRD, Article NINTH, Article THIRTEENTH, Article TWENTY-SEVENTH and the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “C” (the “Work Letter”). In case the
Landlord is prevented from making any repairs, improvements, decorations or alterations, installing any fixtures or articles of equipment, furnishing any services or performing any other covenant

  
 - 27 -

 
herein contained to be performed on the Landlord’s part, due to the Landlord’s inability to obtain, or difficulty in obtaining, labor or materials necessary therefor, or due to any
governmental rules and regulations relating to the priority of national defense requirements, or due to labor troubles, or due to any other cause beyond the Landlord’s control, the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for damages
resulting therefrom, nor except as expressly otherwise provided in Articles NINTH and THIRTEENTH hereof (in respect of condemnation or damage to the premises due to fire), shall the Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason
thereof, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in the Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the premises. Upon substantial completion of the Landlord’s work, Landlord shall
tender possession of the premises to Tenant. 
 TWENTY-SIXTH: (a) Real Estate Tax and CPI Escalation. In order
(i) to adjust, during the term of this lease, for increases in the expenses of the Landlord for Real Estate Taxes, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as additional rent, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increases in such Real
Estate Taxes, and (ii) to adjust for Increase in other operating expenses of the Landlord, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as additional rent, the CPI Adjustments for Increases in Other Operating Expenses, namely the amount by which the
Base Rent Allocated to Other Operating Expenses is increased by application to the Base Rent Allocated to Other Operating Expenses of increases in the Index over the Base Index, all as computed as set forth below in this Article. Capitalized words
or expressions used above are defined in subparagraph (b) below. 
 (b) Definitions. As used in this Article the
following capitalized words or expressions shall have the meanings ascribed to them below: 
 1. “Real Estate
Taxes” shall mean the expenditures of the Landlord for taxes or assessments payable by the Landlord upon or with respect to the building and the land upon which it is located, imposed by Federal, State or local government (plus all
expenditures for fees and expenses incurred in the course of obtaining a reduction in any tentative assessed valuation). The Tenant shall receive the benefit of the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount of any refund of Real Estate Taxes,
less any related costs and expenses. 
 2. “Base Rent Allocated to Other Operating Expenses” shall mean an
amount equal to 100% of the fixed annual rent prescribed on page 1 of this lease, as such rent may be payable from time to time. 
 3. “Increase in Real Estate Taxes” shall mean the amount by which Real Estate Taxes in any Subsequent Year exceed the Real Estate Taxes in the Base Year. 

4. “CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses” shall mean the amount obtained by multiplying the Base
Rent Allocated to Other Operating Expenses by the percentage by which the Index, as last published on the date next prior to the Computation Date and the Index as last published on the date next prior to each anniversary date of the Computation
Date, shall exceed the Base Index; provided, however, that, with respect to any particular 12-month period commencing with a Computation Date and ending with the next Computation Date (the “CPI Adjustment Year”), the increase in the
CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses attributable to such CPI Adjustment Year shall neither 

  
 - 28 -

 
exceed an amount equal to 6% per annum multiplied by the annual fixed rent set forth on the first page of this lease nor be less than an amount equal to 2.5% per annum multiplied by the
annual fixed rent set forth on the first page of this lease. 
 5. “Index” shall mean the “Consumer
Price Index for All Urban Consumers” “(1967 = 100)” specified for “All Items,” relating to New York City and published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor. In the
event the Index shall hereafter be converted to a different standard reference base or otherwise revised, the determination of the CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses shall be made on the basis of such conversion factor, formula
or table for converting the Index as may be published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, or, if said Bureau shall not publish the same, then with the use of such conversion factor, formula or table as may be published by Prentice-Hall, Inc., or,
failing such publication, by any other nationally recognized publisher of similar statistical information. In the event either Index shall cease to be published, then, for the purposes of this Article, there shall be substituted for the Index such
other index as Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon, and, if they are unable within ninety (90) days after the Index ceases to be published, such matter shall be determined in New York City by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial
Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. 
 6. “Base Index” shall mean the Index as last
published on the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which the Commencement Date occurs. 
 7.
“Base Year” shall mean the calendar year 1999. 
 8. “CPI Comparative Statement” shall mean a
statement, in writing, signed by the Landlord, or, on its behalf, by an officer of any corporation acting as its managing agent; showing (i) a comparison of (a) Base Real Estate Taxes with (b) Projected Real Estate Taxes for a
Subsequent Year (which shall be the same calendar year as the year of the Computation Date used in such CPI Comparative Statement), (ii) the Base Rent Allocated to Other Operating Expenses and the CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating
Expenses for such Subsequent Year, and (iii) if the Tenant paid additional rent pursuant to this Article with respect to the immediate preceding Subsequent Year, any adjustment necessitated by a variance between the Projected Real Estate Taxes
for such Subsequent Year (as shown in the current CPI Comparative Statement) and the Actual Real Estate Taxes for such Subsequent Year (as shown in the current CPI Comparative Statement). 

9. “Subsequent Year” shall mean any calendar year following the Base Year, falling wholly or partly within the term of
the Tenant under this lease and the calendar year following the year in which the term of this lease terminates. 
 10.
“Computation Date” shall mean the 1st day of September, 1999, and, in Subsequent Years, its anniversary date. 

11. “Projected Real Estate Taxes” shall mean the Landlord’s estimate (which in any event must be reasonable in the
light of past experience) of Real Estate Taxes for a particular Subsequent Year. 
 12. “Tenant’s Proportionate
Share” is .0457. 

  
 - 29 -

 (c) Statements for the Tenant. On or before December 1, 1999, and on or before
that day in each Subsequent Year, the Landlord will furnish a CPI Comparative Statement to the Tenant. Upon the written request of the Tenant, the Landlord shall promptly provide the Tenant with a copy of the tax bill for the fiscal year(s) for
which a CPI Comparative Statement is being rendered. The failure of the Landlord to furnish a CPI Comparative Statement shall be without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to furnish a CPI Comparative Statement at any time in the future.

 Every CPI Comparative Statement furnished by the Landlord pursuant to this Article shall be conclusive and binding upon the
Tenant unless (i) within ninety days after the receipt of such CPI Comparative Statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness thereof, specifying the particular respects in which the CPI Comparative Statement is claimed
to be incorrect, and (ii) if such dispute shall not have been settled by agreement, the dispute shall have been submitted to arbitration within ninety days after receipt of the CPI Comparative Statement. Pending the determination of such
dispute by agreement of arbitration as aforesaid, Tenant shall pay additional rent in accordance with the CPI Comparative Statement and such payment shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s position and to the Tenant’s rights to a refund of
any overpayment. If the dispute shall be determined in Tenant’s favor, Landlord shall forthwith pay Tenant the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of additional rent resulting from compliance with the CPI Comparative Statement. 

(d) Computation of Increase in Rent Payable by the Tenant. When the Landlord shall furnish the Tenant with any CPI Comparative
Statement in accordance with this Article which shall show an Increase in Projected Real Estate Taxes or a CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses, then the rent payable under the lease shall be increased by the Tenant’s
Proportionate Share of the increase in Projected Real Estate Taxes and by the CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses which shall be payable (with payment on account of such increases) as follows: (1) on the first day for the
payment of rent under this lease following the receipt of a CPI Comparative Statement, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord a sum equal to one-twelfth of the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the increase in Projected Real Estate Taxes plus
one-twelfth of the CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses (plus or minus, as the case may be, any adjustment necessitated by a variance between (x) the Projected Real Estate Taxes for the calendar year prior to the year of the
Computation Date used in such CPI Comparative Statement and (y) the actual Real Estate Taxes for such calendar year) and (2) thereafter, until a different CPI Comparative Statement shall be submitted, the monthly installments of rent
payable under this lease shall continue to be increased by such amount. 
 With respect to any CPI Comparative Statement
furnished to the Tenant in the Subsequent Year following the year in which the term of this lease terminates, if such CPI Comparative Statement shall indicate an adjustment necessitated by a variance between (x) the Projected Real Estate Taxes
for the calendar year prior to the year of the Computation Date used in such CPI Comparative Statement (i.e., the last calendar year of the lease term) and (y) the actual Real Estate Taxes for such calendar year, then the Tenant shall promptly
pay to the Landlord, or the Landlord promptly shall pay to the Tenant, as the case may be, the amount of any such adjustment as indicated in such CPI Comparative Statement. 

  
 - 30 -

 (e) Inspection of Books. The Tenant or its authorized representative shall have a
right to examine the books of the Landlord showing the Real Estate Taxes with respect to the land and building during regular business hours for the purpose of verifying the information set forth in any CPI Comparative Statement relating to any
Increase in Real Estate Taxes shown in such CPI Comparative Statement; provided that a written request for such inspection is made by the Tenant within ninety days of the receipt of any such CPI Comparative Statement. 

(f) Decreases in Real Estate Taxes or Index. In no event shall any decrease in the Real Estate Taxes or the Index in any way
reduce the fixed rent or additional rent payable by the Tenant under this lease, except to the extent to which any such decrease shall result in a decrease in the additional rent payable pursuant to this Article; provided, however, that no decrease
in Real Estate Taxes shall in any way reduce any additional rent payable on account of any CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses, and that no decrease in the amount of the CPI Adjustment for Increases in Other Operating Expenses
shall in any way reduce any additional rent payable on account of any Increase in Real Estate Taxes. 
 TWENTY-SEVENTH:
Construction of Office Improvements. It is agreed that the Tenant will modify and improve the premises to make them better suited for use as offices, and that the Landlord will reimburse the Tenant for the cost thereof up to a maximum of
$469,548.00 (the “Improvement Allowance”) over and above the items included in the Work Letter (and the Tenant will pay the cost of any modifications or improvements, in excess of such amount), toward (i) the
“hard” costs of the Tenant’s alterations for the initial occupancy of the premises, and (ii) architects’ and engineering fees, permit costs and expediters’ fee in connection with the alterations specified in (i),
all in accordance with, and subject to the limitations set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (e) below: 
 (a) The
Tenant will select an architect to design the office improvements for the premises (which improvements, excluding any furniture or telephone, computer or other office systems or equipment or any furniture or decorations are referred to as the
“Tenant’s Initial Alterations”). As soon as practicable, the Tenant shall submit to the Landlord for review and approval plans and specifications (including all necessary mechanical, electrical, engineering and working
drawings) for the Tenant’s Initial Alterations and such plans shall be sufficient (i) to comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the building, (ii) to
permit the Tenant to apply for and obtain all necessary permits, licenses and approvals necessary in connection with the Tenant’s Initial Alterations, and (iii) to permit the contractor to commence and complete the work relating to the
Tenant’s Initial Alterations. Within fifteen (15) business days of the Landlord’s receipt of the. Tenant’s request for approval of the plans, or such additional information as shall be reasonably required by the Landlord to
review such plans, the Landlord shall either approve or disapprove the plans for reasonable and material reasons (which may include the following: (i) adverse effect on the building structure; (ii) possible damage to the building systems;
(iii) non-compliance with applicable codes; (iv) effect on the exterior appearance of the building; or (v) interference with the normal and customary business operations of other tenants in the building (a “Design
Problem”)) and return the plans to the Tenant. In the event the plans are disapproved, the Landlord shall require, and the Tenant shall make, the changes necessary in order to correct the Design Problems and shall return the plans to the
Landlord, which Landlord shall approve or disapprove within five (5) business days after the Landlord receives the revised plans. If the 

  
 - 31 -

 
Landlord fails to respond to either the initial request for consent (after receipt of all additional information which was requested by Landlord) within said fifteen (15) business day
period, or any changes to correct Design Problems within said five (5) business day period, it shall be deemed to have approved such plans. This procedure shall be repeated until the plans are finally approved by the Landlord and written
approval has been delivered to and received by the Tenant. The plans may be submitted by the Tenant in one or more stages and at one or more times, and the time periods for the Landlord’s approval shall apply with respect to each such portion
submitted. 
 After the Landlord has approved the plans, the Tenant shall cause its architect and/or engineer to integrate the
approved plans into final plans and specifications (including all necessary mechanical, electrical, engineering and working drawings) for the Tenant’s Initial Alterations, sufficient to meet the requirements set forth in clauses
(i) through (iii) above (collectively, “Final Plans”) and deliver the Final Plans to the Landlord. The Tenant may submit the Final Plans in one or more stages and at one or more times, and the time periods for
Landlord’s approval shall apply with respect to each such portion submitted. 
 The Landlord shall approve the Final Plans
or designate by notice given to the Tenant the specific changes reasonably required to be made to the Final Plans in order to correct any Design Problems, and shall return the Final Plans to the Tenant. The Tenant shall make the changes necessary in
order to correct any such Design Problems and shall return the Final Plans to the Landlord, which the Landlord shall approve or disapprove within 5 business days after the Landlord receives the revised Final Plans. This procedure shall be repeated
until all of the Final Plans are finally approved by the Landlord and written approval has been delivered to and received by the Tenant. The Tenant shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Landlord in connection with its review of
the plans and Final Plans. 
 In the event that in the course of constructing and installing the Tenant’s Initial
Alterations, the Tenant wishes to make a modification from the Final Plans, the Tenant shall submit plans for such modification to the Landlord, and the Landlord will respond to the Tenant as soon as practicable. 

(b) All professional fees (including those for architectural and design costs and appraisals) and the cost of all permits, licenses and
approvals required in connection with the construction and installation of the Tenant’s Initial Alterations shall be borne solely by the Tenant. Landlord shall sign such applications as shall be required to permit the Tenant to obtain such
permits, provided the Landlord incurs no expense or liability in connection therewith over and above the Improvement Allowance. 

(c) The Landlord shall reimburse the Tenant from time-to-time (but not more often than monthly) for work done in connection with the
installation and construction of the Tenant’s Initial Alterations, up to an aggregate maximum of $469,548.00, provided that the Landlord’s obligation to make any such or reimbursement shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions: 
 (i) the work done must substantially conform to the design set forth in the Final Plans and the
quality and workmanship of the work done must be reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord and the Tenant (and the Tenant shall have so stated in its request for reimbursement); 

  
 - 32 -

 (ii) with respect to the reimbursement of any partial payment made on the
basis of the percentage of completion of any work, the Landlord shall have been furnished a form by the Tenant’s architect indicating the percentage of completion of the work in question, and confirming to the Landlord that the amount with
respect to which reimbursement is sought includes a retainage amount (to be released upon substantial completion of the work in question) in an amount of not less than 10% of the first 50% of the total amount payable under the contract in question.

 (iii) the Landlord shall have been furnished with invoices from the vendors, supplier, or contractor
evidencing the amount for which payment or reimbursement is sought, such invoices, if submitted for reimbursement, to be marked “paid in full” by such vendor, supplier or contractor (or, in lieu thereof, the Landlord shall be
furnished other documentation satisfactory to the Landlord evidencing payment in full); 
 (iv) the Landlord
shall have received, with respect to the work done for which payment or reimbursement is claimed hereunder, a written waiver from the contractor or vendor in question (and all subcontractors and subvendors involved in the work in question) waiving
any right to assert any vendor’s, mechanic’s or other lien on the building, the premises or any fixtures, machinery, equipment or other installation therein to the extent of sums requested. 

If so requested by the Tenant, in lieu of reimbursing the Tenant, the Landlord will make payment directly to the Tenant’s vendors,
suppliers and contractors (no more often than monthly), provided that the Landlord’s obligation to make any such payment shall be subject to the conditions set forth above (except that the invoices to be paid need not be marked “paid in
full”. 
 (d) It is understood and agreed that the Landlord shall have no responsibility for the performance of the
contractor installing The Tenant’s Initial Alterations (including matters of quality or timeliness), and in the event that for any reason The Tenant’s Initial Alterations are not completed in a timely fashion and/or there is any delay in
the date on which the premises are ready for occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes of conducting business, this lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect, and, except in the circumstances set forth below and to the extent set
forth below, the Tenant shall have no right, remedy or claim (including any claim for actual,. punitive or consequential damages) against the Landlord. 
 (e) The Tenant shall be entitled to credit any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance to the payment of fixed rent due hereunder. In no event shall any portion of the Improvement Allowance be applied
to the cost of the distribution ductwork installed in connection with the air conditioning unit to be installed in the premises by the Tenant, pursuant to paragraph 3 of the Work Letter. 

  
 - 33 -

 TWENTY-EIGHTH: Free Rent. Provided Tenant shall not then be in default beyond the
expiration of applicable notice and cure periods of any provision of this lease and shall have paid all rent and other amounts payable pursuant to this lease, Tenant shall not be required to pay fixed rent with respect to the premises (i) for
the four-month period commencing on the Commencement Date and terminating on the day immediately preceding the four-month anniversary of the Commencement Date, and (ii) the two-month period commencing on the first anniversary of the
Commencement Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the fifteen-month anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided, however, that Tenant shall during such abatement period pay all other amounts due under this lease, including but not
limited to, any additional rent payable pursuant to Article TWENTY-SIXTH of this lease and any service charges for electric current, water and overtime elevator or heat services. 

TWENTY-NINTH: Tenant’s Option to Lease Additional Space. In the event that the space on the 5th floor of the building
indicated by hatching on Exhibit “B” to this lease (the “Option Space”) becomes available by reason of the expiration or termination of the lease with any existing tenant (that is, the existing tenant in the Option
Space shall not elect to renew or extend its lease on substantially the same economic terms as are contained in such existing tenant’s lease, which notice must be given by the existing tenant no later than June I, 2007, or if such existing
Tenant’s lease shall otherwise terminate), then the Landlord shall offer such Option Space to the Tenant as herein set forth. The Landlord will give the Tenant notice of the availability of such Option Space, such notice to set forth the
proposed rental rate for such space, rent escalation, utility payments and other terms on which the Landlord is offering such Option Space to the Tenant. If the Tenant shall desire to lease the Option Space, the Tenant shall give written notice of
the Tenant’s acceptance of the Landlord’s notice not later than 20 days following receipt of the Landlord’s notice. If the Tenant shall give notice of its election to lease the Option Space, unless this lease shall meanwhile have been
terminated in accord with the provisions hereof, an amendment to this lease shall be delivered to the Tenant with respect to the Option Space which shall reflect the rental terms and other terms set forth in the Landlord’s notice and which
shall otherwise contain substantially the same terms as set forth herein with the exception of Article Twenty-Seventh wherever possible and shall provide for a term ending concurrently with this lease. The Tenant shall then have ten days to execute
and return the amendment to the Landlord. If the Tenant does not accept the Landlord’s offer or does not execute and return the amendment to this lease) to the Landlord within ten days, the Landlord may thereafter lease such Option Space to a
third-party; provided, however, that if within three months after the Option Space has been offered to the Tenant, the Landlord reduces the rent to an amount which is less than 90% of the rental rate and other financial terms for such space that the
Option Space was originally offered to the Tenant, then the Landlord shall again offer the Option Space to the Tenant as provided in this agreement at the reduced rental rate. If the Landlord leases the Option Space to another tenant, and the Option
Space thereafter becomes available during the term of this lease by reason of the expiration or termination of such lease, the Landlord shall again offer the Option Space to the Tenant in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article
TWENTY-NINTH. 
 THIRTIETH: Tenant’s Option to Extend Lease. Provided that the (i) Tenant shall not be in
default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods either at the time of giving the Renewal Notice or at the commencement of the Renewal Term, (ii) the Tenant shall not have exercised its option to terminate this lease pursuant
to Article Thirty-First hereof, and (iii) in the 

  
 - 34 -

 
event that the Landlord shall have offered to lease the Option Space to the Tenant pursuant to Article Twenty-Ninth of this lease, the Tenant shall have accepted such offer and shall have leased
the Option Space, then the Tenant shall have the right to extend this lease for a period of five years (the “Renewal Term”) by giving the Landlord written notice (the “Renewal Notice”) of the Tenant’s election
to do so not later than eighteen (I 8) months prior to the Expiration Date. The Renewal Term shall be on the same terms and conditions set forth herein, except as provided in this Article THIRTIETH and further provided that provisions of Articles
TWENTY-SEVENTH, TWENTY-EIGHTH and TWENTY-NINTH shall not apply during the Renewal Term and the Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work in the premises. In the event the Tenant shall extend the Lease as provided for in this Article for
an additional five years, then commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term, the annual fixed rent payable hereunder shall be the fair market rental value of the premises, which for the purposes of this Article, shall be the fair market rental
value determined in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraph, as of the date which is twenty (20) months prior to the Expiration Date (the “Renewal Term Rental Date”). 

The parties shall have until seventeen (17) months prior to the Expiration Date to agree in writing on the fair market rental value
of the premises. If the parties are unable to agree on such fair market rental value, then not later than sixteen (16) months prior to the Expiration Date, each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real
estate appraiser or agent with at least ten years’ full time commercial rental appraisal or leasing experience in the New York City rental market to appraise and set forth the fair market rental value of the premises. If a party does not
appoint an appraiser or agent within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its appraiser or agent, the single appraiser or agent appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall set the fair market rental value of
the premises. If the two appraisers or agents are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph, they shall meet promptly and shall be instructed to set the fair market rental value for the premises within thirty (30) days after the
second appraiser or agent has been appointed, and if their two appraisals are within ten (10%) percent of each other, the fair market rental value shall be the average of the two appraisals. If the two appraisals are not within ten percent of
each other, appraisers or agents shall attempt to agree upon a third appraiser or agent meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within five (5) days after the last day the two appraisers or agents are given to set such fair market
rental value. If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser or agent, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving three (3) days’ notice to the other party, can file a petition with the American Arbitration Association, solely for
the purpose of selecting a third appraiser or agent who meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph_ Each party shall bear half the cost of the American Arbitration Association appointing the third appraiser or agent and of paying the third
appraiser or agent and of paying the third appraiser’s or agent’s fee. The third appraiser or agent, however selected, shall not be a person who has previously acted in any capacity for either party. 

Within ten (10) days after the selection of the third appraiser, the Landlord’s and the Tenant’s appraiser shall each
submit to the third appraiser its report and estimate of the fair market rental value of the premises, without preparing an additional report or investigation. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the estimates from the two appraisers, the
third appraiser shall select either the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s appraiser’s estimate of the fair market rental value of the premises. The third appraiser may not select any other rental value for the premises. The determination of
the two appraisers, or the third appraiser, as the case may be, shall be in writing and shall be binding upon the Landlord and the Tenant. 

  
 - 35 -

 In the event that by the commencement of the Renewal Term there has been no agreement
between the Landlord and the Tenant and no determination as set forth herein, then until such agreement or determination as set forth herein, the Tenant shall pay annual fixed rent equal to the Landlord’s arbitrator’s estimate of the fair
market rental value of the premises. Within thirty (30) days following the determination of the fair market rental value of the premises, the Tenant shall pay any amount owing to Landlord for such period, or the Landlord shall refund or credit
any excess amount paid by Tenant against the installments of fixed rent next becoming due hereunder, as the case may be. 
 In
addition to the annual fixed rent payable during the five year extension of the lease term, the Tenant shall, commencing January 1, 2010, continue to pay to the Landlord all additional rent payable pursuant to Article TWENTY-SIXTH of the Lease
and in calculating all such additional rent, (i) the “Base Index” shall mean the Index as last published prior to the Renewal Term Rental Date; (ii) the “Base Year” shall mean the calendar year 2009, and
(iii) the “Computation Date” and date on which statements shall be sent to the Tenant (as referred to in paragraph (d) of Article TWENTY-SIXTH) shall be the anniversaries of such dates as set forth in this lease.

 THIRTY-FIRST: Tenant’s Option to Cancel Lease. The Tenant may cancel this lease on December 31, 2005 (the
“Early Termination Date”), provided that the Tenant has (1) prior to December 31, 2004 (the “Early Termination Notice Date”), time being of the essence, given the Landlord written notice of such
cancellation, and (ii) paid the Landlord $326,427.60. 
 In the event the Tenant gives such notice and makes such payment,
this lease and the term hereof shall cease, terminate and come to an end as of the Early Termination Date with the same force and effect as if such date were the date fixed herein for the expiration of the term hereof, and thereupon on such date,
the Tenant shall terminate its occupancy and quit, vacate and surrender the premises and remove its property and installation therefrom in accord with the terms of this lease, and its shall be lawful for the Landlord by summary proceedings or
otherwise to recover possession of the premises. 
 Any such termination by the Tenant shall not be effective (i) unless
the Tenant gives the notice and makes the payment specified above, all as required by the first paragraph of this Article, and (ii) all rent due and payable as of the Early Termination Date has been paid and (iii) the Tenant shall not be
in default in the payment of rent, additional rent and all other amounts due under this lease beyond any applicable grace period on either the Early Termination Notice Date or the Early Termination Date, except for matters as to which there is a
bona fide dispute. 
 In the event that the Tenant does not exercise its right, on or prior to the Early Termination Notice
Date, time being of the essence, to cancel this lease pursuant to this Article, this lease shall remain in full force and effect and the Tenant shall have no further right or option to cancel this lease under this Article. 

  
 - 36 -

 THIRTY-FIRST: Broker. The Tenant represents and warrants to the Landlord that all of
the Tenant’s negotiations respecting this lease which were conducted with or through any person, firm or corporation, other than the officers of the Landlord, were conducted through Colliers ABR, Inc. real estate brokers. The Landlord agrees to
pay any commission due to Colliers ABR, Inc. pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement. Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify and hold one another harmless from and against all demands, liabilities, losses, causes of action, damages, costs and
expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) suffered or incurred in connection with any claims for a brokerage commission or consultation fees arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by the
party against whom indemnification is claimed with any broker or finder except for Colliers ABR. 
 THIRTY-SECOND: Notices;
Miscellaneous. (a) Any notice which is to be given by either party to the other pursuant to this lease shall be in writing and shall be given personally as follows: (i) if such notice is to be given by the Landlord to the Tenant, such
notice shall be given by mail in the following manner: (x) notice may be given personally, by delivering the same to the Tenant at the premises or at any other place; or (y) notice may also be given personally at the premises by delivering
same to the Tenant or any officer or partner of the Tenant; or (z) notice may also be given by registered or certified mail by depositing the notice, enclosed in an envelope addressed to the Tenant at its address given in this lease or at the
premises, in any United States Post Office, postage and registry or certification fees prepaid; (ii) if such notice is to be given by the Tenant to the Landlord, the notice shall be given by registered or certified mail, by depositing the
notice, enclosed in an envelope, addressed to the Landlord at 74 Trinity Place, New York, N.Y., or at such other place as the Landlord shall hereafter designate in writing, in any United States Post Office, postage and registry or certification fees
prepaid. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date when the same is delivered as above provided or, if given by mail, on the date three (3) business days after it is deposited as above provided in the United States Post Office.

 (b) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or trust, it shall keep in effect its existence and rights as a corporation or
partnership or trust under the law of the state of its incorporation or formation and its right to own and lease property and transact business in the state in which the premises are situated during the entire time that it has any interest in the
premises. 
 THIRTY-THIRD: Quiet Enjoyment. The Landlord covenants that, if the Tenant shall duly keep and perform all
the terms and conditions hereof, the Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the premises for the term aforesaid, subject, however, to ground leases, underlying leases and mortgages as hereinbefore described, and to the lien, rights
and estate by virtue of unpaid taxes of any government having jurisdiction of the premises of which the herein demised premises are a part. If the Landlord shall hereafter sell, exchange or lease the entire building or the land and the building
wherein the premises are located, subject to this lease, or, being the lessee thereof, shall assign its lease, the grantee, lessee, or assignee thereof, as the case may be, shall, without further agreement by any party, be conclusively deemed to be
the Landlord of this lease and to have assumed and undertaken to carry out all of the obligations hereof on the part of the Landlord to be performed, and the Tenant does hereby release the above named Landlord from any claim or liability arising or
accruing hereunder subsequent to such transfer of ownership, for breach of the covenant of quiet enjoyment, or otherwise. 

  
 - 37 -

 THIRTY-FOURTH: Year 2000 Compliance. The Landlord, to the best of its knowledge, is
unaware of any building system that will be adversely affected by Year 2000 compliance issues. 
 THIRTY-FIFTH: Directory
Listings. The Tenant shall be entitled to ten listings in the building’s directory. 
 THIRTY-SIXTH: Headings.
The headings or titles of the various Articles or paragraphs of this lease are for reference and index purposes only, and none of them shall be taken into consideration or given any effect whatever in determining the meaning or scope of the
paragraph to which any of them applies. The use of any pronoun referring to either of the parties to this lease shall be construed to include any or no gender and any number. 
 The terms, covenants and conditions contained in the foregoing lease shall be binding on, and shall enure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective legal representatives, successors, and
assigns, but no assignment made or purported to be made in violation of the provisions of this lease shall vest in such assignee any right or title in or to this lease or in or to the estate hereby created. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement has been signed and sealed by the parties hereto, the day and year first above written. 

 

									
		 		 		 	THE RECTOR, CHURCH-WARDENS AND VESTRYMEN OF TRINITY CHURCH 11 THE CITY OF NEW-YORK
				
	Attest:	 		 		 	
	As to Landlord:	 		 		 	
				
	  
	 		 		 	
	Controller	 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Daniel Paul Matthews,
		 		 		 		 	Rector
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Joseph T. Palombi
		 		 		 		 	Executive Vice President of Real Estate
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Stephen D. Heyman
		 		 		 		 	Director of Commercial Real Estate Leasing
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	John A. McKegney
		 		 		 		 	Chief Financial Officer

  
 - 38 -

									
	Attest:	 		 	SSB REALTY, INC.
	As to Tenant:	 		 		 	
				
	 /s/ C. P. Kowalski
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas F. Catalodo

  
 - 39 -

 

 
  

 

 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 WORK LETTER 
 Attached to and made part of lease dated as of
            , 1998 between THE RECTOR, CHURCH-WARDENS AND VESTRYMEN OF TRINITY CHURCH IN THE CITY OF NEW-YORK, Landlord, and SSB REALTY, INC., as tenant 

 

			
	Building:	  	100 Avenue of the Americas
		
	Space:	  	Portion of 5th floor

 It is agreed that, except as otherwise indicated, the following work is to be done to the demised
premises by the Landlord at the Landlord’s expense: 
 1. The Landlord shall provide not less than ten
(10) watts per sq. ft., of 3 phase electric power with disconnect switch and submeter, distribution of electricity within the Premises to be at the Tenant’s expense. 

2. Premises to be delivered in compliance with New York City Local Law Number 76 regarding asbestos. Landlord shall
deliver a Form ACP-5 to Tenant, subject to Tenant delivering to Landlord the plans necessary for Landlord to obtain same. 
 3. The Tenant will install two twenty ton units of air cooled conditioning equipment. All power and control wiring and all distribution ductwork to be installed by the Tenant, at its expense, subject to
reimbursement pursuant to the provisions of Article TWENTY-SEVENTH hereof. 
 At all times during the term of
this lease, the Tenant shall pay all electric costs incurred in the operation of all air conditioning equipment in the premises, furthermore, Tenant shall be responsible for the service contracts on such equipment after the expiration of the
manufacturers’ warranties. 
 4. Landlord to deliver the sprinkler and heating, as they currently exist in
the Premises, in good working order. 
 5. Landlord shall paint common corridor. 

6. Properly secure all existing radiators to interior masonry wall. Repair interior window sills and spalled concrete to
prepare same for application of new construction and/or finishes. 
 7. Landlord to provide connection points on
floor for Local Law #5 fire safety lines to the fire command station. 

 It is stipulated and agreed that the foregoing constitutes the memorandum of repairs or
decorations to be done by the Landlord referred to in the attached and all the work to be done by the Landlord in the demised premises, except as otherwise expressly provided in the attached lease. 

It is further stipulated and agreed that the aforesaid work shall be commenced by the Landlord as soon as possible after the signing of
the attached lease and the payment by the Tenant of the first installment of rent and the performance by the Tenant of any other obligations to be performed by the Tenant at the time of the signing of the lease and, except for painting of the common
corridor (which shall be completed not later than one (1) month after the commencement of the Lease term), shall be completed with reasonable diligence within four (4) months after the commencement of the lease term, subject to delays of
the sort in Article TWENTY-FIFTH, provided that the Landlord shall not be required to do the work on days or hours other than usual working days and hours in the trades in question. 

Subject to the foregoing provisions the Landlord reserves the right, after according reasonable consideration to the Tenant’s wishes
in the matter, to make all decisions as to the time or times when, the order and style in which said work is to be done, and the labor or materials to be employed therefor. The work shall be done, unless the Landlord otherwise directs, during the
usual working hours observed by the trades in question. It is stipulated and agreed that in case the Landlord is prevented from commencing, prosecuting or completing said work, due to the Landlord’s inability to obtain or difficulty in
obtaining the labor or materials necessary therefor, or due to any governmental requirements or regulations relating to the priority or national defense requirements, or due to any other cause beyond the Landlord’s control, or due to any change
in the scope of the plans or specifications for the work being performed by Tenant, the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for damages resulting therefrom, nor shall the Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason
thereof, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in the Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual, constructive, total or partial eviction from the demised premises. 

 

			
	THE RECTOR, CHURCH-WARDENS AND VESTRYMEN OF TRINITY CHURCH IN THE CITY OF NEW-YORK
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Stephen D. Heyman
		 	Managing Director of Commercial Real Estate
	
	SSB REALTY, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas F. Cataldo

 SCHEDULE A 
 100 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS 
 GENERAL CLEANING (TENANT OCCUPIED OFFICES) - NIGHTLY (five
times per week Monday through Friday excluding legal and union holidays). 
  

	 	1.	Sweep and dust mop all composition floors. 

  

	 	2.	Police all carpets and rugs nightly and vacuum clean same weekly (once per week). 

 

	 	3.	Empty and clean all wastepaper baskets, ashtrays and receptacles and replace liners. 

 

	 	4.	Remove wastepaper and waste materials to a designated area outside the premises and off the floor. 

 

	 	5.	Dust and wipe clean all furniture, fixtures and windowsills and horizontal surfaces. 

 

	 	6.	Dust and damp wipe all glass top furniture. 

  

	 	7.	Dust all chair rails, trim and similar objects. 

  

	 	8.	Dust all baseboards. 

  

	 	9.	Wash clean all water fountains. 

  

	 	10.	Upon completion of the nightly tours all lights shall be turned off, windows closed, doors locked and office left in a neat and orderly condition.

 II. High dust once every three (3) months. 
 LAVATORY CLEANING - FIVE NIGHTS (IN CORE AND PUBLIC AREAS AND TENANTS EXECUTIVE LAVATORY) 
  

	 	1.	Sweep and wash all bathroom flooring with disinfectant. 

  

	 	2.	Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals, insides and outsides. 

  

	 	3.	Wipe clean all mirrors, powder shelves and bright work, including flush optometers and typing. 

 

	 	4.	Wash both sides of toilet seats with disinfectant. 

  

	 	5.	Dust all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles. 

	 	6.	Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles. 

  

	 	7.	Remove wastepaper and refuse to a designated area outside the premises and off the floor. 

 

	 	8.	The lavatories shall be replenished twice a day. The filling and replenishing of toilet tissue holders, hand towel dispensers, toilet paper machines, liquid soap
dispensers and sanitary napkin machines are the responsibility of the Landlord. 

 LAVATORIES - PERIODIC SERVICES

  

	 	1.	Machine scrub bathroom floors once each month. 

  

	 	2.	Wash all partitions, tile walls and enamel services once each month. 

  

	 	3.	High dust once every three months. 

 SCHEDULE .B 
 Rules and Regulations 
 1. The Tenant shall not clean, nor require, permit
or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or of the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other board or body having or asserting jurisdiction;

 2. No sign or lettering shall be inscribed on any door, wall or window of the demised premises which is visible from the
street or the portion of the building used in common by other tenants except such as may be approved in writing by the Landlord or its agents or designee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and except that the name of the
Tenant may be displayed on or next to the entrance door of the demised premises. Landlord shall allow the Tenant ten listings in the building directory in the lobby of the building; 

3. No additional locks or bolts shall be placed anywhere upon or within the demised premises or any on rooms therein, unless duplicate
keys thereto be given to the Landlord and all such keys must, on the termination of this lease, be surrendered to the Landlord. The Tenant may install a card key access system on its entry door, but must provide a duplicate card to the Landlord;

 4. The Landlord may exclude any persons visiting or attempting to visit the premises between 7 p.m. and 8 a.m. and on
Saturdays, Sundays and the holidays recognized as such by the state or federal government unless such person shall be equipped with a pass signed by the Tenant and unless such person shall sign his/her name and the premises which he/she is to visit
on the night report; 
 5. The sanitary and safety facilities used solely by the Tenant or by the Tenant in common with other
occupants of the building of which the demised premises are a part shall be used only for the purposes for which they were constructed; 
 6. No signs, signals, devices, displays, sounds or advertisements visible or audible from the street or from the halls and other parts of the building used in common by the Tenant and other tenants shall
be inscribed, erected or maintained unless the kind, style, location and manner thereof shall have been approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and if any sign, signal, sound display or
advertising be erected, made or inscribed without such approval, the Landlord may, after reasonable notice to the Tenant, remove the same and charge the cost of so doing to the Tenant as additional rent. Notwithstanding the preceding, the name of
the Tenant may be displayed on or next to the entrance door of the demised premises. Subject to Article THIRD of the lease, the Landlord may remove any sign or signs or displays in order to paint the premises or any part of the building, or make any
repairs, alterations or improvements in or upon the premises or building, or any part thereof, provided it causes the same to be removed and promptly replaced at the Landlord’s expense, whenever the said painting, repairs, alterations or
improvements shall have been completed; 

 7. No advertising which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, tends to impair the
reputation of the building or its desirability as an office building, shall be published or caused to be published by the Tenant and, upon notice from the Landlord, the Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising; 

8. Awnings, antennae, aerials, ventilating and air conditioning apparatus or other projections from the windows or outside walls of the
demised premises shall not be erected or installed. All air conditioning apparatus installed in windows by the Tenant shall be so arranged that condensate does not drain on the outside of the building wall or into the street; 

9. The lights, skylights, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, stairways, loading platforms, halls or any part of the building
intended for the use in common by the Tenant and the other occupants thereof shall not be obstructed or encumbered. In the event of any such encumbrance or obstruction, the Landlord may remove the material causing such encumbrance or obstruction and
cause it to be stored and charge the cost of doing so to the Tenant after reasonable notice to the Tenant; 
 10. No part of the premises or the
building shall be marked, painted, drilled into, or in any way defaced except as otherwise permitted in this Lease. No laying of linoleum or other similar floor covering so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the demised
premises shall be made; and if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water; cement and other
similar adhesive material shall not be used; 
 11. No part of the demised premises shall be used in a manner which, in the
reasonable judgment of the Landlord, might cause structural injury to the building or its equipment; 
 12. The Tenant’s
employees shall not loiter around the hallways, stairways, elevators, front, roof or any other part of the building used in common by the occupants thereof; 
 13. No load shall be placed upon any floor of the building exceeding the floor load per square foot area which such floor was designed to carry, and all loads shall be evenly distributed. The existing
floor load in the premises is approximately 250 pounds per square foot. The Landlord reserves the right to reasonably prescribe the weight and position of all safes, machinery and other personal property in the premises which must be placed so as to
distribute their weight; 
 14. Nothing shall be thrown out of the windows or doors, or down the passages or skylights of the
building, nor shall any of them be covered, obstructed or encumbered. No improper noises shall be made in the building, nor shall birds or animals be brought therein; 
 15. Where freight or service elevators are provided by the building and are in operation, all deliveries shall be made to or from the demised premises exclusively by means of such elevators; 

 16. Anyone doing janitorial work for the Tenant shall at all times be subject to order and
direction by the superintendent of the building, although he shall not be the servant of either the superintendent or the Landlord; 
 17. No peddling, soliciting and canvassing shall be permitted in the premises or by the Tenant’s employees elsewhere in the building; 

18. The Landlord may reasonably prescribe, and from time to time reasonably vary, the time for any removals or deliveries from or into
the premises, at any time, and such prescriptions shall apply whether or not the material so removed or received is the property of the Tenant. Removals or deliveries of safes, machinery and any other heavy or bulky matter shall be done only upon
written authorization of the Landlord and only in such manner and by such persons as may be reasonably acceptable to the Landlord, and the Landlord may require any further reasonable assurances or agreements or indemnity from the Tenant and the
movers to that effect. The Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the building and to exclude from the building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the lease of which these Rules and
Regulations are a part; 
 19. The Tenant shall not knowingly permit its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, at
any time to bring or keep upon the premises any inflammable, combustible, corrosive or explosive fluid, chemical (other than commonly used cleaning products) or substance or cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or
emanate from the premises; 
 20. The Tenant shall not use any other method of heating than that supplied by the Landlord;
except as set forth in this lease; 
 21. No drilling in floors, walls or ceilings shall be done except in compliance with the
terms of this lease and no such drilling shall be done during usual business hours unless authorized by the Landlord in writing; 
 22. No vending machine shall be installed or permitted to remain in the premises unless the Landlord shall first have given its specific written authorization for the installation of each such machine,
which authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Tenant shall not authorize or permit any vendor of sandwiches, coffee, or other foods, candies or beverages to enter the premises for the purpose of soliciting sales of such
wares to the Tenant’s employees. This rule shall not be deemed to require the Landlord’s consent to or written authorization of entry upon the premises by suppliers of vending machines which have been specifically authorized by the
Landlord. 
 23. The passenger and service elevators, other than automatic self-service elevators, if any, shall be operated
only by employees of the Landlord, and must not in any event be interfered with by the Tenant, Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees; 

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

 
  

  
 - 52 -

 EXHIBIT B 
 Included Furnishings 
 Tech Equipment 

HP LaserJet Color Printer 5500 
 HP LaserJet Printer 5100 
 HP LaserJet Printer 5100 (not connected or in use)

 Dell Optiplex desktop computer (for lobby Projector) 
 InFocus Projector (Lobby) 
 In focus Projector (Conference Room) 

Dell Optiplex GX280 Desktop computer (spare work station) 
 Dell LCD Monitor 
 Brother IntelleFax 4100 Fax machine 

Cisco Catalyst 5505 Switch 
 Cisco Catalyst 5505 Switch 
 ComPaq Desktop (running access control software)

 IBM LCD Monitor 
 Geoffrey Door access system 
 Non-functional Powerware UPS for LAN room 

Wrightline server racks 
 Lucent phone equipment & related pc/server & monitor 

Furniture/Fixtures/Equipment 
  

 

			
	Workstations	  	48
	Red Desk Chairs	  	10
	Black Desk Chairs	  	10
	Patterned Desk Chairs	  	35
	Training Room Chairs	  	15
	Training Room Tables	  	8
	40 inch Round Tables	  	2
	2 drawer file cabinets	  	20
	3 drawer file cabinets	  	25
	Microwave ovens	  	2
	Toaster oven	  	1
	Water Dispenser	  	1
	Small refrigerator	  	1
	Large refrigerator	  	1
	Misc whiteboards	  	
	Trash barrels	  	
	Safe	  	
	HVAC units	  	(Described Below)

 All furniture, storage, bookcases & chairs in Offices (As depicted below) 

Reception area: Reception Desk, reception chairs (4), small table, Storage cabinets (as depicted below) 

 Large Conference Room: Table, Herman-Miller chairs (12), white boards, file cabinets,
drop-down projection screen. 
 Small Conference Room: Table & chairs (4) 

Furnishings are depicted as follows: 
  

 

 In addition to the foregoing, the following described HVAC system, along with all obligations to maintain
such system, is hereby conveyed as part of the Included Furnishings: 
  

									
	 LOCATION
	 	 UNIT
	 	 MODEL #
	 	 SERIAL #
	 	 TONNAGE

	AC-1	 	TASK	 	TSS204CAV	 	M06-05301	 	
	AC-2	 	TASK	 	TSS204CAV (TOP-	 	L08-06602	 	
	MER-5th FLOOR	 	LIEBERT	 	MMEO60A	 		 	5
	COMPUTER ROOM	 	LIEBERT	 	MMEO60A	 		 	5
	MER-5th FLOOR	 	SPLIT-AIR FAN	 	24L4BP	 		 	7000 CFM
	MER-5th FLOOR	 	SPLIT-AIR FAN	 	24L4BP	 		 	7000 CFM

 EXHIBIT C 
 Subleased Premises 
  
 

 

 EXHIBIT D 
 Percentage Escalation 
  

															
	 Period
	  	 Month/Year — Month/Year
	  	Fixed Rent	 	  	Percentage
Escalation	 	  	Escalated Rent*	 
	 1
	  	1/1/2012-12/31/2012	  	$	655,746	  	  	$	0	  	  	$	655,746.00	  
	 2
	  	1/1/2013-12/31/2013	  	$	655,746	  	  	$	18,033.02	  	  	$	673,779.02	  
	 3
	  	1/1/2014-12/31/2014	  	$	655,746	  	  	$	36,561.94	  	  	$	692,307.94	  
	 4
	  	1/1/2015-12/31/2015	  	$	655,746	  	  	$	55,600.41	  	  	$	711,346.41	  
	 5
	  	1/1/2016-12/30/2016	  	$	655,746	  	  	$	75,162.43	  	  	$	730,908.43	  

  

	*	Does not include tax escalations on account of increases in real property taxes 

 PAYMENT GUARANTY 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and in consideration for, and as an inducement to DST REALTY OF NEW YORK, INC. (“Sublessor”),
to make and enter into that certain Sublease Agreement (“Sublease”) dated April 12, 2012 with CRITEO Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Sublessee”) the undersigned guarantor, CRITEO, SA, a
corporation located in Paris, France (the “Guarantor”), does hereby, unconditionally guarantee the full and prompt payment of sums to be paid by Sublessee, its successors and assigns, pursuant to the Sublease and agrees to pay all
of Sublessor’s expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing said obligations, or incurred in enforcing this guaranty. Guarantor further agrees that its liability under this guaranty shall be continuing, absolute,
unconditional and primary and that this guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until Sublessee shall have fully and satisfactorily discharged all of its obligations to Sublessor under the Sublease and further that Sublessor may, at
Sublessor’s option, proceed against Guarantor with or without having commenced any action against or having obtained any judgment against Sublessee or any assignee of Sublessee. 

Each and every default by the Sublessee under the terms of the Sublease shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder, and
separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. 
 This guaranty and the liability hereunder shall in no
wise be affected or impaired by the creating of or any compromise, settlement, release, renewal, extension, indulgence, change in or modification of any of the obligations and liabilities of the Sublessee under the Sublease (and the Sublessor is
hereby expressly authorized by Guarantor to make the same from time to time without notice to anyone) or by any redelivery, repossession, surrender or destruction of the Subleased Premises (as defined in the Sublease) in whole or in part, or by any
failure, neglect or omission on the part of the Sublessor to realize upon any obligations or liabilities of the Sublessee. In order to hold Guarantor liable hereunder, there shall be no obligation on the part of the Sublessor at any time other than
to have made a written demand on the Sublessee for the payment that is then due and not to have received such payment for a period exceeding the applicable cure period provided under the Sublease, or to resort for payment to any other persons or
corporations, their properties or assets or to any security, property or other rights or remedies whatsoever and the Sublessor shall have the right to enforce this guaranty irrespective of whether or not proceedings or steps are pending, seeking
resort to or realization upon or from any of the foregoing. 
 All diligence in the collection of rentals by the Sublessor from
the Sublessee, and all notices of any default by the Sublessee under the Sublease and any and all notices of acceptance of this guaranty or of reliance by Sublessor upon this guaranty are hereby expressly waived by Guarantor. The Sublease shall be
conclusively presumed to have been created and contracted in reliance upon this guaranty. 
 The payment by Guarantor of any
amount pursuant to this guaranty shall not in any wise entitle Guarantor (whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) to any right of possession of the Subleased Premises or any other right, title or interest under the Sublease. 

No act of commission or omission of any kind or at any time upon the part of the Sublessor in respect of any matter whatsoever shall in
any way affect or impair this guaranty. 

 Guarantor expressly agrees that its obligations under this guaranty shall (1) be
absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization, or dissolution of Sublessee, (b) the validity, genuineness, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of Sublessee contained in the
Sublease, (c) the absence of any action to enforce such obligations, (d) any waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions of the Sublease, or (e) any amendment, modification, consolidation, extension or renewal of the
Sublease, whether or not consented to by Guarantor; and (2) constitute an absolute, unconditional, present and continuing guaranty of performance and payment and not of collection and not be in any way conditioned or contingent upon any attempt
to enforce performance by, or to collect from Sublessee or any other condition or contingency. 
 Guarantor expressly waives any
and all presentment, demand, protest and notice whatsoever, and (to the extent it may lawfully do so) the benefit of any provision of law which is or might be in conflict with the terms of this guaranty. The obligations of Guarantor shall not be
affected by any action taken by Sublessor in the exercise of any right or power conferred by law or otherwise, or by any failure or omission on the part of Sublessor to enforce any rights given by law or conferred thereby, or to take any other
action thereunder, or by any waiver of any such right or other action by Sublessor or by any action of Sublessor in granting indulgence or extension to Sublessee, or by any waiver by Sublessor of any notice under the provisions of the Sublease. No
proceedings taken for the enforcement of the Sublease shall affect the obligations of Guarantor hereunder; nor shall the giving, taking or enforcement of any other additional security, collateral, or guaranty for the performance of Sublessee under
the Sublease operate to prejudice, waiver, or affect the security of this guaranty of any rights, powers, or remedies hereunder; nor shall Sublessor be required first to look to, enforce or exhaust such other or additional security, collateral, or
guaranty. 
 Guarantor expressly agrees that no right, power or remedy in this guaranty or in the Sublease conferred upon
Sublessor is intended to be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy, and each and every such right, power and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this guaranty
or the Sublease, or hereafter existing at law or in equity, and may be exercised from time to time as often as deemed expedient, separately or concurrently. 
 Guarantor expressly agrees that if Sublessee shall be (a) merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with another person, firm, corporation or other entity, or (b) dissolved voluntarily
or involuntarily, Guarantor’s obligation of guaranty hereunder shall continue in full force and effect and apply to the performance by all successors and assigns of the obligations of Sublessee under the Sublease with the same force and effect
as such guaranty as set forth above with respect to Sublessee, unless in connection with such sale, assignment, transfer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or dissolution, Guarantor has been expressly released in writing from its guaranty
hereunder by Sublessor. 
 Guarantor expressly agrees that the obligations covered by this guaranty include all obligations and
liabilities of Sublessee under the Sublease to Sublessor under the Sublease now existing or hereafter coming into existence, and any renewals or extensions, in whole or in part, 

 
of any of said obligations and liabilities heretofore described, together with all damages, losses, costs, interest, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), and liabilities of every
kind, nature and description, to the extent same are obligations and liabilities arising under the Sublease to Sublessor. 
 The
Sublessor may without any notice whatsoever to anyone, sell, assign or transfer all of its right, title and interest as Sublessor under the Sublease or all of its right, title and interest in and to the rents and other sums at any time due and to
become due under the Sublease, and in such event each and every immediate and successive assignee or transferee of the right, title and interest of the Sublessor shall have the right to enforce this guaranty by suit or otherwise for the benefit of
such assignee or transferee as fully as if such assignee or transferee were herein by name specifically given such right, power and benefit. 
 This guaranty and every part thereof shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Sublessor and its successors and assigns. 

Any notice to, or demand on, Guarantor elected to be given or made by Sublessor shall be deemed effective on the date signed for or
rejected or returned as undeliverable if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or by a nationally recognized overnight service providing evidence of delivery, addressed to the Guarantor at: 

Criteo, SA 

Attention: General Counsel 
 411 High Street 
 Palo Alto, CA 94301, 

or such other address supplied by Guarantor with the same effect as if the same was actually delivered to, and received by, Guarantor in person.

 Guarantor waives a trial by jury and the right to interpose counterclaims or set-offs of any kind and description in any
litigation arising out of or relating to said obligations or said liabilities or the matters contained in this guaranty. Sublessor shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder
and no waiver shall be valid unless in writing, signed by Sublessor and then only to the extent therein set forth. The waiver by Sublessor of any right or remedy hereunder on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which
Sublessor would otherwise have had on any future occasion. No executory agreement shall be effective to change or modify or to discharge in whole or in part this guaranty unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by Sublessor.
Guarantor shall be bound and liable hereunder. 
 In the event any clause or provisions of this guaranty shall be invalid or
void for any reason, such invalid or void clause or provisions shall not affect the whole of this guaranty and the balance of the provisions herein shall remain in full force and effect, subject to the terms of the Sublease. 

Whenever the context hereof shall require, the masculine pronoun includes the feminine and neuter and the singular number includes the
plural and vice versa. 

 This guaranty shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 Guarantor represents and warrants that the person executing this guaranty has been duly authorized to do so. 

The terms and provisions of this Guaranty are limited by Section 28 of the Sublease. 

This guaranty may not be amended orally and may be amended in writing only if Sublessor shall sign such amending instrument as a party
thereto. 
 This guaranty shall be enforceable against the Guarantor until 11:59 P.M. on December 30, 2017. 

[SIGNATURES BEGIN ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has executed this guaranty as of this 5th day of April,
2012. 
  

			
	Criteo, SA, a corporation located in Paris, France
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean-Baptiste Rudelle

		 	
	“Guarantor(s)”
		
	By:	 	Jean-Baptiste Rudelle,
		 	as Chief Executive Officer, Criteo SA

 PERFORMANCE GUARANTY 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and in consideration for, and as an inducement to DST REALTY OF NEW YORK, INC. (“Sublessor”),
to make and enter into that certain Sublease Agreement (“Sublease”) dated April 12, 2012 with CRITEO Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Sublessee”) the undersigned guarantor, CRITEO, SA, a
corporation located in Paris, France (the “Guarantor”), does hereby, unconditionally guarantee the full and prompt performance and observance of all of the conditions, covenants and agreements therein provided to be performed and
observed by Sublessee, its successors and assigns, under the Sublease and agrees to pay all of Sublessor’s expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing said obligations, or incurred in enforcing this guaranty.
Guarantor further agrees that its liability under this guaranty shall be continuing, absolute, unconditional and primary and that this guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until Sublessee shall have fully and satisfactorily discharged all
of its obligations to Sublessor under the Sublease and further that Sublessor may, at Sublessor’s option, proceed against Guarantor with or without having commenced any action against or having obtained any judgment against Sublessee or any
assignee of Sublessee. 
 Each and every default by the Sublessee under the terms of the Sublease shall give rise to a separate
cause of action hereunder, and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. 
 This guaranty and the
liability hereunder shall in no wise be affected or impaired by the creating of or any compromise, settlement, release, renewal, extension, indulgence, change in or modification of any of the obligations and liabilities of the Sublessee under the
Sublease (and the Sublessor is hereby expressly authorized by Guarantor to make the same from time to time without notice to anyone) or by any redelivery, repossession, surrender or destruction of the Subleased Premises (as defined in the Sublease)
in whole or in part, or by any failure, neglect or omission on the part of the Sublessor to realize upon any obligations or liabilities of the Sublessee. In order to hold Guarantor liable hereunder, there shall be no obligation on the part of the
Sublessor at any time other than to have made a written demand on the Sublessee for performance that is then due and not to have received such performance for a period exceeding the applicable cure period provided under the Sublease, or to resort
for performance to any other persons or corporations, their properties or assets or to any security, property or other rights or remedies whatsoever and the Sublessor shall have the right to enforce this guaranty irrespective of whether or not
proceedings or steps are pending, seeking resort to or realization upon or from any of the foregoing. 
 All diligence in the
collection of rentals by the Sublessor from the Sublessee, and all notices of any default by the Sublessee under the Sublease and any and all notices of acceptance of this guaranty or of reliance by Sublessor upon this guaranty are hereby expressly
waived by Guarantor. The Sublease shall be conclusively presumed to have been created and contracted in reliance upon this guaranty. 
 The payment by Guarantor of any amount pursuant to this guaranty shall not in any wise entitle Guarantor (whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) to any right of possession of the Subleased Premises
or any other right, title or interest under the Sublease. 

 No act of commission or omission of any kind or at any time upon the part of the Sublessor
in respect of any matter whatsoever shall in any way affect or impair this guaranty. 
 Guarantor expressly agrees that its
obligations under this guaranty shall (1) be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization, or dissolution of Sublessee, (b) the validity, genuineness, regularity or enforceability of the
obligations of Sublessee contained in the Sublease, (c) the absence of any action to enforce such obligations, (d) any waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions of the Sublease, or (e) any amendment, modification,
consolidation, extension or renewal of the Sublease, whether or not consented to by Guarantor; and (2) constitute an absolute, unconditional, present and continuing guaranty of performance and payment and not of collection and not be in any way
conditioned or contingent upon any attempt to enforce performance by, or to collect from Sublessee or any other condition or contingency. 
 Guarantor expressly waives any and all presentment, demand, protest and notice whatsoever, and (to the extent it may lawfully do so) the benefit of any provision of law which is or might be in conflict
with the terms of this guaranty. The obligations of Guarantor shall not be affected by any action taken by Sublessor in the exercise of any right or power conferred by law or otherwise, or by any failure or omission on the part of Sublessor to
enforce any rights given by law or conferred thereby, or to take any other action thereunder, or by any waiver of any such right or other action by Sublessor or by any action of Sublessor in granting indulgence or extension to Sublessee, or by any
waiver by Sublessor of any notice under the provisions of the Sublease. No proceedings taken for the enforcement of the Sublease shall affect the obligations of Guarantor hereunder; nor shall the giving, taking or enforcement of any other additional
security, collateral, or guaranty for the performance of Sublessee under the Sublease operate to prejudice, waiver, or affect the security of this guaranty of any rights, powers, or remedies hereunder; nor shall Sublessor be required first to look
to, enforce or exhaust such other or additional security, collateral, or guaranty. 
 Guarantor expressly agrees that no right,
power or remedy in this guaranty or in the Sublease conferred upon Sublessor is intended to be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy, and each and every such right, power and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and
shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this guaranty or the Sublease, or hereafter existing at law or in equity, and may be exercised from time to time as often as deemed expedient, separately or concurrently. 

Guarantor expressly agrees that if Sublessee shall be (a) merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with another person,
firm, corporation or other entity, or (b) dissolved voluntarily or involuntarily, Guarantor’s obligation of guaranty hereunder shall continue in full force and effect and apply to the performance by all successors and assigns of the
obligations of Sublessee under the Sublease with the same force and effect as such guaranty as set forth above with respect to Sublessee, unless in connection with such sale, assignment, transfer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or dissolution,
Guarantor has been expressly released in writing from its guaranty hereunder by Sublessor. 

 Guarantor expressly agrees that the obligations covered by this guaranty include all
obligations and liabilities of Sublessee under the Sublease to Sublessor under the Sublease now existing or hereafter coming into existence, and any renewals or extensions, in whole or in part, of any of said obligations and liabilities heretofore
described, together with all damages, losses, costs, interest, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), and liabilities of every kind, nature and description, to the extent same are obligations and liabilities arising under the Sublease
to Sublessor. 
 The Sublessor may without any notice whatsoever to anyone, sell, assign or transfer all of its right, title and
interest as Sublessor under the Sublease or all of its right, title and interest in and to the rents and other sums at any time due and to become due under the Sublease, and in such event each and every immediate and successive assignee or
transferee of the right, title and interest of the Sublessor shall have the right to enforce this guaranty by suit or otherwise for the benefit of such assignee or transferee as fully as if such assignee or transferee were herein by name
specifically given such right, power and benefit. 
 This guaranty and every part thereof shall be binding upon Guarantor and
its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Sublessor and its successors and assigns. 
 Any notice to, or
demand on, Guarantor elected to be given or made by Sublessor shall be deemed effective on the date signed for or rejected or returned as undeliverable if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or by a nationally recognized overnight
service providing evidence of delivery, addressed to the Guarantor at: 
 Criteo, SA Attention: General Counsel 411 High Street
Palo Alto, CA 94301, or such other address supplied by Guarantor with the same effect as if the same was actually delivered to, and received by, Guarantor in person. 
 Guarantor waives a trial by jury and the right to interpose counterclaims or set-offs of any kind and description in any litigation arising out of or relating to said obligations or said liabilities or
the matters contained in this guaranty. Sublessor shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder and no waiver shall be valid unless in writing, signed by Sublessor and then only
to the extent therein set forth. The waiver by Sublessor of any right or remedy hereunder on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which Sublessor would otherwise have had on any future occasion. No executory agreement
shall be effective to change or modify or to discharge in whole or in part this guaranty unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by Sublessor. Guarantor shall be bound and liable hereunder. 

In the event any clause or provision of this guaranty shall be invalid or void for any reason, such invalid or void clause or provisions
shall not affect the whole of this guaranty and the balance of the provisions herein shall remain in full force and effect, subject to the terms of the Sublease. 
 Whenever the context hereof shall require, the masculine pronoun includes the feminine and neuter and the singular number includes the plural and vice versa. 

This guaranty shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The terms and provisions of this Guaranty are
limited by Section 28 of the Sublease. 

 Guarantor represents and warrants that the person executing this guaranty has been duly
authorized to do so. 
 This guaranty may not be amended orally and may be amended in writing only if Sublessor shall sign such
amending instrument as a party thereto. 
 This guaranty shall be enforceable against the Guarantor until 11:59 P.M. on
December 30, 2017. 
 [SIGNATURES BEGIN ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has executed this guaranty as of this 5th day of April,
2012. 
  

			
	Criteo, SA, a corporation located in Paris, France
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean-Baptiste Rudelle,

		 	
	“Guarantor(s)”
		
	By:	 	Jean-Baptiste Rudelle,
		 	as Chief Executive Officer, Criteo SA

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00222-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00222-of-00352.parquet"}]]